Group Dynamics Resources

  • Return to Group Dynamics Resource Page


  • 
    

    Group Dynamics References
    Donelson R. Forsyth, University of Richmond

    Aarts, H., & Dijksterhuis, A. (2003). The silence of the library: Environment, situational norm, and social behavior. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 84, 18-28.

    Aarts, H., Dijksterhuis, A., & Custers, R. (2003). Automatic normative behavior in environments: The moderating role of conformity in activating situational norms. Social Cognition, 21, 447-464.

    Abele, A. E. (2003). The dynamics of masculine-agentic and feminine-communal traits: Findings from a prospective study. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 85, 768-776.

    Aberson, C. L., Healy, M., & Romero, V. (2000). Ingroup bias and self-esteem: A meta-analysis. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 4, 157-173.

    Abrams, D. (1990). Political identity: Relative deprivation, social identity, and the case of Scottish nationalism. London: Economic and Social Research Council.

    Abrams, D. (1992). Processes of social identification. In G. M. Breakwell (Ed.), Social psychology of identity and self-concept (pp. 57-99). New York: Surrey University Press.

    Abrams, D., & Hogg, M. A. (2001). Collective identity: Group membership and self-conception. In M. A. Hogg & R. S. Tindale (Eds.), Blackwell handbook of social psychology: Group processes (pp. 425-460). Malden, MA: Blackwell.

    Abrams, D., Marques, J. M., Bown, N., & Henson, M. (2000). Pro-norm and anti-norm deviance within and between groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 78, 906-912.

    Abrams, D., Wetherell, M., Cochrane, S., Hogg, M. A., & Turner, J. C. (1990). Knowing what to think by knowing who you are: Self-categorization and the nature of norm formation, conformity and group polarization. British Journal of Social Psychology, 29, 97-119.

    Adams, J. S., & Rosenbaum, W. B. (1962). The relationship of worker productivity to cognitive dissonance about wage inequities. Journal of Applied Psychology, 46, 161-164.

    Adler, P. A., & Adler, P. (1995). Dynamics of inclusion and exclusion in preadolesent cliques. Social Psychology Quarterly, 58, 145-162.

    Adler, P. A., Kless, S. J., & Adler, P. (1992). Socialization to gender roles: Popularity among elementary school boys and girls. Sociology of Education, 65, 169-187.

    Agazarian, Y. M. (2001). A systems-centered approach to inpatient group psychotherapy. Philadelphia: Jessica Kingsley Publishers.

    Aiello, J. R. (1987). Human spatial behavior. In D. Stokols & I. Altman (Eds.), Handbook of environmental psychology (Vol. 1, pp. 389-504). New York: Wiley.

    Aiello, J. R., & Douthitt, E. A. (2001). Social facilitation: From Triplett to electronic performance monitoring. Group Dynamics, 5, 163-180.

    Aiello, J. R., & Kolb, K. J. (1995). Electronic performance monitoring and social context: Impact on productivity and stress. Journal of Applied Psychology, 80, 339-353.

    Ainsworth, M. D. S. (1979). Infant-mother attachment. American Psychologist, 34, 932-937.

    Albright, L., Kenny, D. A., & Malloy, T. E. (1988). Consensus in personality judgments at zero acquaintance. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 55, 387-395.

    Aldag, R. J., & Fuller, S. R. (1993). Beyond fiasco: A reappraisal of the group think phenomenon and a new model of group decision processes. Psychological Bulletin, 113, 533-552.

     Alexander, S. C., & Peterson, J. L., Hollingshead, A. B. (2003). Help is at your keyboard: Support groups on the Internet. In L. R. Frey (Ed.). Group communication in context: Studies of bona fide groups (2nd ed., pp. 309-334). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Alicke, M. D., Braun, J. C., Glor, J. E., Klotz, M. L., Magee, J., Sederholm, H., & Siegel, R. (1992). Complaining behavior in social interaction. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 18, 286-295.

    Allen, H. (1978). Cults: The battle for the mind. In C. A. Krause, Guyana massacre: The eyewitness account (pp. 111-121). New York: Berkley.

    Allen, K., Blascovich, J., & Mendes, W. B. (2002). Cardiovascular reactivity in the presence of pets, friends, and spouses: The truth about cats and dogs. Psychosomatic Medicine, 64, 727-739.

    Allen, K. M., Blascovich, J., Tomaka, J., & Kelsey, R. M. (1991). Presence of human friends and pet dogs as moderators of autonomic responses to stress in women. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 61, 582-589.

    Allen, R. D. (1993). Organizing mental health services following a disaster: A community systems perspective. Journal of Social Behavior and Personality, 8, 179-188.

    Allen, V. L. (1975). Social support for nonconformity. Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 8, 2-43.

    Allen, V. L., & Wilder, D. A. (1980). Impact of group consensus and social support on stimulus meaning: Mediation of conformity by cognitive restructuring. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 39, 1116-1124.

    Allison, S. T., Beggan, J. K., & Midgley, E. H. (1996). The quest for "similar instances" and "simultaneous possibilities": Metaphors in social dilemma research. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 71, 479-497.

    Allison, S. T., McQueen, L. R., & Schaerfl, L. M. (1992). Social decision making processes and the equal partitionment of shared resources. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 28, 23-42.

    Allison, S. T., & Messick, D. M. (1985a). Effects of experience on performance in a replenishable resource trap. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 49, 943-948.

    Allison, S. T., & Messick, D. M. (1985b). The group attribution error. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 21, 563-579.

    Allison, S. T., & Messick, D. M. (1990). Social decision heuristics in the use of shared resources. Journal of Behavioral Decision Making, 3, 195-204.

    Allison, S. T., Worth, L. T., & King, M. C. (1990). Group decisions as social inference heuristics. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 58, 801-811.

    Allmendinger, J., Hackman J. R., & Lehman, E.V. (1996). Life and work in symphony orchestras. Musical Quarterly, 80, 194-219.

    Allport, F. H. (1920). The influence of the group upon association and thought. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 3, 159-182.

    Allport, F. H. (1924). Social psychology. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.

    Allport, F. H. (1934). The J-curve hypothesis of conforming behavior. Journal of Social Psychology, 5, 141-183.

    Allport, F. H. (1961). The contemporary appraisal of an old problem. Contemporary Psychology, 6, 195-197.

    Allport, F. H. (1962). A structuronomic conception of behavior: Individual and collective. I. Structural theory and the master problem of social psychology. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 64, 3-30.

    Allport, F. H., & Lepkin, M. (1943). Building war morale with news-headlines. Public Opinion Quarterly, 7, 211-221.

    Allport, G. W. (1954). The nature of prejudice. New York: Addison-Wesley.

    Allport, G. W., & Postman, L. J. (1947). The psychology of rumor. New York: Holt.

    Allred, K. G. (2000). Anger and retaliation in conflict: The role of attribution. In M. Deutsch & P. T. Coleman (Eds.). The handbook of conflict resolution: Theory and practice (pp. 236-255). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

    Altemeyer, B. (1988). Enemies of freedom: Understanding right-wing authoritarianism. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

    Altman, I. (1973). An ecological approach to the functioning of socially isolated groups. In J. E. Rasmussen (Ed.), Man in isolation and confinement (p. 241-269). Chicago: Aldine.

    Altman, I. (1975). The environment and social behavior. Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole.

    Altman, I. (1977). Research on environment and behavior: A personal statement of strategy. In D. Stokols (Ed.), Perspectives on environment and behavior (pp. 303-324). New York: Plenum.

    Altman, I., & Chemers, M. M. (1980). Culture and environment. Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole.

    Altman, I., & Churchman, A. S. (Eds.). (1994). Human behavior and the environment: Advances in theory and research: Place attachment (Vol. 12). New York: Plenum.

    Altman, I., & Haythorn, W. W. (1967). The ecology of isolated groups. Behavioral Science, 12, 169-182.

    Altman, I., & Taylor, D. A. (1973). Social penetration: The development of interpersonal relationships. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.

    Altman, I., Taylor, D. A., & Wheeler, L. (1971). Ecological aspects of group behavior in social isolation. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 1, 76-100.

    Alvaro, E. M., & Crano, W. D. (1997). Indirect minority influence: Evidence for leniency in source evaluation and counterargumentation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 949-964.

    Amir, Y. (1969). Contact hypothesis in ethnic relations. Psychological Bulletin, 71, 319-342.

    Amir, Y. (1976). The role of intergroup contact in change of prejudice and ethnic relations. In P. A. Katz (Ed.), Towards the elimination of racism. New York: Pergamon.

    Ancona, D. G., & Caldwell, D. F. (1992). Demography and design: Predictors of new product team performance. Organization Science, 3, 321-341.

    Anders, G. (2003). Perfect enough: Carly Fiorina and the reinvention of Hewlett-Packard. New York: Portfolio.

    Andersen, S. M. (1984). Self-knowledge and social inference: II. The diagnosticity of cognitive/affective and behavioral data. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 46, 294-307.

    Anderson, C., & Berdahl, J. L. (2002). The experience of power: Examining the effects of power on approach and inhibition tendencies. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83, 1362-1377.

    Anderson, C., John, O. P., Keltner, D., & Kring, A. M. (2001). Who attains social status? Effects of personality and physical attractiveness in social groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81, 116-132.

    Anderson, C., Keltner, D., & Oliver J. (2003). Emotional convergence between people over time. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 84, 1054-1068.

    Anderson, C. A., & Bushman, B. J. (1997). External validity of "trivial" experiments: The case of laboratory aggression. Review of General Psychology, 1, 19-41.

    Anderson, C. M., & Martin, M. M. (1995). The effects of communication motives, interaction involvement, and loneliness on satisfaction: A model of small groups. Small Group Research, 26, 118-137.

    Anderson, L. R. (1978). Groups would do better without humans. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 4, 557-558.

    Anderson, N., De Dreu, C. K. W., & Nijstad, B. A. (2004). The routinization of innovation research: A constructively critical review of the state-of-the-science. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 25, 147-173.

    Apodoca v. Oregon, 406 U.S. 404 (1972).

    Applebaum, E., & Blatt, R. (1994). The new American workplace. Ithaca, NY: ILR.

    Appelbaum, R. P., & Chambliss, W. J. (1995). Sociology. New York: HarperCollins.

    Ardry, R. (1970). The territorial imperative: A personal inquiry into the animal origins of property and nations. New York: Atheneum.

    Argote, L., Insko, C. A., Yovetich, N., & Romero, A. A. (1995). Group learning curves: The effects of turnover and task complexity on group performance. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 25, 512-529.

    Argyle, M., & Dean, J. (1965). Eye-contact, distance, and affiliation. Sociometry, 28, 289-304.

    Arkes, H. R. (1993). Some practical judgment and decision-making research. In N. J. Castellan, Jr. (Ed.), Individual and group decision making: Current issues (pp. 3-18). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Arkes, H. R., & Blumer, C. (1985). The psychology of sunk cost. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 35, 124-140.

    Arkin, R. M., & Burger, J. M. (1980). Effects of unit relation tendencies on interpersonal attraction. Social Psychology Quarterly, 43, 380-391.

    Arms, R. L., & Russell, G. W. (1997). Impulsivity, fight history, and camaraderie as predictors of a willingness to escalate a disturbance. Current Psychology: Developmental, Learning, Personality, Social, 15, 279-285.

    Arnardottir, A. A. (2002). Leadership style in co-lead psychotherapy groups, assessed from leaders', co-leaders', and group members' perspective. Unpublished doctoral dissertation. Richmond, VA: Virginia Commonwealth University.

    Arnold, D. W., & Greenberg, C. I. (1980). Deviate rejection within differentially manned groups. Social Psychology Quarterly, 43, 419-424.

    Aronson, E., & Mills, J. (1959). The effects of severity of initiation on liking for a group. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 59, 177-181.

    Aronson, E, & Patnoe, S. (1997). Cooperation in the classroom: The jigsaw method. New York: Longman, 1997.

    Aronson, E., Stephan, C., Sikes, J., Blaney, N., & Snapp, M. (1978). The Jigsaw classroom. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

    Arriaga, X. B., & Agnew, C. R. (2001). Being committed: Affective, cognitive, and conative components of relationship commitment. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 27, 1190-1203.

    Arrow, H. (1997). Stability, bistability, and instability in small group influence patterns. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 75-85.

    Arrow, H., & McGrath, J. E. (1995). Membership dynamics in groups at work: A theoretical framework. Research in Organizational Behavior, 17, 373-411.

    Arrow, H., McGrath, J. E., & Berdahl, J. L. (2000). Small groups as complex systems: Formation, coordination, development, and adaptation. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

    Asch, S. E. (1952). Social psychology. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall.

    Asch, S. E. (1955). Opinions and social pressures. Scientific American, 193(5), 31-35.

    Asch, S. E. (1957). An experimental investigation of group influence. In Symposium on preventive and social psychiatry. Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office.

    Asendorpf, J. B., & Meier, G. H. (1993). Personality effects on children's speech in everyday life: Sociability-mediated exposure and shyness-mediated reactivity in social situations. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 64, 1072-1083.

    Ashburn-Nardo, L., Voils, C. I., & Monteith, M. J. (2001). Implicit associations as the seeds of intergroup bias: How easily do they take root? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81, 789-799.

    Asher, S. R., & Paquette, J. A. (2003). Loneliness and peer relations in childhood. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 12, 75-78.

    Atlas, J. (1990). A psychohistorical view of crusade origins. Journal of Psychohistory, 17, 412-415.

    Averill, J. R. (1983). Studies on anger and aggression: Implications for theories of emotion. American Psychologist, 38, 1145-1160.

    Avolio, B. J., Kahai, S., & Dodge, G. E. (2000). E-leadership: Implications for theory, research, and practice [Electronic version]. Leadership Quarterly, 11, 615-668.

    Avolio, B. J., Sosik, J. J., Jung, D. I., & Berson, Y. (2003). Leadership models, methods, and applications. In W. C. Borman, D. R. Ilgen, R. J. Klimoski, & I. B. Weiner (Eds.), Handbook of psychology: Industrial and organizational psychology (Vol. 12, pp. 277-307). New York: Wiley. Retrieved May 12, 2004, from NetLibrary: http://www.netlibrary.com

    Axelrod, R. (1984). The evolution of cooperation. New York: Basic Books.

    Axelrod, R., & Hamilton, W. D. (1981). The evolution of cooperation. Science, 211, 1390-1396.

    Axsom, D. (1989). Cognitive dissonance and behavior change in psychotherapy. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 25, 234-252.

    Ayman, R., Chemers, M. M., & Fiedler, F. (1995). The contingency model of leadership effectiveness: Its levels of analysis. Leadership Quarterly, 6, 147-167.

    Azima, F.J. (1993). Group psychotherapy with personality disorders. In H. I. Kaplan & B. J. Sadock (Eds.), Comprehensive group psychotherapy (pp. 393-406). Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins.

    Azuma, H. (1984). Secondary control as a heterogeneous category. American Psychologist, 39, 970-971.

    Bach, G. R. (1954). Intensive group psychotherapy. New York: Ronald Press.

    Back, K. W. (1951). Influence through social communication. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 46, 9-23.

    Back, K. W. (1973). Beyond words: The story of sensitivity training and the encounter movement. Baltimore: Penguin.

    Back, K. W. (1974). Intervention techniques: Small groups. Annual Review of Psychology, 25, 367-387.

    Back, K. W. (1992). This business of topology. Journal of Social Issues, 48(2), 51-66.

    Baier, J. L., & Williams, P. S. (1983). Fraternity hazing revisited: Current alumni and active member attitudes toward hazing. Journal of College Student Personnel, 24, 300-305.

    Bakeman, R. (2000). Behavioral observation and coding. In H. T. Reis & C. M. Judd (Eds.), Handbook of research methods in social and personality psychology (pp. 138-159). New York: Cambridge University Press.

    Baker, S. M., & Petty, R. E. (1994). Majority and minority influence: Source-position imbalance as a determinant of message scrutiny. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 67, 5-19.

    Bales, R. F. (1950). Interaction process analysis: A method for the study of small groups. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

    Bales, R. F. (1953). The equilibrium problem in small groups. In T. Parsons, R. F. Bales, & E. A. Shils (Eds.), Working papers in the theory of action (pp. 111-161). New York: The Free Press.

    Bales, R. F. (1955). How people interact in conferences. Scientific American, 192(3), 31-35.

    Bales, R. F. (1958). Task roles and social roles in problem-solving groups. In E. E. Maccoby, T. M. Newcomb, & E. L. Hartley (Eds.), Readings in social psychology. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.

    Bales, R. F. (1965). The equilibrium problem in small groups. In A. P. Hare, E. F. Borgatta, & R. F. Bales (Eds.), Small groups: Studies in social interaction. New York: Knopf.

    Bales, R. F. (1970). Personality and interpersonal behavior. New York: Holt, Rinehart, & Winston.

    Bales, R. F. (1980). SYMLOG case study kit. New York: Free Press.

    Bales, R. F. (1988). A new overview of the SYMLOG system: Measuring and changing behavior in groups. In R. B. Polley, A. P. Hare, & P. J. Stone (Eds.), The SYMLOG practitioner: Applications of small group research (pp. 319-344). New York: Praeger.

    Bales, R. F. (1999). Social interaction systems: Theory and measurement. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction.

    Bales, R. F., & Cohen, S. P. with Williamson, S. A. (1979). SYMLOG: A system for the multiple level observation of groups. New York: The Free Press.

    Bales, R. F., & Hare, A. P. (1965). Diagnostic use of the interaction profile. Journal of Social Psychology, 67, 239-258.

    Bales, R. F., & Slater, P. E. (1955). Role differentiation in small decision-making groups. In T. Parsons and R. F. Bales (Eds.), Family, socialization, and interaction process (pp. 259-306). New York: The Free Press.

    Bales, R. F., & Strodtbeck, F. L. (1951). Phases in group problem solving. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 46, 485-495.

    Ball, S. J. (1981). Beachside comprehensive: A case study of secondary schooling. New York: Cambridge University Press.

    Baltes, B. B., Dickson, M. W., Sherman, M. P., Bauer, C. C., & LaGanke, J. (2002). Computer-mediated communication and group decision making: A meta-analysis. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 87, 156-179.

    Bandura, A. (1977). Social-learning theory. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall.

    Bandura, A. (1986). Social foundations of through and action: A social cognitive theory. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

    Bandura, A. (1997). Self-efficacy: The exercise of control. New York: Freeman.

    Bandura, A. (1999). Moral disengagement in the perpetration of inhumanities. Personality and Social Psychology Review. 3, 193-209.

    Bangerter, A. (2002). Maintaining interpersonal continuity in groups: The role of collective memory processes in redistributing information. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 5, 203-219.

    Bargal, D., Gold, M., & Lewin, M. (Eds.). (1992). Journal of Social Issues, 48(2).

    Barge, J. K. (2002). Enlarging the meaning of group deliberation: From discussion to dialogue. In L. R. Frey (Ed.), New directions in group communication (pp. 159-177). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

    Bargh, J. A. (1990). Auto-motives: Preconscious determinants of social interaction. In E. T. Higgins & R. M. Sorrentino (Eds.), Handbook of motivation and cognition: Foundations of social behavior (Vol. 2, pp. 93-130). New York: Guilford Press.

    Bargh, J. A., & Alvarez, J. (2001). The road to hell: Good intentions in the face of nonconscious tendencies to misuse power. In A. Y. Lee-Chai & J. A. Bargh (Eds.), The use and abuse of power: Multiple perspectives on the causes of corruption (pp. 41-55). New York: Psychology Press.

    Bargh, J. A., & McKenna, K. Y. A. (2004). The Internet and social life. Annual Review of Psychology, 55, 573-590.

    Barker, R. G. (1968). Ecological psychology. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.

    Barker, R. G. (1987). Prospecting in ecological psychology: Oskaloosa revisited. In D. Stokols & I. Altman (Eds.), Handbook of environmental psychology (Vol. 2, pp. 1413-1432). New York: Wiley.

    Barker, R. G. (1990). Recollections of the Midwest Psychological Field Station. Environment and Behavior, 22, 503-513.

    Barker, R. G., & Associates. (1978). Habitats, environments, and human behavior: Studies in ecological psychology and eco-behavioral sciences from the Midwest Psychological Field Station, 1947-1972. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

    Barlow, S. H., Burlingame, G. M., & Fuhriman, A. (2000). Therapeutic applications of groups: From Pratt's "thought control classes" to modern group psychotherapy. Group Dynamics, 4, 115-134.

    Barlow, S. H., Burlingame, G. M., Nebeker, R.S., & Anderson, E. (2000). Meta-analysis of medical self-help groups. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 50, 53-69.

    Barnard, C. I. (1938). The functions of the executive. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

    Baron, R. A., & Bell, P. A. (1975). Aggression and heat: Mediating effects of prior provocation and exposure to an aggressive model. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 31, 825-832.

    Baron, R. A., & Bell, P. A. (1976). Aggression and heat: The influence of ambient temperature, negative affect, and a cooling drink on physical aggression. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 33, 245-255.

    Baron, R. S. (1986). Distraction-conflict theory: Progress and problems. Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 19, 1-40.

    Baron, R. S. (2000). Arousal, capacity, and intense indoctrination. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 4, 238-254.

    Baron, R. S., Kerr, N. L., & Miller, N. (1992). Group process, group decision, group action. Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole.

    Baron, R. S., Vandello, J. A., & Brunsman, B. (1996). The forgotten variable in conformity research: Impact of task importance on social influence. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 71, 915-927.

    Barrera, M., Jr. (1986). Distinctions between social support concepts, measures, and models. American Journal of Community Psychology, 14, 413-422.

    Barrick, M. R., & Mount, M. K. (1991). The Big Five personality dimensions and job performance: A meta-analysis. Personnel Psychology, 44, 1-26.

    Barrow, J. C. (1977). The variables of leadership: A review and conceptual framework. Academy of Management Review, 2, 231-251.

    Bar-Tal, D. (2000). Shared beliefs in a society: social psychological analysis. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

    Bartels, L. (May, 2001). No looking back. Rocky Mountain News. Retrieved January 3, 2004, from the Rocky Mountain News website. http://www.rockymountainnews.com/drmn/state/article/0,1299,DRMN_21_795883,00.html

    Bartholomew, R. E. (1997). Mass hysteria. British Journal of Psychiatry, 170, 387-388.

    Bartholomew, R. E., & Sirois, F. (1996). Epidemic hysteria in schools: An international and historical overview. Educational Studies, 22, 285-311.

    Bartis, S., Szymanski, K., & Harkins, S. G. (1988). Evaluation and performance: A two-edged knife. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 14, 242-251.

    Basden, B. H., Basden, D. R., Bryner, S. & Thomas, R. L., III (1997). A comparison of group and individual remembering: Does collaboration disrupt retrieval strategies? Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory and Cognition, 23, 1176-1189.

    Bass, B. M. (1985a). Good, better, best. Organizational Dynamics, 13, 26-40.

    Bass, B. M. (1985b). Leadership and performance beyond expectations. New York: Free Press.

    Bass, B. M. (1990). Bass and Stogdill's handbook of leadership: Theory, research, and managerial applications (3rd ed.). New York: Free Press.

    Bass, B. M. (1997). Does the transactional-transformational leadership paradigm transcend organizational and national boundaries? American Psychologist, 52, 130-139.

    Bass, B. M., Avolio, B. J., & Goldheim, L. (1987). Biography and the assessment of transformational leadership at the world-class level. Journal of Management, 13, 7-19.

    Bass, B. M., & Ryterband, E. C. (1979). Organizational psychology (2nd ed.). Boston: Allyn & Bacon.

    Batchelor, J. P., & Goethals, G. R. (1972). Spatial arrangements in freely formed groups. Sociometry, 35, 270-279.

    Bates, B., & Goodman, A. (1986). The effectiveness of encounter groups: Implications of research for counselling practice. British Journal of Guidance and Counselling, 14, 240-251.

    Batson, C. D. (1975). Rational processing or rationalization? The effect of disconfirming information on a state religious belief. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 32, 176-184.

    Baum, A., Calesnick, L. E., Davis, G. E., & Gatchel, R. J. (1982). Individual differences in coping with crowding: Stimulus screening and social overload. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 43, 821-830.

    Baum, A., & Davis, G. E. (1980). Reducing the stress of high-density living: An architectural intervention. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 38, 471-481.

    Baum, A., Davis, G. E., & Valins, S. (1979). Generating behavioral data for the design process. In J. R. Aiello & A. Baum (Eds.), Residential crowding and design (pp. 175-196). New York: Plenum.

    Baum, A., Harpin, R. E., & Valins, S. (1976). The role of group phenomena in the experience of crowding. In S. Saegert (Ed.), Crowding in real environments. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

    Baum, A., & Valins, S. (1977). Architecture and social behavior: Psychological studies of social density. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Baumeister, R. F. (1984). Choking under pressure: Self-consciousness and paradoxical effects of incentives on skillful performance. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 46, 610-620.

    Baumeister, R. F. (1985). The championship choke. Psychology Today, 19(4), 48-52.

    Baumeister, R. F. (1995). Disputing the effects of championship pressures and home audiences. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 68, 644-648.

    Baumeister, R. F., & Leary, M. R. (1995). The need to belong: Desire for interpersonal attachments as a fundamental human motivation. Psychological Bulletin, 117, 497-529.

    Baumeister, R. F., & Showers, C. J. (1986). A review of paradoxical performance effects: Choking under pressure in sports and mental tests. European Journal of Social Psychology, 16, 361-383.

    Baumeister, R. F., & Sommer, K. L. (1997). What do men want? Gender differences and two spheres of belongingness. Psychological Bulletin, 122, 38-44.

    Baumeister, R. F., Stillwell, A., & Wotman, S. R. (1990). Victim and perpetrator accounts of interpersonal conflict: Autobiographical narratives about anger. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 59, 994-1005.

    Baumeister, R. F., Twenge, J. M., & Nuss, C. K. (2002). Effects of social exclusion on cognitive processes: Anticipated aloneness reduces intelligent thought. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83, 817-827.

    Bavelas, A. (1948). A mathematical model for group structures. Applied Anthropology, 7, 16-30.

    Bavelas, A. (1950). Communication patterns in task-oriented groups. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 22, 725-730.

    Bavelas, A., & Barrett, D. (1951). An experimental approach to organization communication. Personnel, 27, 367-371.

    Bayazit, M., & Mannix, E. A. (2003). Should I stay or should I go? Predicting team members' intent to remain in the team. Small Group Research, 34, 290-321.

    Beach, S. R. H., & Tesser, A. (2000). Self-evaluation maintenance and evolution: Some speculative notes. In J. Suls & L. Wheeler (Eds.), Handbook of social comparison: Theory and research (pp. 123-140). New York: Kluwer Academic.

    Beach, S. R. H., Tesser, A., Fincham, F. D., Jones, D. J., Johnson, D., & Whitaker, D. J. (1998). Pleasure and pain in doing well, together: An investigation of performance-related affect in close relationships. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 74, 923-938.

    Beaman, A. L., Cole, C. M., Preston, M., Klentz, B., & Steblay, N. M. (1983). Fifteen years of foot-in-the door research: A meta- analysis. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 9, 181-196.

    Beauchamp, M. R., Bray, S. R., Eys, M. A., & Carron, A. V. (2002). Role ambiguity, role efficacy, and role performance: Multidimensional and mediational relationships within interdependent sport teams. Group Dynamics, 6, 229-242.

    Bechtel, R. B. (2002). On to Mars! In R. B. Bechtel & A. Churchman (Eds.), Handbook of environmental psychology (pp. 676-685). New York: Wiley. Retrieved July 29, 2004, from NetLibrary: http://www.netlibrary.com

    Bechtel, R. B., & Churchman, A. (Eds.). (2002). Handbook of environmental psychology. New York: Wiley. Retrieved July 28, 2004, from NetLibrary: http://www.netlibrary.com

    Beck, A. T. (2002). Cognitive models of depression. In R. L. Leahy & E. T. Dowd (Eds.), Clinical advances in cognitive psychotherapy: Theory and application (pp. 29-61). New York: Springer.

    Becker, F. (2004). Offices that work: balancing cost, flexibility, and communication. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

    Bedell, J., & Sistrunk, F. (1973). Power, opportunity, costs, and sex in a mixed-motive game. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 25, 219-226.

    Bednar, R. L., & Kaul, T. (1978). Experiential group research: Current perspectives. In S. L. Garfield and A. E. Bergin (Eds.), Handbook of psychotherapy and behavior change (2nd ed., pp. 769-815). New York: Wiley.

    Bednar, R. L., & Kaul, T. (1979). Experiential group research: What never happened. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 15, 311-319.

    Bednar, R. L., & Kaul, T. (1994). Experiential group research: Can the canon fire? In S. L. Garfield and A. E. Bergin (Eds.), Handbook of psychotherapy and behavior change (4th ed., pp. 631-663). New York: Wiley.

    Beggan, J. K., & Allison, S. T. (1994). Social values. Encyclopedia of Human Behavior, 4, 253–262.

    Bell, P. A. (1981). Physiological, comfort, performance, and social effects of heat stress. Journal of Social Issues, 37(1), 71-94.

    Bell, P. A. (1992). In defense of the negative affect escape model of heat and aggression. Psychological Bulletin, 111, 342-346.

    Bell, P. A., Fisher, J. D., Baum, A., & Greene, T. E. (2001). Environmental psychology (5th ed.). Fort Worth, TX: Harcourt College Publishers.

    Bellah, R. N. (February, 1986). Individualism and commitment in American life. Retrieved January 17, 2004 from Robert N. Bellah website (http://www.robertbellah.com/). http://www.robertbellah.com/lectures_4.htm

    Bellah, R. N., Madsen, R., Sullivan, W. M., Swidler, A., & Tipton, S. M. (1985). Habits of the heart: Individualism and commitment in American life. New York: Harper & Row.

    Bem, D. J. (1972). Self-perception theory. Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 6, 2-62.

    Bem, S. L. (1975). Sex role adaptability: One consequence of psychological androgyny. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 31, 634-643.

    Bem, S. L. (1982). Gender schema theory and self-schema theory compared: A comment on Markus, Crane, Bernstein, and Siladi's 'Self-schemas and gender." Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 43, 1192-1194.

    Bem, S. L. (1985). Androgyny and gender schema theory: A conceptual and empirical integration. Nebraska Symposium on Motivation, 32, 179-226.

    Benenson, J. F., Apostoleris, N. H., & Parnass, J. (1997). Age and sex differences in dyadic and group interaction. Developmental Psychology, 33, 538-543.

     Benford, R. D. (1992). Social movements. In E. F. Borgatta & M. L. Borgatta (Eds.), Encyclopedia of sociology (Vol. 4, pp. 1880-1887). New York: MacMillan.

    Benjamin, L. T., Jr., & Crouse, E. M. (2002). The American Psychological Association's response to Brown v. Board of Education: The case of Kenneth B. Clark. American Psychologist, 57, 38-50.

    Benne, K. D., & Sheats, P. (1948). Functional roles of group members. Journal of Social Issues, 4(2), 41-49.

    Bennett, H. S. (1980). On becoming a rock musician. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press.

    Bennis, W. (1975). Where have all the leaders gone? Washington, DC: Federal Executive Institute.

    Bennis, W., & Biederman, P. W. (1997). Organizing genius: The secrets of creative collaboration. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

    Bennis, W., & Nanus, B. (1997). Leaders: Strategies for taking charge (2nd ed.). New York: Harper Collins. (originally published in 1985)

    Bennis, W. G., & Shepard, H. A. (1956). A theory of group development. Human Relations, 9, 415-437.

    Berger, J., Wagner, D. G., & Zelditch, M., Jr. (1992). A working strategy for constructing theories: State organizing processes. In G. Ritzer (Ed.), Studies in metatheorizing in sociology (pp. 107-123). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

    Berger, J., & Zelditch, M., Jr. (1998). Status, power, and legitimacy: Strategies and theories. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction.

    Berger, R. E. (1981). Heart rate, arousal, and the "mere presence" hypothesis of social facilitation. Unpublished doctoral dissertation. Richmond, VA: Virginia Commonwealth University.

    Berger, S. M., Carli, L. C., Garcia, R., & Brady, J. J., Jr. (1982). Audience effects in anticipatory learning: A comparison of drive and practice-inhibition analyses. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 42, 478-486.

    Berger, S. M., Hampton, K. L., Carli, L. L., Grandmaison, P. S., Sadow, J. S., Donath, C. H., & Herschlag, L. R. (1981). Audience-induced inhibition of overt practice during learning. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 40, 479-491.

    Bergman, T. J., Beehner, J. C., Cheney, D. L., & Sayfarth, R. M. (2003). Hierarchical classification by rank and kinship in baboons. Science, 302, 1234-1236.

    Berkowitz, L. (1953). Sharing leadership in small, decision-making groups. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 48, 231-238.

    Berkowitz, L. (1954). Group standards, cohesiveness, and productivity. Human Relations, 7, 509-519.

    Berkowitz, L. (1962). Aggression: A social psychological analysis. New York: McGraw-Hill.

    Berkowitz, L. (1971). Reporting an experiment: A case study in leveling, sharpening, and assimilation. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 7, 237-243.

    Berkowitz, L., & Lundy, R. M. (1957). Personality charactersitics related to susceptibility to influence by peers or authority figures. Journal of Personality, 25, 306-316.

    Berman, J. J., & Zimpfer, D. G. (1980). Growth groups: Do the outcomes really last? Review of Educational Research, 50, 505-524.

    Berndt, T. J. (1992). Friends and friends' influence in adolescence. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 1, 156-159.

    Berndt, T. J. (1996). Friendships in adolescence. In N. Vanzetti & S. Duck (Eds.), A lifetime of relationships (pp. 182-212). Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole.

    Bernthal, P. R., & Insko, C. A. (1993). Cohesiveness without groupthink: The interactive effects of social and task cohesion. Group and Organizational Management, 18, 66-87.

    Betancourt, H., & Blair, I. (1992). A cognition (attribution)-emotion model of violence in conflict situations. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 18, 343-350.

    Bettencourt, B. A., Brewer, M. B., Croak, M. R., & Miller, N. (1992). Cooperation and the reduction of intergroup bias: The role of reward structure and social orientation. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 28, 301-309.

    Bettencourt, B. A., & Sheldon, K. (2001). Social roles as mechanism for psychological need satisfaction within social groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81, 1131-1143.

    Biddle, B. J. (1979). Role theory: Expectations, identities, and behavior. New York: Academic Press.

    Biernat, M., Crandall, C. S., Young, L. V., Kobrynowicz, D., & Halpin, S. M. (1998). All that you can be: Stereotyping of self and others in a military context. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 75, 301-317.

    Biernat, M., & Kobrynowicz, D. (1997). Gender- and race-based standards of competence: Lower minimum standards but higher ability standards for devalued groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 544-557.

    Biernat, M., Vescio, T. K., & Green, M. L. (1996). Selective self-stereotyping. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 71, 1194-1209.

    Birch, L. L. (1987). Children's food preferences: Developmental patterns and environmental influences. Annals of Child Development, 4, 171-208.

    Black, T. E., & Higbee, K. L. (1973). Effects of power, threat, and sex on exploitation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 27, 382-388.

    Blader, S. L., & Tyler, T. R. (2003). What constitutes fairness in work settings? A four-component model of procedural justice. Human Resource Management Review, 13, 107-126.

    Blake, R. R., & McCanse, A. A. (1991). Leadership dilemmas--Grid solutions. Houston, TX: Gulf.

    Blake, R. R., & Mouton, J. S. (1964). The managerial grid. Houston, TX: Gulf.

    Blake, R. R., & Mouton, J. S. (1978). The new managerial grid. Houston, TX: Gulf.

    Blake, R. R., & Mouton, J. S. (1980). The versatile manager: A Grid profile. Homewood, IL: Dow Jones/Irwin.

    Blake, R. R., & Mouton, J. S. (1982). How to choose a leadership style. Training and Development Journal, 36, 39-46.

    Blake, R. R., & Mouton, J. S. (1984). Solving costly organizational conflicts: Achieving intergroup trust, cooperation, and teamwork. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

    Blake, R. R., & Mouton, J. S. (1985). Presidential (Grid) styles. Training and Development Journal, 39, 30-34.

    Blake, R. R., & Mouton, J. S. (1986). From theory to practice in interface problem solving. In S. Worchel & W. G. Austin (Eds.), Psychology of intergroup relations (2nd ed., pp. 67-87). Chicago: Nelson-Hall.

    Blanchard, F. A., Adelman, L., & Cook, S. W. (1975). Effect of group success and failure upon interpersonal attraction in cooperating interracial groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 31, 1020-1030.

    Blanchard, F. A., & Cook, S. W. (1976). Effects of helping a less competent member of a cooperating interracial group on the development of interpersonal attraction. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 34, 1245-1255.

    Blanchard, K., & Johnson, S. (1981). The one minute manager. New York: Berkley Books.

    Blanchard, K., Zigarmi, D., & Nelson, R. (1993). Situational leadership after 25 years: A retrospective. Journal of Leadership Studies, 1, 22-36.

    Blanton, H., Crocker, J., & Miller, D. T. (2000). The effects of in-group versus out-group social comparison on self-esteem in the context of a negative stereotype. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 36, 519-530.

    Blascovich, J., Ginsburg, G. P., & Howe, R. C. (1975). Blackjack and the risky shift, II: Monetary stakes. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 11, 224-232.

    Blascovich, J., Ginsburg, G. P., & Howe, R. C. (1976). Blackjack, choice shifts in the field. Sociometry, 39, 274-276.

    Blascovich, J., Loomis, J., Beall, A. C., Swinth, K. R., Hoyt, C. L., & Bailenson, J. N. (2002). Immersive virtual environment technology as a methodological tool for social psychology. Psychological Inquiry, 13, 103-124.

    Blascovich, J., Mendes, W. B., Hunter, S. B., & Salomon, K. (1999). Social "facilitation" as challenge and threat. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 77, 68-77.

     Blascovich, J., Nash, R. F., & Ginsburg, G. P. (1978). Heart rate and competitive decision making. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 4, 115-118.

    Blass, T. (1991). Understanding behavior in the Milgram obedience experiment: The role of personality, situations, and their interactions. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 60, 398-413.

    Blass, T. (1992). The social psychology of Stanley Milgram. Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 25, 277-329.

    Blass, T. (1995). Right-wing authoritarianism and role as predictors of attributions about obedience to authority. Personality and Individual Differences, 19, 99-100.

    Blass, T. (1996). Attribution of responsibility and trust in the Milgram obedience experiment. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 26, 1529-1535.

    Blass, T. (2000a). The Milgram paradigm after 35 years: Some things we now know about obedience to authority. In T. Blass (Ed.). Obedience to authority: Current perspectives on the Milgram paradigm (pp. 35-59). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Blass, T. (Ed.). (2000b). Obedience to authority: Current perspectives on the Milgram paradigm Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Blau, P. M. (1964). Exchange and power in social life. New York: Wiley.

    Bliese, J. R. (1990). The motives of the First Crusaders: A social psychological analysis. Journal of Psychohistory, 17, 393-411.

    Bliese, P. D., Halverson, R. R. (1996). Individual and nomothetic models of job stress: An examination of work hours, cohesion, and well-being. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 26, 1171-1189.

    Bloch, S., & Crouch, E. (1985). Therapeutic factors in group psychotherapy. London: Oxford University Press.

    Blumer, H. (1946). Collective behavior. In A. M. Lee (Ed.), New outline of the principles of sociology. New York: Barnes & Noble.

    Blumer, H. (1951). Collective behavior. In A. M. Lee (Ed.), Principles of sociology. New York: Barnes & Noble.

    Blumer, H. (1957). Collective behavior. In J. B. Gittler (Ed.), Review of sociology: Analysis of a decade. New York: Wiley.

    Blumer, H. (1964). Collective behavior. In J. Gould & W. L. Kolb (Eds.), Dictionary of the social sciences (pp. 100-101). New York: Free Press.

    Boardman, S. K., & Horowitz, S. V. (Eds.). (1994). Constructive conflict management: An answer to critical social problems? Journal of Social Issues, 50(1), 1-211.

    Bogardus, E. S. (1954). Group behavior and groupality. Sociology and Social Research, 38, 401-403.

    Bohrnstedt, G. W., & Fisher, G. A. (1986). The effects of recalled childhood and adolescent relationships compared to current role performances on young adults' affective functioning. Social Psychology Quarterly, 49, 19-32.

    Boivin, M., Dodge, K. A., & Coie, J. D. (1995). Individual-group behavioral similarity and peer status in experimental play groups of boys: The social misfit revisited. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 69, 269-279.

    Bollen, K. A., & Hoyle, R. H. (1990). Perceived cohesion: A conceptual and empirical examination. Social Forces, 69, 479-504.

    Bond, C. F. (1982). Social facilitation: A self-presentational view. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 42, 1042-1050.

    Bond, C. F., Jr., Atoum, A. O., & VanLeeuwen, M. D. (1996). Social impairment of complex learning in the wake of public embarrassment. Basic and Applied Social Psychology, 18, 31-44.

    Bond, C. F., & Titus, L. J. (1983). Social facilitation: A meta-analysis of 241 studies. Psychological Bulletin, 94, 265-292.

    Bond, M. H. (2002). Reclaiming the individual from Hofstede's ecological analysis—A 20-year odyssey: Comment on Oyserman et al. (2002). Psychological Bulletin, 128, 73-77.

    Bond, M. H., & Shiu, W. Y. (1997). The relationship between a group's personality resources and the two dimensions of its group process. Small Group Research, 28, 194-217.

    Bond, R., & Smith, P. B. (1996). Culture and conformity: A meta-analysis of studies using Asch's (1952b, 1956) line judgment task. Psychological Bulletin, 119, 111-137.

    Bone, E. (1957). Seven years solitary. London: McMillan.

    Bonito, J. A., & Hollingshead, A. B. (1997). Participation in small groups. Communication Yearbook, 20, 227-261.

    Bonney, M. E. (1947). Popular and unpopular children: A sociometric study. Sociometry Monographs, No. 99, A80.

    Bons, P. M., & Fiedler, F. E. (1976). Changes in organizational leadership and the behavior of relationship- and task-motivated leaders. Administrative Science Quarterly, 21, 433-472.

    Bonta, B. D. (1997). Cooperation and competition in peaceful societies. Psychological Bulletin, 121, 299-320.

    Booth, A. (1972). Sex and social participation. American Sociological Review, 37, 183-193.

    Borah, L. A., Jr. (1963). The effects of threat in bargaining: Critical and experimental analysis. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 66, 37-44.

    Borgatta, E. F., & Bales, R. F. (1953). Task and accumulation of experience as factors in the interaction of small groups. Sociometry, 16, 239-252.

    Borgatta, E. F., Couch, A. S., & Bales, R. F. (1954). Some findings relevant to the great man theory of leadership. American Sociological Review, 19, 755-759.

    Bormann, E. G. (1975). Discussion and group methods: Theory and practices (2nd ed.). New York: Harper & Row.

    Bornstein, G. (2003). Intergroup conflict: Individual, group, and collective interests. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 7, 129-145.

    Bornstein, G., Budescu, D., & Zamir, S. (1997). Cooperation in intergroup, N-person, and two-person games of chicken. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 41, 384-406.

    Bornstein, R. F. (1992). The dependent personality: Developmental, social, and clinical perspectives. Psychological Bulletin, 112, 3-23.

    Bornstein, R. F., Leone, D. R., & Galley, D. J. (1987). The generalizability of subliminal mere exposure effects: Influence of stimuli perceived without awareness on social behavior. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 53, 1070-1079.

    Bouchard, T. J. (1972a). A comparison of two group brainstorming procedures. Journal of Applied Psychology, 56, 418-421.

    Bouchard, T. J. (1972b). Training, motivation, and personality as determinants of the effectiveness of brainstorming groups and individuals. Journal of Applied Psychology, 56, 324-331.

    Bouchard, T. J., Barsaloux, J., & Drauden, G. (1974). Brainstorming procedure, group size, and sex as determinants of the problem-solving effectiveness of groups and individuals. Journal of Applied Psychology, 59, 135-138.

    Bouchard, T. J., Drauden, G., & Barsaloux, J. (1974). A comparison of individual, subgroup, and total group methods of problem solving. Journal of Applied Psychology, 59, 226-227.

    Bouchard, T. J., & Hare, M. (1970). Size, performance, and potential in brainstorming groups. Journal of Applied Psychology, 54, 51-55.

    Bourgeois, K. S., & Leary, M. R. (2001). Coping with rejection: Derogating those who choose us last. Motivation and Emotion, 25, 101-111.

    Bowers, C. A., Braun, C. C., & Morgan, B. B., Jr. (1997) Team workload: Its meaning and measurement. In M. T. Brannick, E. Salas, & C. Prince (Eds.), Team performance assessment and measurement: Theory, methods, and applications (pp. 85-108). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Bowers, C. A., Pharmer, J. A., & Salas, E. (2000). When member homogeneity is needed in work teams: A meta-analysis. Small Group Research, 31, 305-327.

    Bowers, C. A., Weaver, J. L., & Morgan, B. B., Jr. (1996). Moderating the performance effects of stressors. In J. E. Driskell & E. Salas (Eds.), Stress and human performance (pp. 163-192). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Bowers, D. G., & Seashore, S. E. (1966). Predicting organizational effectiveness with a four-factor theory of leadership. Administrative Science Quarterly, 11, 238-263.

    Bowlby, J. (1980). Attachment and loss (Vol. 1). London: Hogarth.

    Bradley, P. H. (1978). Power, status, and upward communication in small decision-making groups. Communication Monographs, 45, 33-43.

    Brady, F. N. (2002). Lining up for Star-Wars tickets: Some ruminations on ethics and economics based on an Internet study of behavior in queues. Journal of Business Ethics, 38, 157-165.

    Bramel, D., & Friend, R. (1981). Hawthorne, the myth of the docile worker, and class bias in psychology. American Psychologist, 36, 867-878.

    Brandes, U., Kenis, P., Raab, J., Schneider, V., & Wagner, D. (1999). Explorations into the visualization of policy networks. Journal of Theoretical Politics, 11, 75-106.

    Brannick, M. T., Salas, E., & Prince, C. (Eds.). (1997). Team performance assessment and measurement: Theory, methods, and applications. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Branscombe, N. R. (1998). Thinking about one's gender group's privileges or disadvantages: Consequences for well-being in women and men. British Journal of Social Psychology, 37, 167-184.

    Branscombe, N.R., Spears, R., Ellemers, N., & Doosje, B. (2002). Intragroup and intergroup evaluation effects on group behavior. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 744-753.

    Branscombe, N. R., & Wann, D. L. (1994). Collective self-esteem consequences of outgroup derogation when a valued social identity is on trial. European Journal of Social Psychology, 24, 641-657.

    Brauer, M., Judd, C. M., & Gliner, M. D. (1995). The effects of repeated expressions on attitude polarization during group discussions. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 68, 1014-1029.

    Bray, R. M., Johnson, D., & Chilstrom, J. T., Jr. (1982). Social influence by group members with minority opinions: A comparison of Hollander & Moscovici. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 43, 78-88.

    Brechner, K. C. (1977). An experimental analysis of social traps. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 13, 552-564.

    Brehm, J. W. (1976). Responses to loss of freedom: A theory of psychological reactance. In J. W. Thibaut, J. T. Spence, & R. C. Carson (Eds.), Contemporary topics in social psychology (pp. 51-78). Morristown, NJ: General Learning Press.

    Brehm, J. W., & Sensenig, J. (1966). Social influence as a function of attempted and implied usurpation of choice. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 4, 703-707.

    Brehm, S. S., & Brehm, J. W. (1981). Psychological reactance: A theory of freedom and control. New York: Academic Press.

    Brennan, K. A., Clark, C. L., & Shaver, P. R. (1998). Self-report measurement of adult attachment: An integrative overview. In J. A. Simpson & W. S. Rholes (Eds.), Attachment theory and close relationships (pp. 46-76). New York: Guilford.

    Brenner, O. C., & Vinacke, W. E. (1979). Accommodative and exploitative behavior of males versus females and managers versus nonmanagers as measured by the Test of Strategy. Social Psychology Quarterly, 42, 289-293.

    Brewer, M. B. (1979). In-group bias in the minimal intergroup situation: A cognitive-motivational analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 86, 307-324.

    Brewer, M. B. (2000). Reducing prejudice through cross-categorization: Effects of multiple social identities. In S. Oskamp (Ed.), Reducing prejudice and discrimination (pp. 165-183). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Retrieved June22, 2004, from NetLibrary: http://www.netlibrary.com

    Brewer, M. B., & Brown, R. J. (1998). Intergroup relations. In D. T. Gilbert, S. T. Fiske, & G. Lindzey (Eds.), The handbook of social psychology (4th ed., Vol. 2, pp. 554-594). New York: McGraw-Hill.

    Brewer, M. B., & Campbell, D. T. (1976). Ethnocentrism and intergroup attitudes: East African evidence. New York: Halsted Press.

    Brewer, M. B., & Gardner, W. (1996). Who is this "We"? Levels of collective identity and self representations. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 71, 83-93.

    Brewer, M. B., & Kramer, R. M. (1986). Choice behavior in social dilemmas: Effects of social identity, group size, and decision framing. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 50, 543-549.

    Brewer, M. B., Manzi, J. M., & Shaw, J. S. (1993). In-group identification as a function of depersonalization, distinctiveness, and status. Psychological Science, 4, 88-92.

    Brewer, M. B., & Miller, N. (1984). Beyond the contact hypothesis: Theoretical perspectives on desegregation. In N. Miller & M. Brewer (Eds.), Groups in contact: The psychology of desegregation (pp. 281-302). New York: Academic Press.

    Brewer, M. B., & Pickett, C. L. (2002). The social self and group identification: Inclusion and distinctiveness motives in interpersonal and collective identities. In J. P. Forgas & K. D. Williams (Eds.), The social self: Cognitive, interpersonal and intergroup perspectives (pp. 255-272). New York: Psychology Press.

    Brickner, M. A., Harkins, S. G., & Ostrom, T. M. (1986). Effects of personal involvement: Thought-provoking implications for social loafing. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 51, 763-770.

    Brief, A. P., Buttram, R. T., Elliott, J. D., Reizenstein, R. M., & McCline, R. L. (1995). Releasing the beast: A study of compliance with orders to use race as a selection criterion. Journal of Social Issues, 51(3), 177-193.

    Brief, A. P., Schuler, R. S., & Van Sell, M. (1981). Managing job stress. Boston: Little, Brown.

    Brief, A. P., & Weiss, H. M. (2002). Organizational behavior: Affect in the workplace. Annual Review of Psychology, 53, 279-307.

    Brinthaupt, T. M., Moreland, R. L., & Levine, J. M. (1991). Sources of optimism among prospective group members. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 17, 36-43.

    Brockner, J. (1995). How to stop throwing good money after bad: Using theory to guide practice. In D. A. Schroeder (Ed.), Social dilemmas: Perspectives on individuals and groups (pp. 163-182). Westport, CT: Praeger.

    Brockner, J., & Rubin, J. Z. (1985). The social psychology of conflict escalation and entrapment. New York: Springer-Verlag.

    Brockner, J., & Wiesenfeld, B. M. (1996). An integrative framework for explaining reactions to decisions: Interactive effects of outcomes and procedures. Psychological Bulletin, 120, 189-208.

    Brodbeck, F. C., Kerschreiter, R., Mojzisch, A., Frey, D., & Schulz-Hardt, S. (2002). The dissemination of critical, unshared information in decision-making groups: The effects of pre-discussion dissent. European Journal of Social Psychology, 32, 35-56.

    Bromley, D. G. (1985). Cult facts and fiction. VCU Magazine, 14(2), 10-15.

    Bronzaft, A. L. (2002). Noise pollution: A hazard to physical and mental well-being. In R. B. Bechtel & A. Churchman (Eds.), Handbook of environmental psychology (pp. 499-510). New York: Wiley. Retrieved July 29, 2004, from NetLibrary: http://www.netlibrary.com

    Brooks, D. (2004, May 15). Columbine: Parents of a killer. New York Times. Retrieved May 16, 2004, from The New York Times Web site: http://www.nytimes.com/

    Brooks, G. R. (1996). Treatment for therapy-resistant men. In M. P. Andronico (Ed.), Men in groups: Insights, interventions, and psychoeducational work (pp. 7-19). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

    Brown, B. B. (1987). Territoriality. In D. Stokols & I. Altman (Eds.), Handbook of environmental psychology (Vol. 1, pp. 505-531). New York: Wiley.

    Brown, B. B., & Lohr, N. (1987). Peer group affiliation and adolescent self-esteem: An integration of ego-identity and symbolic-interaction theories. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 52, 47-55.

    Brown, B. B., Mounts, N., Lamborn, S. D. & Steinberg, L. (1993). Parenting practices and peer group affiliation in adolescence. Child Development, 64, 467-482.

    Brown, J. D., & Dutton, K. A. (1995). The thrill of victory, the complexity of defeat: Self-esteem and people's emotional reactions to success and failure. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 68, 712-722.

    Brown, R. (1986). Social psychology (2nd ed.). New York: The Free Press.

    Brown, R. (2000). Group processes (2nd ed.). Malden, MA: Blackwell.

    Brown, R., Condor, S., Matthews, A., Wade, G., & Williams, J. A. (1986). Explaining intergroup differentiation in an industrial organization. Journal of Occupational Psychology, 59, 273-286.

    Brown, R. W. (1954). Mass phenomena. In G. Lindzey (Ed.), The handbook of social psychology (Vol. 2, pp. 833-876). Cambridge, MA: Addison-Wesley.

    Brown, S. M. (1979). Male versus female leaders: A comparison of empirical studies. Sex Roles, 5, 595-611.

    Brown, S. P. (1996). A meta-analysis and review of organizational research on job involvement. Psychological Bulletin, 120, 235-255.

    Brown, T. M., & Miller, C. E. (2000). Communication networks in task-performing groups: Effects of task complexity, time pressure, and interpersonal dominance. Small Group Research, 31, 131-157.

    Brown, V., & Paulus, P. B. (1996). A simple dynamic model of social factors in group brainstorming. Small Group Research, 27, 91-114.

    Brown, V. R., & Paulus, P. B. (2002). Making group brainstorming more effective: Recommendations from an associative memory perspective. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 11, 208-212.

    Browning, L. (1978). A grounded organizational communication theory derived from qualitative data. Communication Monographs, 45, 93-109.

    Brownstein, A. L. (2003). Biased predecision processing. Psychological Bulletin, 129, 545-568.

    Buckley, W. (1967). Sociology and modern systems theory. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall.

    Budman, S. H., Demby, A., Feldstein, M., & Gold, M. (1984). The effects of time-limited group psychotherapy: A controlled study. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 34, 587-603.

    Buehler, R., & Griffin, D. (1994). Change-of-meaning effects in conformity and dissent: Observing construal processes over time. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 67, 984-996.

    Bugental, D. B., & Lewis, J. C. (1999). The paradoxical misuse of power by those who see themselves as powerless: How does it happen? Journal of Social Issues, 55, 51-64.

    Bukowski, W. M., Newcomb, A. F., & Hartup, W. W. (Eds.). (1996). The company they keep: Friendships in childhood and adolescence. New York: Cambridge University Press.

    Bulman, R. J., & Wortman, C. B. (1977). Attributions of blame and coping in the "real world": Severe accident victims react to their lot. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 35, 351-363.

    Burgoon, J. K. (1983). Nonverbal violations of expectations. In J. M. Wiemann & R. P. Harrison (Eds.), Sage annual reviews of communication: Nonverbal interaction (Vol. 11). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

    Burke, M. J., & Day, R. R. (1986). A cumulative study of the effectiveness of managerial training. Journal of Applied Psychology, 71, 232-245.

    Burke, P. J. (1967). The development of task and social-emotional role differentiation. Sociometry, 30, 379-392.

    Burke, P. J. (1974). Participation and leadership in small groups. American Sociological Review, 39, 832-842.

    Burlingame, G. M., Fuhriman, A., & Johnson, J. E. (2001). Cohesion in group psychotherapy. Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training, 38, 373-379.

    Burlingame, G. M., Fuhriman, A., & Mosier, J. (2003). The differential effectiveness of group psychotherapy: A meta-analytic perspective. Group Dynamics, 7, 3-12.

    Burlingame, G. M., Kircher, J. C., & Taylor, S. (1994). Methodological considerations in group psychotherapy research: Past, present, and future practices. In A. Fuhriman & G. M. Burlingame (Eds.), Handbook of group psychotherapy (pp. 41-82). New York: Wiley.

    Burlingame, G. M., & Layne, C. M. (Eds.). (2001). Group-based interventions for trauma survivors. Group Dynamics, 5, 243-314.

    Burney, C. (1961). Solitary confinement (2nd ed). New York: St. Martin's Press.

    Burns, J. M. (1978). Leadership. New York: Harper.

    Burnstein, E., & Vinokur, A. (1973). Testing two classes of theories about group-induced shifts in individual choice. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 9, 123-137.

    Burnstein, E., & Vinokur, A. (1977). Persuasive arguments and social comparison as determinants of attitude polarization. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 13, 315-332.

    Burnstein, E., & Worchel, P. (1962). Arbitrariness of frustration and its consequences for aggression in a social situation. Journal of Personality, 30, 528-540.

    Buss, D. M. (1996). The evolutionary psychology of human social strategies. In E. T. Higgins & A. W. Kruglanski (Eds.), Social psychology: Handbook of basic principles (pp. 3-38). New York: Guilford Press.

    Buss, D. M., & Kenrick, D. T. (1998). Evolutionary social psychology. In D. T. Gilbert, S. T. Fiske, & G. Lindzey (Eds.), The handbook of social psychology (4th ed., Vol. 2, pp. 982-1026). New York: McGraw-Hill.

    Butcher, J. N., & Hatcher, C. (1988). The neglected entity in air disaster planning: Psychological services. American Psychologist, 43, 724-729.

    Butler, D., & Geis, F. L. (1990). Nonverbal affect responses to male and female leaders: Implications for leadership evaluations. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 58, 48-59.

    Butler, T., & Fuhriman, A. (1983a). Curative factors in group therapy: A review of the recent literature. Small Group Behavior, 14, 131-142.

    Butler, T., Fuhriman, A. (1983b). Level of functioning and length of time in treatment variables influencing patients' therapeutic experience in group psychotherapy. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 33, 489-505.

    Buunk, B. P., & Hoorens, V. (1992). Social support and stress: The role of social comparison and social exchange processes. British Journal of Clinical Psychology, 31, 445-457.

    Buunk, B. P., Oldersma, F. L., & de Dreu, C. K. (2001). Enhancing satisfaction through downward comparison: The role of relational discontent and individual differences in social comparison orientation. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 37, 452-467.

    Buys, C. J. (1978a). Humans would do better without groups. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 4, 123-125.

    Buys, C. J. (1978b). On humans would do better without groups: A final note. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 4, 568.

    Byrne, D. (1961). Anxiety and the experimental arousal of affiliation need. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 63, 660-662.

    Byrne, D. (1971). The attraction paradigm. New York: Academic Press.

    Cacioppo, J. T., Hawkley, L. C., & Bernston, G. G. (2003). The anatomy of loneliness. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 12, 71-74.

    Cahill, S., Fine, G. A., & Grant, L. (1995). Dimensions of qualitative research. In K. S. Cook, G. A. Fine, & J. S. House (Eds.), Sociological perspectives on social psychology (pp. 605-628). Boston: Allyn & Bacon.

    Caldwell, D. F., & Burger, J. M. (1997). Personality and social influence strategies in the workplace. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 23, 1003-1012.

    Callaway, M. R., & Esser, J. K. (1984). Groupthink: Effects of cohesiveness and problem-solving procedures on group decision making. Social Behavior and Personality, 12, 157-164.

    Callaway, M. R., Marriott, R. G., & Esser, J. K. (1985). Effects of dominance on group decision making: Toward a stress-reduction explanation of groupthink. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 49, 949-952.

    Callero, P. L. (1994). From role-playing to role-using: Understanding role as resource. Special Issue: Conceptualizing structure in social psychology. Social Psychology Quarterly, 57, 228-243.

    Camacho, L. M., & Paulus, P. B. (1995). The role of social anxiousness in group brainstorming. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 68, 1071-1080.

    Cameron, J. E. (1999). Social identity and the pursuit of possible selves: Implications for the psychological well-being of university students. Group Dynamics, 3, 179-189.

    Cameron, W. B. (1966). Modern social movements: A sociological outline. New York: Random House.

    Campbell, D. T. (1958a). Common fate, similarity, and other indices of the status of aggregates of persons as social entities. Behavioral Science, 3, 14-25.

    Campbell, D. T. (1958b). Systematic error on the part of human links in communication systems. Information and Control, 1, 334-369.

    Campbell, D. T. (1965). Ethnocentric and other altruistic motives. Nebraska Symposium on Motivation, 13, 283-311.

    Campbell, L., Simpson, J. A., Stewart, M., & Manning, J. G. (2002). The formation of status hierarchies in leaderless groups: The role of male waist-to-hip ratio. Human Nature, 13, 345-362.

    Canetti, E. (1962). Crowds and power. London: Gollancz.

    Cannavale, F. J., Scarr, H. A., & Pepitone, A. (1970). Deindividuation in the small group: Further evidence. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 16, 141-147.

    Cannella, A. A., & Rowe, W. G. (1995). Leader capabilities, succession, and competitive context: A study of professional baseball teams. Leadership Quarterly, 6, 69-88.

    Cannon-Bowers, J. A., Tannenbaum, S. I., Salas, E., & Volpe, C. E. (1995). Defining team competencies and establishing team training requirements. In R. Guzzo, E. Salas, & Associates, Team effectiveness and decision making in organizations (pp. 333-380). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

    Cantril, H. (1940). The invasion from Mars. Princeton: Princeton University Press.

    Caplan, N. (1970). The new ghetto man: A review of recent empirical studies. Journal of Social Issues 26(1), 59-73.

    Caplan, R. D., Vinokur, A. D., Price, R. H., & Van Ryn, M. (1989). Job seeking, reemployment, and mental health: A randomized field experiment in coping with job loss. Journal of Applied Psychology, 74, 759-769.

    Caporael, L. R. (2000). Evolutionary psychology: Toward a unifying theory and a hybrid science. Annual Review of Psychology, 52, 607-628.

    Caporael, L. R. (2001). Parts and wholes: The evolutionary importance of groups. In C. Sedikides & M. B. Brewer (Eds.). Individual self, relational self, collective self (pp. 241-258). New York: Psychology Press.

    Caporael, L. R., & Brewer, M. B. (1995). Hierarchical evolutionary theory: There is an alternative, and it's not creationism. Psychological Inquiry, 6, 31-34.

    Cappella, J. N. (1985). Controlling the floor in conversation. In A. W. Siegman & S. Feldstein (Eds.), Multichannel integrations of nonverbal behavior (pp. 69-103). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Carew, D. K., Parisi-Carew, E., & Blanchard, K. H. (1986). Group development and situational leadership: A model for managing groups. Training and Development Journal, 40(6), 46-50.

    Carli, L. L. (1989). Gender differences in interaction style and influence. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 56, 565-576.

    Carli, L. L. (1999). Gender, interpersonal power, and social influence. Journal of Social Issues, 55, 81-99.

    Carli, L. L. (2001). Gender and social influence. Journal of Social Issues, 57, 725-741.

     Carli, L. L. & Eagly, A. H. (Eds.). (2001). Gender, hierarchy, and leadership. Journal of Social Issues, 57(4).

    Carli, L. L., LaFleur, S. J., & Loeber, C. C. (1995). Nonverbal behavior, gender, and influence. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 68, 1030-1041.

    Carlopio, J. R. (1996). Construct validity of a physical work environment satisfaction questionnaire. Journal of Occupational Health Psychology, 1, 330-344.

    Carlyle, T. (1841). On heroes, hero-worship, and the heroic. London: Fraser.

    Carneiro, R. L. (1970). A theory of the origin of the state. Science, 169, 239-249.

    Carnevale, P. J. D. (1986a). Mediating disputes and decisions in organizations. Research on Negotiation in Organizations, 1, 251-269.

    Carnevale, P. J. D. (1986b). Strategic choice in mediation. Negotiation Journal, 2, 41-56.

    Carnevale, P. J. D., & Pruitt, D. G. (1992). Negotiation and mediation. Annual Review of Psychology, 43, 531-582.

    Carpenter, C. R. (1958). Territoriality: A review of concepts and problems. In A. Roe & G. G. Simpson (Eds.), Behavior and evolution. New Haven: Yale University Press.

    Carrere, S., & Evans, G. W. (1994). Life in an isolated and confined environment: A qualitative study of the role of the designed environment. Environment and Behavior, 26, 707-741.

    Carroll, J. W. (1987). Indefinite terminating points and the iterated Prisoner's Dilemma. Theory and Decision, 22, 247-256.

    Carron, A. V. (1982). Cohesiveness in sports groups: Interpretations and considerations. Journal of Sport Psychology, 4, 123-128.

    Carron, A. V., Colman, M. M., Wheeler, J., & Stevens, D. (2002). Cohesion and performance in sport: A meta analysis. Journal of Sport and Exercise Psychology, 24, 168-188.

    Carron, A. V., Widmeyer, W. N., & Brawley, L. R. (1988). Group cohesion and individual adherence to physical activity. Journal of Sport and Exercise Psychology, 10, 127-138.

    Carson, R. C. (1969). Interaction concepts of personality. Chicago: Aldine.

    Cartwright, D. (1959). A field theoretical conception of power. In D. Cartwright (Ed.), Studies in social power. Ann Arbor, MI: Institute for Social Research.

    Cartwright, D. (1978). Theory and practice. Journal of Social Issues, 34(4), 168-175.

    Cartwright, D., & Harary, F. (1956). Structural balance: A generalization of Heider's theory. Psychological Review, 63, 277-293.

    Cartwright, D., & Harary, F. (1970). Ambivalence and indifference in generalizations of structural balance. Behavioral Science, 14, 497-513.

    Cartwright, D., & Zander, A. (Eds.). (1960). Group dynamics: Research and theory (2nd ed.). New York: Harper & Row.

    Cartwright, D., & Zander, A. (Eds.). (1968). Group dynamics: Research and theory (3rd ed.). New York: Harper & Row.

    Carvalho, E. R., & Brito, V. C. A. (1995). Sociometric intervention in family therapy: A case study. Journal of Group Psychotherapy, Psychodrama & Sociometry, 47, 147-164.

    Carver, C. S., & Scheier, M. F. (1981). Attention and self-regulation: A control-theory approach to human behavior. New York: Springer-Verlag.

    Cascio, W. F. (1995). Whither industrial and organizational psychology in a changing world of work? American Psychologist, 50, 928-939.

    Castore, C. H., & Murnighan, J. K. (1978). Determinants of support for group decisions. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 22, 75-92.

    Cattell, R. B. (1948). Concepts and methods in the measurement of group syntality. Psychological Review, 55, 48-63.

    Cavalli, L. (1986). Charismatic domination, totalitarian dictatorship, and plebiscitary democracy in the twentieth century. In C. F. Graumann & S. Moscovici (Eds.), Changing conceptions of leadership (pp. 67-81). New York: Springer-Verlag.

    Cecil, J. S., Hans, V. P., & Wiggins, E. C. (1991). Citizen comprehension of difficult issues: Lessons from civil jury trials. American University Law Review, 40, 727-774.

    Chagnon, N. A. (1997). Yanomamö (5th ed.). Fort Worth: Harcourt Brace College Publishers.

    Chan, D. (1998). Functional relations among constructs in the same content domain at different levels of analysis: A typology of composition models. Journal of Applied Psychology, 83, 234-246.

    Chang, A., & Bordia, P. (2001). A multidimensional approach to the group cohesion-group performance relationship. Small Group Research, 32, 379-405.

    Chang, E. C., & Asakawa, K. (2003). Cultural variations on optimistic and pessimistic bias for self versus a sibling: Is there evidence for self-enhancement in the West and for self-criticism in the East when the referent group is specified? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 84, 569-581.

    Chansler, P. A., Swamidass, P. M., & Cammann, C. (2003). Self-Managing Work Teams: An Empirical Study of Group Cohesiveness in "Natural Work Groups" at a Harley-Davidson Motor Company Plant. Small Group Research, 34, 101-120.

    Chansler, P. A., Swamidass, P. M., & Cammann, C. (2003). Self-managing work teams: An empirical study of group cohesiveness in "natural work groups" at a Harley-Davidson Motor Company plant. Small Group Research, 34, 101-120.

    Chapman, A. J. (1973). Funniness of jokes, canned laughter, and recall performance. Sociometry, 36, 569-578.

    Chartrand, T. L., & Bargh, J. A. (1999). The chameleon effect: The perception-behavior link and social interaction. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 76, 893-910.

    Cheek, J. M. (1989). Identity orientations and self-interpretation. In D. M. Buss & N. Cantor (Eds.), Personality psychology (pp. 275-285). New York: Springer-Verlag.

    Cheek, J. M., & Buss, A. H. (1981). Shyness and sociability. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 41, 330-339.

    Chemers, M. M. (1997). An integrative theory of leadership. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Chemers, M. M. (2000). Leadership research and theory: A functional integration. Group Dynamics, 4, 27-43.

    Chen, S., Lee-Chai, A. Y., & Bargh, J. A. (2001). Relationship orientation as a moderator of the effects of social power. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 80, 173-187.

    Chen, S., Shechter, D., & Chaiken, S. (1996). Getting at the truth or getting along: Accuracy- versus impression-motivated heuristic and systematic processing. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 71, 262-275.

    Chen, Z., Lawson, R. B., Gordon, L. R., & McIntosh, B. (1996). Groupthink: Deciding with the leader and the devil. Psychological Record, 46, 581-590.

    Cheng, S. (1997). Epidemic genital retraction syndrome: Environmental and personal risk factors in southern China. Journal of Psychology and Human Sexuality, 9, 57-70.

    Chertkoff, J. M., Kushigian, R. H., & McCool, M. A., Jr. (1996). Interdependent exiting: The effects of group size, time limit, and gender on the coordination of exiting. Journal of Environmental Psychology, 16, 109-121.

    Cherulnik, P., & Wilderman, S. (1986). Symbols of status in urban neighborhoods. Environment and Behavior, 18, 604-622.

    Cheyne, J. A., & Efran, M. G. (1972). The effect of spatial and interpersonal variables on the invasion of group controlled territories. Sociometry, 35, 477-487.

    Chiu, C., Hong, Y., & Dweck, C. S. (1997). Lay dispositionism and implicit theories of personality. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 73, 19-30.

    Christensen, A., & Jacobson, N. S. (1994). Who (or what) can do psychotherapy: The status and challenge of nonprofessional therapies. Psychological Science, 5, 8-12.

    Christensen, P. N., & Kashy, D. A. (1998). Perceptions of and by lonely people in initial social interaction. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 24, 322-329.

    Cialdini, R. B. (2001). Influence: Science and practice (4th ed.). Boston: Allyn and Bacon.

    Cialdini, R. B., Borden, R., Thorne, A., Walker, M., Freeman, S., & Sloane, L. R. (1976). Basking in reflected glory: Three (football) field studies. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 34, 366-375.

    Cialdini, R. B., & Goldstein, N. J. (2004). Social influence: Compliance and conformity. Annual Review of Psychology, 55, 591-621.

    Cialdini, R. B., Kallgren, C. A., & Reno, R. R. (1991). A focus theory of normative conduct: A theoretical refinement and reevaluation of the role of norms in human behavior. Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 24, 201-234.

    Cialdini, R. B., Reno, R. R., & Kallgren, C. A. (1990). A focus theory of normative conduct: Recycling the concept of norms to reduce littering in public places. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 58, 1015-1026.

    Cialdini, R. B., Wosinska, W., Barrett, D. W., Butner, J., & Gornik-Durose, M. (1999). Compliance with a request in two cultures: The differential influence of social proof and commitment/consistency on collectivists and individualists. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 25, 1242-1253.

    Cianni, M., & Romberger, B. (1995). Interactions with senior managers: Perceived differences by race/ethnicity and by gender. Sex Roles, 32, 353-373.

    Cini, M. A., Moreland, R. L., & Levine, J. M. (1993). Group staffing levels and responses to prospective and new group members. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 65, 723-734.

    Claiborn, C. D., Goodyear, R. K., & Horner, P. A. (2001). Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training, 38, 401-405.

    Clark, G. (1969, November). What happens when the police strike? New York Times Magazine, p. 45.

    Clark, K. B. (1971). The pathos of power. American Psychologist, 26, 1047-1057.

    Clark, M. S., Oullette, R., Powell, M. C., & Milberg, S. (1987). Recipient's mood, relationship type, and helping. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 53, 94-103.

    Clark, N. K., Stephenson, G. M., & Kniveton, B. (1990). Social remembering: Quantitative aspects of individual and collaborative remembering by police officers and students. British Journal of Psychology, 81, 73-94.

    Clark, R. D., III. (1990). Minority influence: The role of argument refutation on the majority position and social support for the minority position. European Journal of Social Psychology, 20, 489-497.

    Clark, R. D., III. (1999). Effect of number of majority defectors on minority influence. Group Dynamics, 3, 303-312.

    Clark, R. D., III. (2001). Effects of majority defection and multiple minority sources on minority influence. Group Dynamics, 5, 57-62.

    Clark, R. D., III, & Sechrest, L. B. (1976). The mandate phenomenon. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 34, 1057-1061.

    Clark, S. (1998). International competition and the treatment of minorities: Seventeenth-century cases and general propositions. American Journal of Sociology, 103, 1267-1308.

    Clark, S. E., Hori, A., Putnam, A., & Martin, T. P. (2000). Group collaboration in recognition memory. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 26, 1578-1588.

    Clendenen, V. I., Herman, C. P., & Polivy, J. (1994). Social facilitation of eating among friends and strangers. Appetite, 23, 1-13.

    Coats, S., Smith, E. R., Claypool, H. M., & Banner, M. J. (2000). Overlapping mental representations of self and in-group: Reaction time evidence and its relationship with explicit measures of group indentification. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 36, 304-315.

    Cohen D, & Nisbett, R. E. (1993). Self-protection and the culture of honor: Explaining southern violence. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 20, 551-567.

    Cohen, D. J., Whitmyre, J. W., & Funk, W. H. (1960). Effect of group cohesiveness and training upon group thinking. Journal of Applied Psychology, 44, 319-322.

    Cohen, J. L. (1979). Social facilitation: Increased evaluation apprehension through permanency of record. Motivation and Emotion, 3, 19-33.

    Cohen, L. L., & Swim, J. K. (1995). The differential impact of gender ratios on women and men: Tokenism, self-confidence, and expectations. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 21, 876-884.

    Cohen, S., Evans, G. W., Stokols, D., & Krantz, D. (1986). Behavior, health, and environmental stress. New York: Plenum.

    Cohen, S., Glass, D. C., & Singer, J. E. (1973). Apartment noise, auditory discrimination, and reading ability in children. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 9, 407-422.

    Cohen, S., & Weinstein, N. (1981). Nonauditory effects of noise on behavior and health. Journal of Social Issues, 37(1), 36-70.

    Cohen, S., & Wills, T. A. (1985). Stress, social support, and the buffering hypothesis. Psychological Bulletin, 98, 310-357.

    Cohen, S. G., Bailey, D. E. (1997). What makes teams work: Group effectiveness research from the shop floor to the executive suite. Journal of Management, 23, 239-290.

    Coie, J. D., Dodge, K. A., & Kupersmidt, J. B. (1990). Peer group behavior and social status. In S. R. Asher & J. D. Coie (Eds.), Peer rejection in childhood (pp. 17-59). New York: Cambridge University Press.

    Coleman, P. T. (2000). Intractable conflict. In M. Deutsch & P. T. Coleman (Eds.), The handbook of conflict resolution: Theory and practice (pp. 428-450). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

    Colligan, M. J., & Murphy, L. R. (1982). A review of mass psychogenic illness in work settings. In M. J. Colligan, J. W. Pennebaker, & L. R. Murphy (Eds.), Mass psychogenic illness: A social psychological analysis (pp. 33-52). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Colligan, M. J., Pennebaker, J. W., & Murphy, L. R. (Eds.). (1982). Mass psychogenic illness: A social psychological analysis. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Collins, B. E., & Guetzkow, H. (1964). A social psychology of group processes for decision-making. New York: Wiley.

    Collins, R. L. (2000). Among the better ones: Upward assimilation in social comparison. . In J. Suls & L. Wheeler (Eds.), Handbook of social comparison: Theory and research (pp. 159-171). New York: Kluwer Academic.

    Colman, A. M. (1991). Crowd psychology in South African murder trials. American Psychologist, 46, 1071-1079.

    Conger, J. A. (1999). Charismatic and transformational leadership in organizations: An insider's perspective on these developing streams of research. Leadership Quarterly, 10, 145-179.

    Conger, J. A., & Kanungo, R. N. (1987). Toward a behavioral theory of charismatic leadership in organizational settings. Academy of Management Review, 12, 637-647.

    Conroy, J., & Sundstrom, E. (1977). Territorial dominance in a dyadic conversation as a function of similarity of opinion. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 35, 570-576.

    Cook, S. W. (1978). Interpersonal and attitudinal outcomes in cooperating interracial groups. Journal of Research and Development in Education, 12, 97-113.

    Cook, S. W. (1984). The 1954 social science statement and school desegregation: A reply to Gerard. American Psychologist, 39, 819-832.

    Cook, S. W. (1985). Experimenting on social issues: the case of school desegregation. American Psychologist, 40, 452-460.

    Cooley, C. H. (1902). Human nature and the social order. New York: Scribners.

    Cooley, C. H. (1909). Social organization. New York: Scribner.

    Cooper, C. L. (1981). Social support at work and stress management. Small Group Behavior, 12, 285-297.

    Cooper, H. M. (1979). Statistically combining independent studies: A meta-analysis of sex differences in conformity research. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 37, 131-146.

    Corey, M., & Corey, G. (1992). Groups: Process and practice (4th ed.). Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole.

    Corning, A. F., & Myers, D. J. (2002). Individual orientation toward engagement in social action. Political Psychology, 23, 703-729.

    Corsaro, W. A., & Eder, D. (1995). Development and socialization of children and adolescents. In K. S. Cook, G. A. Fine, & J. S. House (Eds.), Sociological perspectives on social psychology (pp. 421-451). Needham Heights, MA: Allyn and Bacon.

    Coser, L. A. (1956). The functions of social conflict. New York: The Free Press.

    Costa, P. Jr., Terracciano, A., & McCrae, R. R. (2001). Gender differences in personality traits across cultures: Robust and surprising findings. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81, 322-331.

    Costanzo, P. R. (1970). Conformity development as a function of self-blame. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 14, 366-374.

    Cota, A. A., Evans, C. R., Dion, K. L., Kilik, L., & Longman, R. S. (1995). The structure of group cohesion. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 21, 572-580.

    Cotton, J. L. (1993). Employee involvement. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

    Cotton, J. L., & Cook, M. S. (1982). Meta-analyses and the effects of various reward systems: Some different conclusions from Johnson et al. Psychological Bulletin, 92, 176-183.

    Cottrell, N. B. (1972). Social facilitation. In C. G. McClintock (Ed.), Experimental social psychology (pp. 185-236). New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.

    Coughlin B. C., & Venkatesh S. A. (2003). The urban street gang after 1970 [Electronic version]. Annual Review of Sociology, 29, 41-64.

    Courneya, K. S., & Carron, A. V. (1991). Effects of travel and length of home stand/road trip on the home advantage. Journal of Sport and Exercise Psychology, 13, 42-49.

    Courtright, J. A. (1978). A laboratory investigation of groupthink. Communication Monographs, 43, 229-246.

    Cousins, S. D. (1989). Culture and self-perception in Japan and the United States. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 56, 124-131.

    Crago, M., Yates, A., Beutler, L. E., & Arizmendi, T. G. (1985). Height-weight ratios among female athletes: Are collegiate athletics the precursors to an anorexic syndrome? International Journal of Eating Disorders, 4, 79-87.

    Crandall, C. S. (1988). Social contagion of binge eating. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 55, 588-598.

    Crano, W. D. (2000). Milestones in the psychological analysis of social influence. Group Dynamics, 4, 68-80.

    Crocker, J., Blaine, B., & Luhtanen, R. (1993). Self-esteem: Cognitive and motivational consequences for prejudice and intergroup behavior. In M. A. Hogg & D. Abrams (Eds.), Group motivation: social psychological perspectives (pp. 52-67). London: Harvester Wheatsheaf.

    Crocker, J., & Luhtanen, R. (1990). Collective self-esteem and ingroup bias. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 58, 60-67.

    Crocker, J., Luhtanen, R., Blaine, B., & Broadnax, S. (1994). Collective self-esteem and psychological well-being among White, Black, and Asian college students. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 20, 503-513.

    Crocker, J., & Major, B. (1989). Social stigma and self-esteem: The self-protective properties of stigma. Psychological Review, 96, 608-630.

    Crocker, J., & McGraw, K. M. (1984). What's good for the goose is not good for the gander: Solo status as an obstacle to occupational achievement for males and females. American Behavioral Scientist, 27, 357-369.

    Crocker, O. L., Chiu, J. S. L., & Charney, C. (1984). Quality circles. Ontario, Canada: Methuen.

    Cronshaw, S. F., & Lord, R. G. (1987). Effects of categorization, attribution, and encoding processes on leadership perceptions. Journal of Applied Psychology, 72, 97-106.

    Crosby, F. (1976). A model of egoistical relative deprivation. Psychological Review, 83, 85-113.

    Cross, S. E., Bacon, P. L., & Morris, M. L. (2000). The relational-interdependent self-construal and relationships. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 78, 791-808.

    Cross, S. E., & Madson, L. (1997). Models of the self: Self-construals and gender. Psychological Bulletin, 122, 5-37.

    Cross, S. E., & Morris, M. L. (2003). Getting to know you: The relational self-construal, relational cognition, and well-being. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 29, 512-523.

    Crouch, E. C., Bloch, S., & Wanlass, J. (1994). Therapeutic factors: Interpersonal and intrapersonal mechanisms. In A. Fuhriman & G. M. Burlingame (Eds.), Handbook of group psychotherapy (pp. 269-315). New York: Wiley.

    Crow, W. J. (1963). A study of strategic doctrines using the Inter-Nation Simulation. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 7, 580-589.

    Crutchfield, R. S. (1955). Conformity and character. American Psychologist, 10, 191-198.

    Csoka, L. S., & Bons, P. M. (1978). Manipulating the situation to fit the leader's style—Two validation studies of Leader Match. Journal of Applied Psychology, 63, 295-300.

    Cummings, J. N. (2004). Work groups, structural diversity, and knowledge sharing in a global organization. Management Science, 50, 352-364.

    Cunningham, J. D., Starr, P. A., & Kanouse, D. E. (1979). Self as actor, active observer, and passive observer: Implications for causal attributions. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 37, 1146-1152.

    Curhan, J. R., Neale, M. A., & Ross, L. (2004). Dynamic valuation: Preference changes in the context of face-to-face negotiation. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 40, 142-151.

    Dabbs, J. M. Jr., & Ruback, R. B. (1987). Dimensions of group process: Amount and structure of vocal interaction. Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 20, 123-169.

    Dale, R. (1952). Planning and developing the company organization structure. New York: American Management Association.

    Damhorst, M. L. (1990). In search of a common thread: Classification of information communicated through dress. Clothing and Textiles Research Journal, 8(2), 1-12.

    Dane, F. C., & Wrightsman, L. S. (1982). Effects of defendants' and victims' characteristics on jurors' verdicts. In N. L. Kerr & R. M. Bray (Eds.), Psychology of the courtroom (pp. 83-115). New York: Academic Press.

    Dansereau, F., Graen, G. C., & Haga, W. (1975). A vertical dyad linkage approach to leadership in formal organizations. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 13, 46-78.

    Dansereau, F., Yammarino, F. J., & Markham, S. E. (1995). Leadership: The multiple-level approaches. Leadership Quarterly, 6, 251-263.

    Darley, J. (1992). Social organization for the production of evil. Psychological Inquires, 3, 199-218.

    Darley, J. M. (1995). Constructive and destructive obedience: A taxonomy of principal-agent relationships. Journal of Social Issues, 51(3), 125-154.

    Darley, J. (2001). Social comparison motives in ongoing groups. In M. A. Hogg & R. S. Tindale (Eds.), Blackwell handbook of social psychology: Group processes (pp. 334-351). Malden, MA: Blackwell.

    Darley, J. M., & Latané, B. (1968). Bystander intervention in emergencies: Diffusion of responsibility. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 8, 377-383.

    Davidson-Shivers, G. V., Morris, S. B., & Sriwongkol, T. (2003). Gender differences: Are they diminished in online discussions? International Journal on E-Learning, 2, 29-36.

    Davis, J. H. (1969). Group performance. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

    Davis, J. H. (1973). Group decision and social interaction: A theory of social decision schemes. Psychological Review, 80, 97-125.

    Davis, J. H. (1982). Social interaction as a combinatorial process in group decision. In H. Brandstätter, J. H. Davis, & G. Stocker-Kreichgauer (Eds.), Group decision making (pp. 27-58). London: Academic Press.

    Davis, J. H. (1996). Group decision making and quantitative judgments: A consensus model. In E. H. Witte & J. H. Davis (Eds.), Understanding group behavior: Consensual action by small groups (Vol. 1, pp. 35-60). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Davis, J. H., Bray, R. M., & Holt, R. W. (1977). The empirical study of decision processes in juries: A critical review. In J. L. Tapp & F. J. Levine (Eds.), Law, justice, and the individual in society. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.

    Davis, J. H., Kameda, T., Parks, C., Stasson, M., & Zimmerman, S. (1989). Some social mechanics of group decision making: The distribution of opinion, polling sequence, and implications for consensus. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 57, 1000-1012.

    Davis, J. H., Kameda, T., & Stasson, M. (1992). Group risk taking: Selected topics. In J. F. Yates (Ed.), Risk-taking behavior (pp. 163-199). Chichester: Wiley.

    Davis, J. H., Kerr, N. L., Stasser, G., Meek, D., & Holt, R. (1977). Victim consequences, sentence severity, and decision processes in mock juries. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 18, 346-365.

    Davis, J. H., Stasson, M., Ono, K., & Zimmerman, S. (1988). Effects of straw polls on group decision making: Sequential voting pattern, timing, and local majorities. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 55, 918-926.

    Davis, J. R. (1982). Street gangs: Youth, biker, and prison groups. Dubuque, IO: Kendall/Hunt.

    Davison, K. P., Pennebaker, J. W., & Dickerson, S. S. (2000). Who talks? The social psychology of illness support groups. American Psychologist, 55, 205-217.

    Dawes, R. M. (1988). Rational choice in an uncertain world. San Diego: Harcourt, Brace, Jovanovich.

    de Castro, J. M., Bellisle, F., Feunekes, G. L. J., Dalix, A. M., & de Graaf, C. (1997). Culture and meal patterns: A comparison of the food intake of free-living Americans, Dutch, and French students. Nutrition Research, 17, 807-829.

    De Dreu, C. K. W. (1997). Productive conflict: The importance of conflict management and conflict issue. In C. K. W. De Dreu & E. Van de Vliert (Eds.), Using conflict in organizations (pp. 9-22). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

    De Dreu, C. K. W. (2003). Time pressure and closing of the mind in negotiation. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 91, 280-295.

    De Dreu, C. K. W., & De Vries, N. K. (1996). Differential processing and attitude change following majority versus minority arguments. British Journal of Social Psychology, 35, 77-90.

    De Dreu, C K. W., & De Vries, N. K. (Eds.). (2001). Group consensus and minority influence: Implications for innovation. Malden, MA: Blackwell.

    De Dreu, C. K. W., Nauta, A., & Van de Vliert, E. (1995). Self-serving evaluations of conflict behavior and escalation of the dispute. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 25, 2049-2066.

    De Dreu, C. K. W., & Van Lange, P. A. (1995). The impact of social value orientations on negotiator cognition and behavior. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 21, 1178-1188.

    De Dreu, C. K. W., & Van Vianen, A. E. M. (2001). Responses to relationship conflict and team effectiveness. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 22, 309-328.

    De Dreu, C. K. W., & Weingart, L. R. (2003). Task versus relationship conflict, team performance, and team member satisfaction: A meta-analysis. Journal of Applied Psychology, 88, 741-749.

    De Dreu, C. K. W., Weingart, L. R., & Kwon, S. (2000). Influence of social motives on integrative negotiation: A meta-analytic review and test of two theories. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 78, 889-905.

    De Grada, E., Kruglanski, A. W., Mannetti, L., & Pierro, A. (1999). Motivated cognition and group interaction: Need for closure affects the contents and processes of collective negotiations. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 35, 346-365.

    de la Roche, R. S. (1996). Collective violence as social control. Sociological Forum, 11, 97-128.

    de la Roche, R. S. (2002). Why is collective violence collective? Sociological Theory, 19, 126-144.

    de Tocqueville, A. (1969). Democracy in America (G. Lawrence, trans.). New York: Doubleday. (Original work published in 1831)

    De Vries, N. K., & De Dreu, C. K. W. (2001). Group consensus and minority influence: Introduction and overview. In C. K. W. De Dreu & N K. De Vries (Eds.), Group consensus and minority influence: Implications for innovation (pp. 1-14). Malden, MA: Blackwell.

    Dean, L. M., Willis, F. N., & Hewitt, J. (1975). Initial interaction distance among individuals equal and unequal in military rank. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 32, 294-299.

    Deaux, K. (1996). Social identification. In E. T. Higgins & A. W. Kruglanski (Eds.), Social psychology: Handbook of basic principles (pp. 777-798). New York: Guilford Press.

    Deci, E. L., Nezlek, J., & Sheinman, L. (1981). Characteristics of the rewarder and intrinsic motivation of the rewardee. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 40, 1-10.

    Decker, S. H., & Van Winkle, B. (1996). Life in the gang: Family, friends, and violence. New York: Cambridge University Press.

    Defoe, D. (1908). The life and strange surprising adventures of Robinson Crusoe, of York, mariner, as related by himself. Philadelphia: Altemus.

    Delbecq, A. L., & Van de Ven, A. H. (1971). A group process model for problem identification and program planning. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 7, 466-492.

    Delbecq, A. L., Van de Ven, A. H., & Gustafson, D. H. (1975). Group techniques for program planning. Glenview, IL: Scott, Foresman.

    DeMatteo, J. S., Eby, L. T., & Sundstrom, E. (1998). Team-based rewards: Current empirical evidence and directions for future research. Research in Organizational Behavior, 20, 141-183).

    Deming, W. E. (1975). On some statistical aids towards economic production. Inferfaces, 5, 1-15.

    Den Hartog, D. N., House, R. J., Hanges, P. J., Ruiz-Quintanilla, S. A., Dorfman, P. W. & associates (1999). Culture specific and cross-culturally generalizable implicit leadership theories: Are attributes of charismatic/transformational leadership universally endorsed? [Electronic version]. Leadership Quarterly, 10, 219-256.

    Dennis, A. R., & Valacich, J. S. (1999). Research note: Electronic brainstorming: Illusions and patterns of productivity. Information Systems Research, 10, 375-377.

    Denvir, B. (1993). The chronicle of impressionism. New York: Little, Brown.

    Derlega, V. J., Cukur, C. S., Kuang, J. C., & Forsyth, D. R. (2002). Interdependent construal of self and the endorsement of conflict resolution strategies in interpersonal, intergroup and international disputes. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 33, 610-625.

    Deutsch, M. (1949a). An experimental study of the effects of cooperation and competition upon group process. Human Relations, 2, 199-231.

    Deutsch, M. (1949b). A theory of cooperation and competition. Human Relations, 2, 129-152.

    Deutsch, M. (1969). Socially relevant science: Reflections on some studies of interpersonal conflict. American Psychologist, 24, 1076-1092.

    Deutsch, M. (1973). The resolution of conflict: Constructive and destructive processes. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.

    Deutsch, M. (1975). Equity, equality, and need: What determines which value will be used as the basis of distributive justice? Journal of Social Issues, 31(3), 137-149.

    Deutsch, M. (1980). Fifty years of conflict. In L. Festinger (Ed.), Retrospections on social psychology (pp. 46-77). New York: Oxford University Press.

    Deutsch, M. (1985). Distributive justice: A social psychological perspective. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.

    Deutsch, M. (1994). Constructive conflict resolution: Principles, training, and research. Journal of Social Issues, 50(1), 13-32.

    Deutsch, M. (2000). Cooperation and competition. In M. Deutsch & P. T. Coleman (Eds.), The handbook of conflict resolution: Theory and practice (pp. 21-40). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

    Deutsch, M., & Coleman, P. T. (Eds.). (2000). The handbook of conflict resolution: Theory and practice. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

    Deutsch, M., & Gerard, H. B. (1955). A study of normative and informational social influences upon individual judgment. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 51, 629-636.

    Deutsch, M., & Krauss, R. M. (1960). The effect of threat upon interpersonal bargaining. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 61, 181-189.

    Deutsch, M., & Lewicki, R. J. (1970). "Locking in" effects during a game of Chicken. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 14, 367-378.

    Devine, D. J. (2002). A review and integration of classification systems relevant to teams in organizations. Group Dynamics, 6, 291-310.

    Devine, D. J., Clayton, L. D., Dunford, B. B., Seying, R., & Pryce, J. (2001). Jury decision making: 45 years of empirical research on deliberating groups. Psychology, Public Policy, and Law, 7, 622-727.

    Devine, D. J., Clayton, L. D., Philips, J. L., Dunford, B. B., & Melner, S. B. (1999). Teams in organizations: Prevalence, characteristics, and effectiveness. Small Group Research, 30, 678-711.

    Devine, P. G. (1989). Stereotypes and prejudice: Their automatic and controlled components. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 56, 5-18.

    Devine, P. G. (1995). Prejudice and out-group perception. In A. Tesser (Ed.), Advanced social psychology (pp. 467-524). New York: McGraw-Hill.

    Devine, P. G., Monteith, M. J., Zuwerink, J. R., & Elliot, A. J. (1991). Prejudice with and without compunction. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 60, 817-830.

    Devine, P. G., Plant, E. A., Amodio, D. M., Harmon-Jones, E., & Vance, S. L. (2002). The regulation of explicit and implicit race bias: The role of motivations to respond without prejudice. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 82, 835-848.

    Devine, P. G., Plant, E. A., & Buswell, B. N. (2000). Breaking the prejudice habit: Progress and obstacles. In S. Oskamp (Ed.), Reducing prejudice and discrimination (pp. 185-208). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Retrieved June 23, 2004, from NetLibrary: http://www.netlibrary.com

    DeYoung, C. G., Peterson, J. B., & Higgins, D. M. (2002). Higher-order factors of the Big Five predict conformity: Are there neuroses of health? Personality and Individual Differences, 33, 533-552.

    Di Salvo, V. S., Nikkel, E., & Monroe, C. (1989). Theory and practice: A field investigation and identification of group members' perceptions of problems facing natural work groups. Small Group Behavior, 20, 551-567.

    Diehl, M., & Stroebe, W. (1987). Productivity loss in brainstorming groups: Toward the solution of a riddle. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 53, 497-509.

    Diehl, M., & Stroebe, W. (1991). Productivity loss in idea-generating groups: Tracking down the blocking effect. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 61, 392-403.

    Diener, E. (1979). Deindividuation, self-awareness, and disinhibition. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 37, 1160-1171.

    Diener, E. (1980). Deindividuation: The absence of self-awareness and self-regulation in group members. In P. B. Paulus (Ed.), Psychology of group influence (pp. 209-242). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Diener, E., Fraser, S. C., Beaman, A. L., & Kelem, R. T. (1976). Effects of deindividuating variables on stealing by Halloween trick-or-treaters. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 33, 178-183.

    Dienesch, R. M., & Liden, R. C. (1986). Leader/member exchange model of leadership: A critique and further development. Academy of Management Review, 11, 618-634.

    Dies, R. R. (1994). Therapist variables in group psychotherapy research. In A. Fuhriman & G. M. Burlingame (Eds.), Handbook of group psychotherapy (pp. 114-154). New York: Wiley.

    Dietz-Uhler, B., & Murrell, A. (1998). Effects of social identity and threat on self-esteem and group attributions. Group Dynamics, 2, 24-35.

    Digman, J. M. (1990). Personality structure: Emergence of the five-factor model. Annual Review of Psychology, 41, 417-440.

    Dijke, M. v., & Poppe, M. (2004). Social Comparison of Power: Interpersonal Versus Intergroup Effects. Group Dynamics, 8, 13-26.

    Dillard, J. P. (1991). The current status of research on sequential-request compliance techniques. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 17, 283-288.

    Dion, K. L. (1973). Cohesiveness as a determinant of ingroup-outgroup bias. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 28, 163-171.

    Dion, K. L. (1979). Intergroup conflict and intragroup cohesiveness. In W. G. Austin & S. Worchel (Eds.), The social psychology of intergroup relations (pp. 211-224). Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole.

    Dion, K. L. (1990). Group morale. In R. Brown (Ed.), The Marshall Cavendish encyclopedia of personal relationships: Human behavior, How groups work (Vol. 15, pp. 1854-1861). North Bellmore, NY: Marshall Cavendish Corporation.

    Dion, K. L. (2000). Group cohesion: From "field of forces" to multidimensional construct. Group Dynamics, 4, 7-26.

    Dionne, S. D., Yammarino, F. J., Atwater, L. E., & James, L. R. (2002). Neutralizing substitutes for leadership theory: Leadership effects and common-source bias [Electronic version]. Journal of Applied Psychology, 87, 454-464.

    Dipboye, R. L. (1977). Alternative approaches to deindividuation. Psychological Bulletin, 84, 1057-1075.

    Dittrich, J. E., & Carrell, M. R. (1979). Organization equity perceptions, employee job satisfaction, and departmental absence and turnover rates. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 24, 29-40.

    Dobbins, G. H., & Platz, S. J. (1986). Sex differences in leadership: How real are they? Academy of Management Review, 11, 118-127.

    Dodd, D. K. (1985). Robbers in the classroom: A deindividuation exercise. Teaching of Psychology, 12, 89-91.

    Dodge, K. A., Gilroy, F. D., & Fenzel, L. M. (1995). Requisite management characteristics revisited: Two decades later. Journal of Social Behavior and Personality, 10, 253-264.

    Doherty, W. J., Lester, M. E., & Leigh, G. K. (1986). Marriage encounter weekends: Couples who win and couples who lose. Journal of Marital and Family Therapy, 12, 49-61.

    Doise, W. (1969). Intergroup relations and polarization of individual and collective judgments. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 12, 136-143.

    Dolinski, D., Nawrat, M., & Rudak, I. (2001). Dialogue involvement as a social influence technique. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 27, 1395-1406.

    Doll, B., Murphy, P., & Song, S. Y. (2003). The relationship between children's self-reported recess problems, and peer acceptance and friendships [Electronic version]. Journal of School Psychology, 41, 113-130.

    Dollar, N. J., & Merrigan, G. M. (2002). Ethnographic practices in group communication research. In Handbook of communication research. In L. R. Frey (Ed.), New directions in group communication. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

    Dollinger, S. J., Preston, L. A., O'Brien, S. P., & DiLalla, D. L. (1996). Individuality and relatedness of the self: An autophotographic study. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 71, 1268-1278.

    Donnerstein, E., Donnerstein, M., Simon, S., & Ditrichs, R. (1972). Variables in interracial aggression: Anonymity, expected retaliation, and a riot. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 22, 236-245.

    Dooley, D., & Catalano, R. (1984). The epidemiology of economic stress. American Journal of Community Psychology, 12, 387-409.

    Doosje, B. J., & Branscombe, N. R. (2003). Attributions for the negative historical actions of a group. European Journal of Social Psychology, 33, 235-248.

    Doosje, B., Ellemers, N., & Spears, R. (1995). Perceived intragroup variability as a function of group status and identification. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 31, 410-436.

    Doosje, B., Ellemers, N., & Spears, R. (1999). Commitment and intergroup behavior. In N. Ellemers R. Spears, & B. Doosje (Eds.), Social identity: Context, commitment, content (pp. 84-106). Oxford, England: Blackwell Science.

    Doreian, P. (1986). Measuring relative standing in small groups and bounded social networks. Social Psychology Quarterly, 49, 247-259.

    Douthitt, E. A., & Aiello, J. R. (2001). The role of participation and control in the effects of computer monitoring on fairness perceptions, task satisfaction, and performance. Journal of Applied Psychology, 86, 867-874.

    Dovidio, J. F., Brown, C. E., Heltman, K., Ellyson, S. L., & Keating, C. F. (1988). Power displays between women and men in discussions of gender-linked tasks: A multichannel study. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 55, 580-587.

    Dovidio, J. F., Gaertner, S. L., Esses, V. M., & Brewer, M. B. (2003). Social conflict, harmony, and integration. In T. Millon, M. J. Lerner, & I. B. Weiner (Eds.), Handbook of psychology: Personality and social psychology (Vol. 5, pp. 485-506). New York: Wiley. Retrieved July 12, 2004, from NetLibrary: http://www.netlibrary.com

    Dovidio, J. F., Gaertner, S. L., Isen, A. M., Rust, M., & Guerra, P. (1998). Positive affect, cognition, and the reduction of intergroup bias. In C. Sedikides, J. Schopler, & C. A. Insko (Eds.), Intergroup cognition and intergroup behavior (337-366). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Driskell, J. E., & Mullen, B. (1990). Status, expectations, and behavior: A meta-analytic review and test of theory. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 16, 541-553.

    Driskell, J. E., Radtke, P. H., & Salas, E. (2003). Virtual teams: Effects of technological mediation on team performance. Group Dynamics, 7, 297-323.

    Driskell, J. E., & Salas, E. (1992). Can you study real teams in contrived settings? The value of small group research to understanding teams. In R. W. Swezey & E. Salas (Eds.), Teams: Their training and performance (pp. 101-124). Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

    Driskell, J. E., Salas, E., & Johnston, J. (1999). Does stress lead to a loss of team perspective? Group Dynamics, 3, 291-302.

    Druckman, D. (1994). Determinants of compromising behavior in negotiation: A meta-analysis. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 38, 507-556.

    Dryer, D. C., & Horowitz, L. M. (1997). When do opposites attract? Interpersonal complementarity versus similarity. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 592-603.

    Dubrovsky, V. J., Kiesler, S., & Sethna, B. N. (1991). The equalization phenomenon: Status effects in computer-mediated and face-to-face decision making groups. Human-Computer Interaction, 6, 119-146.

    Duchon, D., Green, S. G., & Taber, T. D. (1986). Vertical dyad linkage: A longitudinal assessment of antecedents, measures, and consequences. Journal of Applied Psychology, 71, 56-60.

    Dudley, B. S., Johnson, D. W., & Johnson, R. T. (1997). Using cooperative learning to enhance the academic and social experiences of freshman student athletes. Journal of Social Psychology, 137, 449-459.

    Duffy, F. (1997). The new office. London: Conran Octopus.

    Dugo, J. M., & Beck, A. P. (1997). Significance and complexity of early phases in the development of the co-therapy relationship. Group Dynamics, 1, 294-305.

    Dugosh, K. L., Paulus, P. B., Roland, E. J., & Yang, H. (2000). Cognitive stimulation in brainstorming. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 79, 722-735.

    Dunegan, K. J., Uhl-Bien, M., & Duchon, D. (2002). LMX and subordinate performance: The moderating effects of task characteristics. Journal of Business & Psychology, 17, 275-285.

    Dunning, D. (2000). Social judgment as implicit social comparison. In J. Suls & L. Wheeler (Eds.), Handbook of social comparison: Theory and research (pp. 353-378). New York: Kluwer Academic/Plenum.

    Dunning, E. G., Murphy, P. J., & Williams, J. M. (1986). Spectator violence at football matches: Towards a sociological explanation. British Journal of Sociology, 37, 221-244.

    Durand, D. E. (1977). Power as a function of office space and physiognomy: Two studies of influence. Psychological Reports, 40, 755-760.

    Durkheim, É. (1966). Suicide. New York: Free Press. (Original work published in 1897)

    Duval, S., & Wicklund, R. A. (1972). A theory of objective self-awareness. New York: Academic Press.

    Dvir, T., Eden, D., Avolio, B. J., & Shamir, B. (2002). Impact of transformational leadership on follower development and performance: A field experiment. Academy of Management Journal, 45, 735-744.

    Eagly A. H., Johannesen-Schmidt, M. C., & van Engen, M. L. (2003). Transformational, transactional, and laissez-faire leadership styles: A meta-analysis comparing women and men. Psychological Bulletin, 129, 569-591.

    Eagly, A. H. (1987). Sex differences in social behavior: A social-role interpretation. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Eagly, A. H., & Carli, L. L. (1981). Sex of researchers and sex-typed communications as determinants of sex differences in influenceability: A meta-analysis of social influence studies. Psychological Bulletin, 90, 1-20.

    Eagly, A. H., & Johnson, B. T. (1990). Gender and leadership style: A meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 108, 233-256.

    Eagly, A. H., & Karau, S. J. (1991). Gender and the emergence of leaders: A meta-analysis. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 60, 685-710.

    Eagly, A. H., & Karau, S. J. (2002). Role congruity theory of prejudice toward female leaders. Psychological Review, 109, 573-598.

    Eagly, A. H., Karau, S., & Makhijani, M. (1995). Gender and the effectiveness of leaders: A meta-analysis. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 117, 125-145

    Eagly, A. H., Karau, S. J., Miner, J. B., & Johnson, B. T. (1994). Gender and motivation to manage in hierarchic organizations: A meta-analysis. Leadership Quarterly, 5, 135-159.Eagly, A. H., & Wood, W. (1991). Explaining sex differences in social behavior: A meta-analytic perspective. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 17, 306-315.

    Eagly, A. H., Makhijani, M. G., & Klonsky, B. G. (1992). Gender and the evaluation of leaders: A meta-analysis, Psychological Bulletin, 111, 3-22.

    Eagly, A. H., & Wood, W. (1999). The origins of sex differences in human behavior: Eved dispositions versus social roles. American Psychologist, 54, 408-423.

    Eagly, A. H., Wood, W., & Diekman, A. B. (2000). Social role theory of sex differences and similarities: A current appraisal. In T. Eckes & H. T. Trautner (Eds.), The developmental social psychology of gender (pp. 123-174). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Eagly, A. H., Wood, W., & Fishbaugh, L. (1981). Sex differences in conformity: Surveillance by the group as a determinant of male nonconformity. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 40, 384-394.

    Edelstein, M. R. (2002). Contamination: The invisible built environment. In R. B. Bechtel & A. Churchman (Eds.), Handbook of environmental psychology (pp. 559-588). New York: Wiley. Retrieved July 30, 2004, from NetLibrary: http://www.netlibrary.com

    Edman, I. (1919). Human traits and their social significance. New York: Houghton Mifflin.

    Edney, J. J. (1975). Territoriality and control: A field experiment. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 31, 1108-1115.

    Edney, J. J. (1976). Human territories: Comment on functional properties. Environment and Behavior, 8, 31-48.

    Edney, J. J., & Bell, P. A. (1984). Sharing scarce resources: Group-outcome orientation, external disaster, and stealing in a simulated commons. Small Group Behavior, 15, 87-108.

    Edney, J. J., & Grundmann, M. J. (1979). Friendship, group size, and boundary size: Small group spaces. Small Group Behavior, 10, 124-135.

    Edney, J. J., & Jordan-Edney, N. L. (1974). Territorial spacing on a beach. Sociometry, 37, 92-104.

    Edwards, D. J. A. (1972). Approaching the unfamiliar: A study of human interaction distances. Journal of Behavioral Sciences, 1, 249-250.

    Eldredge, N., & Gould, S.J. (1972). Punctuated equilibria: An alternative to phyletic gradualism. In T. M. Schopf (Ed.), Models in palaeobiology (pp. 82-115). New York: Freeman.

    Ellemers, N., Spears, R., & Doosje, B. (1997). Sticking together or falling apart: In-group identification as a psychological determinant of group commitment versus individual mobility. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 617-626.

    Ellemers, N., Spears, R., & Doosje, B. (Eds.). (1999). Social identity: Context, commitment, content. Oxford, England: Blackwell Science.

    Ellemers, N., Wilke, H., & van Knippenberg, A. (1993). Effects of the legitimacy of low group or individual status on individual and collective status-enhancement strategies. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 64, 766-778.

    Elliott, G. C., & Meeker, B. F. (1984). Modifiers of the equity effect: Group outcome and causes for individual performance. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 46, 586-597.

    Ellis, D. G., & Fisher, M. (1994). Small group decision making (4th ed.). New York: McGraw-Hill.

    Ellsworth, P. C., & Reifman, A. (2000). Juror comprehension and public policy: Perceived problems and proposed solutions. Psychology, Public Policy, & Law, 6, 788-821.

    Elms, A. C. (1995). Obedience in retrospect. Journal of Social Issues, 51(3), 21-31.

    Elsbach, K. D., & Sutton, R. I. (1992). Acquiring organizational legitimacy through illegitimate actions: A marriage of institutional and impression management theories. Academy of Management Journal, 35, 699-738.

    Emerson, R. M. (1954). Deviation and rejection: An experimental replication. American Sociological Review, 19, 688-693.

    Emerson, R. M. (1962). Power-dependence relations. American Sociological Review, 27, 31-40.

    Emerson, R. M. (1981). Social exchange theory. In M. Rosenberg & R. H. Turner (Eds.), Social psychology: Sociological perspectives (pp. 30-65). New York: Basic Books.

    Emler, N., & Cook, T. (2001). Moral integrity in leadership: Why it matters and why it may be difficult to achieve. In B. W. Roberts & R. Hogan (Eds.), Personality psychology in the workplace (pp. 277-298). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

    Emrich, C. G. (1999). Context effects in leadership perception. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 25, 991-1006.

    End, C. M., Dietz-Uhler, B., Harrick, E. A., & Jacquemotte, L. (2002). Identifying with winners: A reexamination of sport fans' tendency to BIRG. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 32, 1017-1030.

    Epley, N., & Gilovich, T. (1999). Just going along: Nonconscious priming and conformity to social pressure. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 35, 578-589.

    Erez, M., Rim, Y., & Keider, I. (1986). The two sides of the tactics of influence: Agent vs. target. Journal of Occupational Psychology, 59, 25-39.

    Esser, A. H. (1968). Dominance hierarchy and clinical course of psychiatrically hospitalized boys. Child Development, 39, 147-157.

    Esser, A. H. (1973). Cottage Fourteen: Dominance and territoriality in a group of institutionalized boys. Small Group Behavior, 4, 131-146.

    Esser, A. H., Chamberlain, A. S., Chapple, E. D., & Kline, N. S. (1965). Territoriality of patients on a research ward. In J. Wortis (Ed.), Recent advances in biological psychiatry. New York: Plenum.

    Esser, J. K. (1998). Alive and well after 25 years: A review of groupthink research. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 73, 116-141.

    Esser, J. K., & Lindoerfer, J. S. (1989). Groupthink and the space shuttle Challenger accident: Toward a quantitative case analysis. Journal of Behavioral Decision Making, 2, 167-177.

    Etzioni, A. (1967). The Kennedy experiment. The Western Political Quarterly, 20, 361-380.

    Etzioni, A. (1968). A model of significant research. International Journal of Psychiatry, 6, 278-280.

    Evans, G. W. (1979). Behavioral and physiological consequences of crowding in humans. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 9, 27-46.

    Evans, G. W., & Cohen, S. (1987). Environmental stress. In D. Stokols & I. Altman (Eds.), Handbook of environmental psychology (Vol. 1, pp. 571-610). New York: Wiley.

    Evans, G. W., & Howard, R. B. (1973). Personal space. Psychological Bulletin, 80, 334-344.

    Evans, G. W., Hygge, S., & Bullinger, M. (1995). Chronic noise and psychological stress. Psychological Science, 6, 333-338.

    Evans, N. J., & Jarvis, P. A. (1986). The Group Attitude Scale: A measure of attraction to group. Small Group Behavior, 17, 203-216.

    Evans, G., W., & Lepore, S. J. (1992). Conceptual and analytic issues in crowding research. Journal of Environmental Psychology, 12, 163-173.

    Evans, G. W., Palsane, M. N., Lepore, S. J., & Martin, J. (1989). Residential density and psychological health: The mediating effects of social support. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 57, 994-999.

    Evans, G. W., & Stecker, R. (2004). Motivational consequences of environmental stress. Journal of Environmental Psychology, 24, 143-165.

    Exline, R. V. (1963). Explorations in the process of person perception: Visual interaction in relation to competition, sex, and need for affiliation. Journal of Personality, 31, 1-20.

    Eysenck, H. (1990). Biological dimensions of personality. In L. A. Pervin (Ed.), Handbook of personality: Theory and research (pp. 244-276). New York: Guilford Press.

    Fabianic, D. (1994). Managerial change and organizational effectiveness in major league baseball: Findings for the eighties. Journal of Sport Behavior, 17, 135-147.

    Falbo, T. (1977). The multidimensional scaling of power strategies. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 35, 537-548.

    Falbo, T., & Peplau, L. A. (1980). Power strategies in intimate relationships. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 38, 618-628.

    Falloon, I. R. H., Lindley, P., McDonald, R., & Marks, I. M. (1977). Social skills training of outpatient groups: A controlled study of rehearsal and homework. British Journal of Psychiatry, 131, 599-609.

    Fanon, F. (1963). The wretched of the earth. New York: Grove.

    Farbstein, J., & Kantrowitz, M. (1978). People in places: experiencing, using, and changing the built environment. Upper Saddle River, NJ., Prentice-Hall.

    Farrell, M. P. (1982). Artists' circles and the development of artists. Small Group Behavior, 13, 451-474.

    Feeley, T. H. (2000). Testing a communication network model of employee turnover based on centrality. Journal of Applied Communication Research, 28, 262-277.

    Feld, S. L. (1982). Social structural determinants of similarity among associates. American Sociological Review, 47, 797-801.

    Feldman, S. (2003). Enforcing social conformity: A theory of authoritarianism. Political Psychology, 24, 41-74.

    Ferencik, B. M. (1992). The helping process in group therapy: A review and discussion. Group, 16, 113-124.

    Ferguson, T. J., & Rule, B. G. (1983). An attributional analysis of anger and aggression. In R. G. Geen & E. I. Donnerstein (Eds.), Aggression: Theoretical and empirical reviews (Vol. 1). New York: Academic Press.

    Ferris, G. R., & Rowland, K. M. (1983). Social facilitation effects on behavioral and perceptual task performance measures: Implications for work behavior. Group and Organization Studies, 8, 421-438.

    Festinger, L. (1950). Informal social communication. Psychological Review, 57, 271-282.

    Festinger, L. (1954). A theory of social comparison processes. Human Relations, 7, 117-140.

    Festinger, L. (1957). A theory of cognitive dissonance. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.

    Festinger, L. (1983). The human legacy. New York: Columbia University Press.

    Festinger, L., Pepitone, A., & Newcomb, T. (1952). Some consequences of deindividuation in a group. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 47, 382-389.

    Festinger, L., Riecken, H. W., & Schachter, S. (1956). When prophecy fails. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

    Festinger, L., Schachter, S., & Back, K. (1950). Social pressures in informal groups. New York: Harper.

    Festinger, L., & Thibaut, J. (1951). Interpersonal communication in small groups. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 46, 92-99.

    Fiedler, F. E. (1955). The influence of leader-keyman relations on combat crew effectiveness. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 51, 227-235.

    Fiedler, F. E. (1964). A contingency model of leadership effectiveness. Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 1, 150-190.

    Fiedler, F. E. (1967). A theory of leadership effectiveness. New York: McGraw-Hill.

    Fiedler, F. E. (1971a). Leadership. Morristown, NJ: General Learning Press.

    Fiedler, F. E. (1971b). Note on the methodology of Graen, Orris, and Alvarez studies testing the contingency model. Journal of Applied Psychology, 55, 202-204.

    Fiedler, F. E. (1978). The contingency model and the dynamics of the leadership process. Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 12, 59-112.

    Fiedler, F. E. (1981). Leadership effectiveness. American Behavioral Scientist, 24, 619-632.

    Fiedler, F. E. (1986). The contribution of cognitive resources to leadership performance. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 16, 532-548.

    Fiedler, F. E. (1993). The leadership situation and the black box in contingency theories. In M. M. Chemers & R. Ayman (Eds.), Leadership theory and research: Perspectives and directions (pp. 1-28). San Diego: Academic Press.

    Fiedler, F. E. (1996). Research on leadership selection and training: One view of the future. Administrative Science Quarterly, 41, 241-250.

    Fiedler, F. E., & Chemers, M. M. (1974). Leadership and effective management. Glenview, IL: Scott, Foresman.

    Fiedler, F. E., Chemers, M. M., & Mahar, L. (1976). Improving leadership effectiveness: The Leader Match concept. New York: Wiley.

    Fiedler, F. E., & Garcia, J. E. (1987). New approaches to leadership: Cognitive resources and organizational performance. New York: Wiley.

    Field, R. H. G. (1979). A critique of the Vroom-Yetton contingency model of leadership behavior. Academy of Management Review, 4, 249-257.

    Field, R. H. G., & House, R. J. (1990). A test of the Vroom-Yetton model using manager and subordinate reports. Journal of Applied Psychology, 75, 362-366.

    Fielding, K. S., & Hogg, M. A. (1997). Social identity, self-categorization, and leadership: A field study of small interactive groups. Group Dynamics, 1, 39-51.

    Filkins, J. W., Smith, C. M., & Tindale, R. S. (1998). An evaluation of the biasing effects of death qualification: A meta-analytic/computer simulation approach. In R. S. Tindale, L. Heath, J. Edwards, E. J. Posavac, F. B. Bryant, Y. Suarez-Balcazar, E. Henderson-King, & J. Myers (Eds.), Theory and research on small groups (pp. 153-175). New York: Plenum.

     Finch, J. F, Barrera, M., Jr., Okun, M. A., Bryant, W. H., Pool, G. J., & Snow-Turek, A. L. (1997). The factor structure of received social support: Dimensionality and the prediction of depression and life satisfaction. Journal of Social and Clinical Psychology, 16, 323-342.

    Fine, G. A. (1979). Small groups and culture creation. American Sociological Review, 44, 733-745.

    Fine, G. A., & Holyfield, L. (1996). Secrecy, trust, and dangerous leisure: Generating group cohesion in voluntary organizations. Social Psychology Quarterly, 59, 22-38.

    Fink, C. F. (1968). Some conceptual difficulties in the theory of social conflict. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 12, 412-460.

    Finke, R., & Stark, R. (1992). The churching of America, 1776-1990: Winners and losers in our religious economy. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press.

    Finkelstein, S, & Hambrick, D. (1996). Strategic leadership: Top executives and their organizations. Minneapolis, MN: West.

    Finlay, F., Hitch, G., & Meudell, P. R. (2000). Mutual inhibition in collaborative recall: Evidence for a retrieval-based account. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 26, 1556-1567.

    Finn, J. D., & Rock, D. A. (1997). Academic success among students at risk for school failure. Journal of Applied Psychology, 82, 221-234.

    Fiorina, C. (2002, October 1). [Remarks]. Remarks presented in accepting the Appeal of Conscience Foundation Annual Award, New York: NY. [Transcript]. Retrieved June 24, 2004, from http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/execteam/speeches/fiorina/conscience02.html

    Fiorina, C. (2003, May 9). [Remarks]. Remarks presented at the 8th Annual Coro Northern California leadership luncheon. San Francisco: CA. [Transcript]. Retrieved June 24, 2004, from the http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/execteam/speeches/fiorina/coro03.html

    Fiorina, C. (2004, May 1). [Address]. Address presented at the Simmons School of Management 25th Annual Conference. Boston, MA. [Transcript]. Retrieved June 24, 2004, from the Hewlett-Packard Web site: http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/execteam/speeches/fiorina/simmons04.html

    Fisek, M. H., Berger, J., & Norman, R. Z. (1995). Evaluations and the formation of expectations. American Journal of Sociology, 101, 731-746.

    Fisher, B. A. (1980). Small group decision making (2nd ed.). New York: McGraw-Hill.

    Fisher, C. D., & Gitelson, R. (1983). A meta-analysis of the correlates of role conflict and ambiguity. Journal of Applied Psychology, 68, 320-333.

    Fisher, J. D., & Byrne, D. (1975). Too close for comfort: Sex differences in response to invasions of personal space. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 32, 15-21.

    Fisher, R. (1983). Negotiating power. American Behavioral Science, 27, 149-166.

    Fisher, R., & Ury, W. (with B. Patton, Ed.). (1981). Getting to YES: Negotiating agreement without giving in. Boston: Houghton-Mifflin.

    Fisher, R., Ury, W., & Patton, B. (1991). Getting to YES: Negotiating agreement without giving in (2nd ed.). New York: Penguin Books.

    Fisher, R. J. (1994). Generic principles for resolving intergroup conflict. Journal of Social Issues, 50(1), 47-66.

    Fisher, W. A., & Fisher, J. D. (1993). A general social psychological model for changing AIDS risk behavior. In J. B. Pryor & Glenn D. Reeder (Eds.), The social psychology of HIV infection (pp. 127-153). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Fiske, A. P. (2002). Using individualism and collectivism to compare cultures—A critique of the validity and measurement of the constructs: Comment on Oyserman et al. (2002). Psychological Bulletin, 128, 78-88.

    Fiske, S. T. (1993a). Controlling other people: The impact of power on stereotyping. American Psychologist, 48, 621-628.

    Fiske, S. T. (1993b). Social cognition and social perception. Annual Review of Psychology, 44, 155-194.

    Fiske, S. T., & Goodwin, S. A. (1994). Social cognition research and small group research, a West Side Story or . . . ? Special issue: Social cognition in small groups. Small Group Research, 25, 147-171.

    Fleeson, W., Malanos, A. B., & Achille, N. M. (2002). An intraindividual process approach to the relationship between extraversion and positive affect: Is acting extraverted as "good" as being extraverted? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83, 1409-1422.

    Fleishman, E. A. (1953). The description of supervisory behavior. Journal of Applied Psychology. 37, 1-6.

    Fleishman, E. A., & Zaccaro, S. J. (1992). Toward a taxonomy of team performance functions. In R. W. Swezey & E. Salas (Eds.), Teams: Their training and performance (pp. 31-56). Westport, CT: Ablex Publishing.

    Flores, P. J. (1997). Group psychotherapy with addicted populations: An integration of twelve step and psychodynamic theory. Binghamton, NY: Haworth.

    Flores, P. J. (2002). The interpersonal approach. In D. W. Brook & H. I. Spitz (Eds.), The group theory of substance abuse (pp. 19-36). Binghamton, NY: Haworth Medical Press.

    Flowers, M. L. (1977). A laboratory test of some implications of Janis' groupthink hypothesis. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 35, 888-896.

    Flynn, K., & Gerhardt, G. (1989). The silent brotherhood: Inside America's racist underground. New York: Penguin.

    Foa, U. G., & Foa, E. B. (1971). Resource exchange: Toward a structural theory of interpersonal relations. In A. W. Siegman & B. Pope (Eds.), Studies in dyadic communication. New York: Pergamon Press.

    Foddy, M., & Smithson, M. (1996). Relative ability, paths of relevance, and influence in task-oriented groups. Social Psychology Quarterly, 59, 140-153.

    Foddy, M., Smithson, M., Schneider, S., & Hogg, M. A. (Eds.). (1999). Resolving social dilemmas: Dynamic, structural, and intergroup aspects. New York: Psychology Press.

    Fodor, E. M. (1984). The power motive and reactivity to power stresses. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 47, 853-859.

    Fodor, E. M. (1985). The power motive, group conflict, and physiological arousal. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 49, 1408-1415.

    Fodor, E. M., & Riordan, J. M. (1995). Leader power motive and group conflict as influences on leader behavior and group member self-affect. Journal of Research in Personality, 29, 418-431.

    Fodor, E. M., & Smith, T. (1982). The power motive as an influence on group decision making. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 42, 178-185.

     Folger, R. (1993). Reactions to mistreatment at work. In J. K. Murnighan (Ed.), Social psychology in organizations: Advances in theory and research (pp. 161-183). Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall.

    Folk, G. E., Jr. (1974). Textbook of environmental physiology. Philadelphia: Lea & Febiger.

    Forgas, J. P. (1998). On feeling good and getting your way: Mood effects on negotiator cognition and bargaining strategies. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 74, 565-577.

    Forgas, J. P., & Williams, K. D. (Eds.). (2001). Social influence: Direct and indirect processes. New York: Psychology Press.

    Forsyth, D. R. (1980). The functions of attributions. Social Psychology Quarterly, 43, 184-189.

    Forsyth, D. R. (1990). Group dynamics (2nd ed.). Belmont, CA: Brooks/Cole.

    Forsyth, D. R. (1994). Norms. In A. S. R. Manstead & M. Hewstone (Eds.), The Blackwell encyclopedia of social psychology (pp. 412-417). Malden, MA: Blackwell.

    Forsyth, D. R. (2000). The social psychology of groups and group psychotherapy: One view of the next century. Group, 24, 147-155.

     Forsyth, D. R. (2001). Therapeutic groups. In M. A. Hogg & R. S. Tindale (Eds.), Blackwell Handbook of Social Psychology, Vol. 3: Group Processes (pp. 628-659). Oxford, UK: Blackwell.

    Forsyth, D. R. (Ed.). (1998). Special issue: Research methods. Group Dynamics, 2, 211-320.

    Forsyth, D. R., Berger, R. E., & Mitchell, T. (1981). The effects of self-serving vs. other-serving claims of responsibility on attraction and attribution in groups. Social Psychology Quarterly, 44, 59-64.

    Forsyth, D. R., & Burnette, J. L. (in press). The history of group research. In S. Wheelan (Ed.), The handbook of group research and practice. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

    Forsyth, D. R., & Corazzini, J. G. (2000). Groups as change agents. In C. R. Snyder & R. E. Ingram (Eds.), Handbook of psychological change: Psychotherapy processes and practices for the 21st century (pp. 309-336). New York: Wiley.

    Forsyth, D. R., & Elliott, T. R. (1999). Group dynamics and psychological well-being: The impact of groups on adjustment and dysfunction. In R. Kowalski & M. R. Leary (Eds.), The social psychology of emotional and behavioral problems: Interfaces of social and clinical psychology (pp. 339-361). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

    Forsyth, D. R., Heiney, M. M., & Wright, S. S. (1997). Biases in appraisals of women leaders. Group Dynamics, 1, 98-103.

    Forsyth, D. R., & Kelley, K. N. (1994). Attribution in groups: Estimations of personal contributions to collective endeavors. Small Group Research, 25, 367-383.

    Forsyth, D. R., & Kelley, K. N. (1996). Heuristic-based biases in estimations of personal contributions to collective endeavors. In J. L. Nye & A. M. Brower (Eds.), What's social about social cognition? (pp. 106-123). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

    Forsyth, D. R., Schlenker, B. R., Leary, M. R., & McCown, N. E. (1985). Self-presentational determinants of sex differences in leadership behavior. Small Group Behavior, 16, 197-210.

    Forsyth, D. R., Zyzniewski, L. E., & Giammanco, C. A. (2002). Responsibility diffusion in cooperative collectives. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 54-65.

    Foschi, M. (1996). Double standards in the evaluation of men and women. Social Psychology Quarterly, 59, 237-254.

    Foschi, M., Warriner, G. K., & Hart, S. D. (1985). Standards, expectations, and interpersonal influence. Social Psychology Quarterly, 48, 108-117.

    Foss, R. D. (1981). Structural effects in simulated jury decision making. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 40, 1055-1062.

    Foti, R. J., Fraser, S. L., & Lord, R. G. (1982). Effects of leadership labels and prototypes on perceptions of political leaders. Journal of Applied Psychology, 67, 326-333.

    Foti, R. J., & Lord, R. G. (1987). Prototypes and scripts: The effects of alternative methods of processing information on rating accuracy. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 39, 318-340.

    Foushee, H. C. (1984). Dyads and triads at 35,000 feet: Factors affecting group process and aircrew performance. American Psychologist, 39, 886-893.

    Foy, E., & Harlow, A. F. (1928/1956). Clowning through life. New York: Dutton.

    Frable, D. E. S., Platt, L., & Hoey, S. Concealable stigmas and positive self-perceptions: Feeling better around similar others. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 74, 909-922.

    Frager, R. (1970). Conformity and anticonformity in Japan. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 15, 203-210.

    Francis, L. J. (1998). Self-esteem as a function of personality and gender among 8-11 year olds: Is Coopersmith's index fair? Personality and Individual Differences, 25, 159-165.

    Francis, R. C. (2004). Why men won’t ask for directions: The seduction of sociobiology. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

    Frank, F., & Anderson, L. R. (1971). Effects of task and group size upon group productivity and member satisfaction. Sociometry, 34, 135-149.

    Frank, J. D. (1957). Some determinants, manifestations, and effects of cohesiveness in therapy groups. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 7, 53-63.

    Franke, R. H. (1979). The Hawthorne experiments: Review. American Sociological Review, 44, 861-867.

    Franke, R. H., & Kaul, J. D. (1978). The Hawthorne experiments: First statistical interpretation. American Sociological Review, 43, 623-643.

    Franken, R. E., & Prpich, W. (1996). Dislike of competition and the need to win: Self-image concerns, performance concerns, and the distraction of attention. Journal of Social Behavior and Personality, 11, 695-712.

    Franklin, M. E., Jaycox, L. H., & Foa, E. B. (1999). Social skills training. In M. Hersen & A. S. Bellack (Eds.), Handbook of comparative interventions for adult disorders (2nd ed., pp. 317-339). New York: Wiley.

    Freedman, J. L. (1975). Crowding and behavior. San Francisco: Freeman.

    Freedman, J. L. (1979). Reconciling apparent differences between responses of humans and other animals to crowding. Psychological Review, 86, 80-85.

    Freedman, J. L., & Fraser, S. C. (1966). Compliance without pressure: The foot-in-the-door technique. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 4, 195-202.

    Freedman, J. L., & Perlick, D. (1979). Crowding, contagion, and laughter. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 15, 295-303.

    Freeman, K. A. (1996). Attitudes toward work in project groups as predictors of academic performance. Small Group Research, 27, 265-282.

    Freeman, L. C. (1977). A set of measures of centrality based on betweenness. Sociometry, 40, 35-41.

    Freeman, L. C. (1979). Centrality in social networks: I. Conceptual clarification. Social Networks, 1, 215-239.

    French, J. R. P., Jr. (1941). The disruption and cohesion of groups. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 36, 361-377.

    French, J. R. P., Jr., Morrison, H., & Levinger, G. (1960). Coercive power and forces affecting conformity. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 61, 93-101.

    French, J. R. P., Jr., & Raven, B. (1959). The bases of social power. In D. Cartwright (Ed.), Studies in social power. Ann Arbor, MI: Institute for Social Research.

    Freud, S. (1922). Group psychology and the analysis of the ego (J. Strachey, trans.). London: Hogarth Press and the Institute of Psycho-analysis.

    Frey, L. R. (Ed.). (2002). Group communication in context: Studies of bona fide groups (2nd ed). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Frey, L. R., Gouran, D. S., & Poole, M. S. (Eds.). (1999). Handbook of group communication: Theory and research. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

    Friedkin, N. E. (1999). Choice shift and group polarization. American Sociological Review, 64, 856-875.

    Friedland, N. (1976). Social influence via threats. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 12, 552-563.

    Friedman, S. D., & Saul, K. (1991). A leader's wake: Organization member reactions to CEO succession. Journal of Management, 17, 619-642.

    Frieze, I. H. (Ed.). (1999). Social influence and social power: Using theory for understanding social issues. Journal of Social Issues, 55(1).

    Froman, L. A., Jr., & Cohen, M. D. (1969). Threats and bargaining efficiency. Behavioral Science, 14, 147-153.

    Fromm, E. (1965). Escape from freedom. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.

    Fry, D. P., & Björkqvist, K. (Eds.). (1997). Cultural variation in conflict resolution: Alternatives to violence. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Fuegen, K., & Biernat, M. (2002). Reexamining the effects of solo status for women and men. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 913-925.

    Fuhriman, A., & Burlingame, G. M. (1994a). Group psychotherapy: Research and practice. In A. Fuhriman & G. M. Burlingame (Eds.), Handbook of group psychotherapy: An empirical and clinical synthesis (pp. 3-40). New York: Wiley.

    Fuhriman, A., & Burlingame, G. M. (Eds.). (1994b). Handbook of group psychotherapy: An empirical and clinical synthesis. New York: Wiley.

    Fuller, S. R., & Aldag, R. J. (1998). Organizational Tonypandy: Lessons from a quarter century of groupthink phenomenon. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 73, 163-184.

    Gabarro, J. J. (1987). The development of working relationships. In J. W. Lorsch (Ed.), Handbook of organizational behavior (pp. 172-189). Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall.

    Gaertner, L., & Insko, C. A. (2001). On the measurement of social orientations in the minimal group paradigm: Norms as moderators of the expression of intergroup bias. European Journal of Social Psychology, 31, 143-154.

    Gaertner, L., Sedikides, C., Vevea, J. L., & Iuzzini, J. (2002). The "I," the "we," and the "when": A meta-analysis of motivational primacy in self-definition. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83, 574-591.

    Gaertner, S. L., & Dovidio, J. F. (2000). Reducing intergroup bias: The common ingroup identity model. Philadelphia: Psychology Press.

    Gaertner, S. L., Dovidio, J. F., Banker, B. S., Houlette, M., Johnson, K. M., & McGlynn, E. A. (2000). Reducing intergroup conflict: From superordinate goals to decategorization, recategorization, and mutual differentiation. Group Dynamics, 4, 98-114.

     Gaertner, S. L., Dovidio, J. F., Nier, J. A., Ward, C. M.,& Banker, B. S. (1999). Across cultural divides: The value of a superordinate identity. In D. A. Prentice D. T. Miller (Eds.), Cultural divides: Understanding and overcoming group conflict (pp. 173-212). New York: Russell Sage Foundation.

    Gaertner, S. L., Dovidio, J. F., Rust, M. C., Nier, J. A., Banker, B. S., Ward, C. M., Mottola, G. R., & Houlette, M. (1999). Reducing intergroup bias: Elements of intergroup cooperation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 76, 388-402.

    Gaines, S. O., Jr., Marelich, W. D., Bledsoe, K. L., Steers, W. N., Henderson, M. C., Granrose, C. S., Barájas, L., Hicks, D., Lyde, M., Takahashi, Y., Yum, N., Ríos, D. I., García, B. F., Farris, K. R., & Page, M. S. (1997). Links between race/ethnicity and cultural values as mediated by racial/ethnic identity and moderated by gender. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 1460-1476.

    Gaines, S. O., Jr., & Reed, E. S. (1995). Prejudice: From Allport to DuBois. American Psychologist, 50, 96-103.

    Galinsky, A. D., Gruenfeld, D. H., & Magee, J. C. (2003). From power to action. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 85, 453-466.

    Gallo, P. S., Jr. (1966). Effects of increased incentives upon the use of threat in bargaining. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 4, 14-20.

    Gallupe, R. B., & Cooper, W. H. (1993). Brainstorming electronically. Sloan Management Review, 35, 27-36.

    Gammage, K. L., Carron, A. V., & Estabrooks, P. A. (2001). Team cohesion and individual productivity: The influence of the norm for productivity and the identifiability of individual effort. Small Group Research, 32, 3-18.

    Gamson, W. A. (1968). Power and discontent. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

    Gamson, W. A. (1992). The social psychology of collective action. In A. Morris & C. Mueller (Eds.), Frontiers of social movement theory (pp. 53-76). New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.

    Gamson, W. A., & Scotch, N. (1964). Scapegoating in baseball. American Journal of Sociology, 70, 69-70.

    Gannon, T. M. (1966). Emergence of the "defensive" group norm. Federal Probation, 30(4), 44-47.

    Garcia, S. M., Weaver, K., Moskowitz, G. B., & Darley, J. M. (2002). Crowded minds: The implicit bystander effect. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83, 843-853.

    Gardham, K., & Brown, R. (2001). Two forms of intergroup discrimination with positive and negative outcomes: Explaining the positive-negative asymmetry effect. British Journal of Social Psychology, 40, 23-34.

    Gardner, J. W. (1965). The antileadership vaccine. Annual Report of the Carnegie Corporation. New York: Carnegie Corporation.

    Gardner, W. L., Pickett, C. L., & Brewer, M. B. (2000). Social exclusion and selective memory: How the need to belong influences memory for social events. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 26, 486-496.

    Garner, D. M., & Garfinkel, P. E. (1980). Socio-cultural factors in the development of anorexia nervosa. Psychological Medicine, 10, 647-656.

    Garner, K., & Deutsch, M. (1974). Cooperative behavior in dyads: Effects of dissimilar goal orientations and differing expectations about the partner. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 18, 634-645.

    Gastorf, J. W., Suls, J., & Sanders, G. S. (1980). Type A coronary-prone behavior pattern and social facilitation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 38, 773-780.

    Gaulin, S. J. C., & McBurney, D. H. (2001). Psychology: An evolutionary approach. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall.

    Gazda, G. M., & Brooks, D. K. (1985). The development of the social/life skills training movement. Journal of Group Psychotherapy, Psychodrama and Sociometry, 38, 1-10.

    Gecas, V., & Burke, P. J. (1995). Self and identity. In K. S. Cook, G. A. Fine, & J. S. House (Eds.), Sociological perspectives on social psychology (pp. 41-67). Boston: Allyn & Bacon.

    Geen, R. G. (1983). Evaluation apprehension and the social facilitation/inhibition of learning. Motivation and Emotion, 7, 203-212.

    Geen, R. G. (1991). Social motivation. Annual Review of Psychology, 42, 377-399.

    Geen, R. G. (1995). Human motivation: A social psychological approach. Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole.

    Geen, R. G., & Bushman, B. J. (1987). Drive theory: Effects of socially engendered arousal. In B. Mullen & G. R. Goethals (Eds.), Theories of group behavior (pp. 89-109). New York: Springer-Verlag.

    Geis, R. G., Boston, M. B., & Hoffman, N. (1985). Sex of authority role models and achievement by men and women: Leadership performance and recognition. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 49, 636-653.

    Gemmill, G. (1986). The mythology of the leader role in small groups. Small Group Behavior, 17, 41-50.

    Genevie, L. E. (Ed.). (1978). Collective behavior and social movements. Itasca, IL: Peacock.

    George, J. M. (1990). Personality, affect, and behavior in groups. Journal of Applied Psychology, 75, 107-116.

    George, J. M. (1996). Group affective tone. In M. A. West (Ed.), Handbook of work group psychology (pp. 77-93). Chichester, England: Wiley.

    George, J. M., & Brief, A. P. (1992). Feeling good/doing good: A conceptual analysis of the mood at work/organizational spontaneity relationship. Psychological Bulletin, 112, 310-329.

    George, J. M., & Zhou, J. (2001). When openness to experience and conscientiousness are related to creative behavior: An interactional approach. Journal of Applied Psychology, 86, 513-524.

    Georgesen, J. C., Harris, M. J. (1998). Why's my boss always holding me down? A meta-analysis of power effects on performance evaluations. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 2, 184-195.

    Gerard, H. B. (1953). The effect of different dimensions of disagreement on the communication process in small groups. Human Relations, 6, 249-271.

    Gerard, H. B. (1964). Conformity and commitment to the group. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 68, 209-211.

    Gerard, H. B. (1983). School desegregation: The social science role. American Psychologist, 38, 869-877.

    Gerard, H. B., & Mathewson, G. C. (1966). The effects of severity of initiation on liking for a group: A replication. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 2, 278-287.

    Gerard, H. B., & Orive, R. (1987). The dynamics of opinion formation. Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 20, 171-202.

    Gerber, G. L. (1996). Status in same-gender and mixed-gender police dyads: Effects on personality attributions. Social Psychology Quarterly, 59, 350-363.

    Gergen, K. J., Gergen, M. M., & Barton, W. H. (1973). Deviance in the dark. Psychology Today, 10, 129-130.

    Gersick, C. J. G. (1989). Marking time: Predicatable transitions in task groups. Academy of Management Journal, 32, 274-309.

    Gerstner, C. R., & Day, D. V. (1997). Meta-analytic review of leader-member exchange theory: Correlates and construct issues. Journal of Applied Psychology, 82, 827-844.

    Giannetti, C. C., & Sagarese, M. (2001). Cliques. New York: Broadway Books.

    Gibb, C. A. (1969). Leadership. In G. Lindzey & E. Aronson (Eds.), The handbook of social psychology (Vol. 4, 2nd ed., pp. 205-282). Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

    Gibb, J. R. (1970). Effects of human relations training. In A. E. Bergin & S. L. Garfield (Eds.), Handbook of psychotherapy and behavior change. New York: Wiley, 1971.

    Gibbons, D., & Olk, P. M. (2003). Individual and structural origins of friendship and social position among professionals. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 84, 340-351.

    Gibson, D. R. (2003). Participation shifts: Order and differentiation in group conversation. Social Forces, 81, 1335-1380.

    Giesen, M., & McClaren, H. A. (1976). Discussion, distance, and sex: Changes in impressions and attraction during small group interaction. Sociometry, 39, 60-70.

    Gigone, D., & Hastie, R. (1997). Proper analysis of the accuracy of group judgments. Psychological Bulletin, 121, 149-167.

    Gilbert, S. J. (1981). Another look at the Milgram obedience studies: The role of the graduated series of shocks. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 7, 690-695.

    Gilchrist, J. C. (1952). The formation of social groups under conditions of success and failure. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 47, 174-187.

    Giles, H. (Ed.). (1977). Language, ethnicity, and intergroup relations. London: Academic Press.

    Giles, H., & Johnson, P. (1981). The role of language in ethnic group relations. In J. C. Turner & H. Giles (Eds.), Intergroup behavior (pp. 199-272). Oxford: Basil Blackwell.

    Gill, D. L. (1984). Individual and group performance in sport. In J. M. Silva & R. S. Weinberg (Eds.), Psychological foundations of sport (pp. 315-328). Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.

    Gilliland, S. W. (1994). Effects of procedural and distributive justice on reactions to a selection system. Journal of Applied Psychology, 79, 691-701.

    Ginnett, R. C. (1993). Crews as groups: Their formation and their leadership. In E. L. Wiener, B. G. Kanki, & R. L. Helmreich (Eds.), Cockpit resource management (pp. 71-98). San Diego: Academic Press.

    Giordano, P. C. (2003). Relationships in adolescence [Electronic version]. Annual Review of Sociology, 29, 257-281.

    Gire, J. T. (1997). The varying effect of individualism-collectivism on preference for methods of conflict resolution. Canadian Journal of Behavioral Science, 29, 38-43.

    Gladwell, M. (2000). The tipping point: How little things can make a big difference. New York: Little Brown.

    Glaser, D. (1964). The effectiveness of a prison and parole system. Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill.

    Glass, D. C., & Singer, J. E. (1972). Urban stress. New York: Academic Press.

    Glass, D. C., Singer, J. E., & Pennebaker, J. W. (1977). Behavioral and physiological effects of uncontrollable environmental events. In D. Stokols (Ed.), Perspectives on environment and behavior (pp. 131-151). New York: Plenum.

    Gleitman, H., Rozin, P., & Sabini, J. (1997). Solomon E. Asch (1907-1996). American Psychologist, 52, 984-985.

     Godfrey, D. K., Jones, E. E., & Lord, C. G. (1986). Self-promotion is not ingratiating. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 50, 106-115.

    Godwin, R. (Ed.). Apollo 13: The NASA mission reports. Burlington, Ontario, Canada: Apogee Books.

    Goethals, G. R., & Darley, J. M. (1987). Social comparison theory: Self-evaluation and group life. In B. Mullen & G. R. Goethals (Eds.), Theories of group behavior (pp. 21-47). New York: Springer-Verlag.

    Goethals, G. R., & Zanna, M. P. (1979). The role of social comparison in choice shifts. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 37, 1469-1476.

    Goetsch, G. G., & McFarland, D. D. (1980). Models of the distribution of acts in small discussion groups. Social Psychology Quarterly, 43, 173-183.

    Goffman, E. (1959). The presentation of self in everyday life. Garden City, NY: Doubleday.

    Goffman, E. (1971). Relations in public. Garden City, NY: Doubleday.

    Goldberg, L. (1968). Ghetto riots and others: The faces of civil disorder in 1967. Journal of Peace Research, 2, 116-132.

    Goldberg, L. R. (1993). The structure of phenotypic personality traits. American Psychologist, 48, 26-34.

    Goldhammer, J. (1996). Under the influence: The destructive effects of group dynamics. Amherst, NY: Prometheus Books.

    Golding, W. (1954). Lord of the flies. New York: Putnam.

    Goldman, F. W., & Goldman, M. (1981). The effects of dyadic group experience in subsequent individual performance. Journal of Social Psychology, 115, 83-88.

    Goldman, M. (1965). A comparison of individual and group performance for varying combinations of initial ability. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1, 210-216.

    Goldman, M. (1966). A comparison of group and individual performance where subjects have varying tendencies to solve problems. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 3, 604-607.

    Goldman, M., & Fraas, L. A. (1965). The effects of leader selection on group performance. Sociometry, 28, 82-88.

    Goldman, M., Stockbauer, J. W., & McAuliffe, T. G. (1977). Intergroup and intragroup competition and cooperation. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 13, 81-88.

    Goldstein, A. P. (2002). The psychology of group aggression. New York: Wiley. Retrieved June 12, 2004, from NetLibrary: http://www.netlibrary.com

    Goldstein, A. P., Heller, K., & Sechrest, L. B. (1966). Psychotherapy and the psychology of behavior change. New York: Wiley.

    Goleman, D. (1995). Emotional intelligence. New York: Bantam.

    Goodacre, D. M. (1953). Group characteristics of good and poor performing combat units. Sociometry, 16, 168-178.

    Goodman, G., & Jacobs, M. K. (1994). The self-help, mutual-support group. In A. Fuhriman & G. M. Burlingame (Eds.), Handbook of group psychotherapy (pp. 489-526). New York: Wiley.

    Goodman, P. S., & Leyden, D. P. (1991). Familiarity and group productivity. Journal of Applied Psychology, 76, 578-586.

    Goodstadt, B. E., & Hjelle, L. A. (1973). Power to the powerless: Locus of control and use of power. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 27, 190-196.

    Goodwin, R. (Ed.). (2000).

    Goodwin, S. A., Gubin, A., Fiske, S. T., & Yzerbyt, V. Y. (2000). Power can bias impression processes: Stereotyping subordinates by default and by design. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 3, 227-256.

    Gordijn, E. H., De Vries, N. K., & De Dreu, C. K. W. (2002). Minority influence on focal and related attitudes: Change in size, attributions and information processing. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 1315-1326.

    Gordon, W. (1961). Synectics: The development of creative capacity. New York: Harper & Row.

    Gorer, G. (1986). Bali and Angkor: A 1930s pleasure trip looking at life and death. New York: Oxford.

    Gould, S. J. (1991). Exaptation: A crucial tool for an evolutionary psychology. Journal of Social Issues, 47(3), 43-65.

    Goulding, R. L., & Goulding, M. M. (1979). Changing lives through redecision therapy. New York: Brunner/Mazel.

    Gouran, D. S. (1999). Communication in groups: The emergence and evolution of a field of study. In L. R. Frey (Ed.), D. S. Gouran & M. S. Poole (Associate Eds.), The handbook of group communication theory & research (pp. 3-36). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

    Gouran, D. S., & Hirokawa, R. Y. (1996). Functional theory and communication in decision-making and problem-solving groups: An expanded view. In R.Y. Hirokawa, & M. S. Poole (Eds.), Communication and group decision making (2nd ed., pp. 55-80). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

    Graeff, C. L. (1983). The situational leadership theory: A critical view. Academy of Management Review, 8, 285-291.

    Graeff, C. L. (1997). Evolution of situational leadership theory: A critical review. Leadership Quarterly, 8, 153-170.

    Graen, G. B. (1976). Role-making processes within complex organizations. In M. D. Dunnette (Ed.), Handbook of industrial organizational psychology. Chicago: Rand McNally.

    Graen, G. B., & Cashman, J. (1975). A role-making model of leadership in formal organizations: A developmental approach. In J. G. Hunt & L. L. Larson (Eds.), Leadership frontiers (pp. 143-166). Kent, OH: Kent State University Press.

    Graen, G. B., & Uhl-Bien, M. (1991). The transformation of professionals into self-managing and partially self-designing contributors: Toward a theory of leadership making. Journal of Management Systems, 3(3), 33-48.

    Graen, G. B., & Uhl-Bien, M. (1995). Relationship-based approach to leadership: Development of leader-member exchange (LMX) theory of leadership over 25 years: Applying a multi-level multi-domain perspective. Leadership Quarterly, 6, 219-247.

    Granovetter, M. S. (1973). The strength of weak ties. American Journal of Sociology, 78, 1360-1380.

    Grant, P. R. (1993). Ethnocentrism in response to a threat to social identity. Journal of Social Behavior and Personality, 8, 143-154.

    Graziano, W. G., Hair, E. C., & Finch, J. F. (1997). Competitiveness mediates the link between personality and group performance. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 73, 1394-1408.

    Graziano, W. G., Jensen-Campbell, L. A., & Hair, E. C. (1996). Perceiving interpersonal conflict and reacting to it: The case for agreeableness. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 70, 820-835.

    Green, L. R., Richardson, D. S., Lago, T., & Schatten-Jones, E. C. (2001). Network correlates of social and emotional loneliness in young and older adults. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 27, 281-288.

    Green, R. B., & Mack, J. (1978). Would groups do better without social psychologists? Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 4, 561-563.

    Greenberg, C. I., & Firestone, I. J. (1977). Compensatory responses to crowding: Effects of personal space intrusion and privacy reduction. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 35, 637-644.

    Greenberg, J. (1994). Using socially fair treatment to promote acceptance of a work site smoking ban. Journal of Applied Psychology, 79, 288-297.

    Greenberg, J. (1996). "Forgive me, I'm new": Three experimental demonstrations of the effects of attempts to excuse poor performance. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 66, 165-178.

    Greenhaus, J. H., Parasuraman, S., & Wormley, W. M. (1990). Effects of race on organizational experiences, job performance evaluations, and career outcomes. Academy of Management Journal, 33, 64-86.

    Greenwald, A. G., Banaji, M. R., Rudman, L. A., Farnham, S. D., Nosek, B. A., & Mellott, D. S. (2002). A unified theory of implicit attitudes, stereotypes, self-esteem, and self-concept. Psychological Review, 109, 3-25.

    Greenwald, A. G., & Pratkanis, A. R. (1984). The self. In R. S. Wyer, Jr., & T. K. Srull (Eds.), Handbook of social cognition (Vol. 3, pp. 3-26). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Greer, D. L. (1983). Spectator booing and the home advantage: A study of social influence in the basketball arena. Social Psychology Quarterly, 46, 252-261.

    Greitemeyer, T., & Schulz-Hardt, S. (2003). Preference-consistent evaluation of information in the hidden profile paradigm: Beyond group-level explanations for the dominance of shared information in group decisions. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 84, 322-339.

    Greve, D. W. (1993). Gestalt group psychotherapy. In H. I. Kaplan & M. J. Sadock (Eds.), Comprehensive group psychotherapy (3rd. ed., pp. 228-235). Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.

    Griffin, M. (2001). The phenomenology of the alone condition: More evidence for the role of aloneness in social facilitation. Journal of Psychology: Interdisciplinary & Applied, 135, 125-127.

    Griffitt, W. (1970). Environmental effects on interpersonal affective behavior: Ambient effective temperature and attraction. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 15, 240-244.

    Griffitt, W., & Veitch, R. (1971). Hot and crowded: Influence of population density and temperature on interpersonal affective behavior. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 17, 92-98.

    Grimes, A. J. (1978). Authority, power, influence and social control: A theoretical synthesis. Academy of Management Review, 3, 724-737.

    Groff, B. D., Baron, R. S., & Moore, D. L. (1983). Distraction, attentional conflict, and drivelike behavior. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 19, 359-380.

    Grofman, B., & Owen, G. (1982). A game theoretic approach to measuring degree of centrality in social networks. Social Networks, 4, 213-224.

    Gross, E., & Stone, G. P. (1964). Embarrassment and the analysis of role requirements. American Journal of Sociology, 70, 1-15.

    Gross, S. R., & Miller, N. (1997). The "golden section" and bias in perceptions of social consensus. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 1, 241-271.

    Guadagno, R. E., & Cialdini, R. B. (2002). Online persuasion: An examination of gender differences in computer-mediated interpersonal influence. Group Dynamics, 6, 38-51.

    Guerin, B. (1983). Social facilitation and social monitoring: A test of three models. British Journal of Social Psychology, 22, 203-214.

    Guerin, B. (1986). Mere presence effects in humans: A review. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 22, 38-77.

    Guerin, B. (1993). Social facilitation. New York: Cambridge University Press.

    Guerin, B. (1999). Social behaviors as determined by different arrangements of social consequences: Social loafing, social facilitation, deindividuation, and a modified social loafing. Psychological Record, 49, 565-578.

    Guerin, B., & Innes, J. M. (1982). Social facilitation and social monitoring: A new look at Zajonc's mere presence hypothesis. British Journal of Social Psychology, 21, 7-18.

    Guetzkow, H., & Gyr, J. (1954). An analysis of conflict in decision-making groups. Human Relations, 7, 367-382.

    Guimond, A., & Dubé-Simard, L. (1983). Relative deprivation theory and the Quebec nationalist movement: The cognitive-emotion distinction and the personal-group deprivation issue. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 44, 526-535.

    Guinote, A., Judd, C. M., & Brauer, M. (2002). Effects of power on perceived and objective group variability: Evidence that more powerful groups are more variable. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 82, 708-721.

    Gulley, H. E., & Leathers, D. G. (1977). Communication and group process. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.

    Gully, S. M., Devine, D. J., & Whitney, D. J. (1995). A meta-analysis of cohesion and performance: Effects of level of analysis and task interdependence. Small Group Research, 26, 497-520.

    Gump, P. V. (1990). A short history of the Midwest Psychological Field Station. Environment and Behavior, 22, 436-457.

    Gunderson, E. K. E. (1973). Individual behavior in confined or isolated groups. In J. E. Rasmussen (Ed.), Man in isolation and confinement (pp. 145-164). Chicago: Aldine.

    Gurr, T. R. (1970). Why men rebel. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

    Gustafson, D. H., Shukla, R. M., Delbecq, A. L., & Walster, G. W. (1973). A comparative study of differences in subjective likelihood estimates made by individuals, interacting groups, Delphi groups, and nominal groups. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 9, 280-291.

    Guthman, E. (1971). We band of brothers. New York: Harper & Row.

    Guzzo, R. A. (1995). Introduction: At the intersection of team effectiveness and decision making. In R. A. Guzzo, E. Salas, & Associates, Team effectiveness and decision making in organizations (pp. 1-8). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

    Guzzo, R. A., & Dickson, M. W. (1996). Teams in organizations: Recent research on performance and effectiveness. Annual Review of Psychology, 47, 307-338.

    Guzzo, R. A., & Shea, G. P. (1992). Group performance and intergroup relations in organizations. In M. D. Dunnette & L. M. Hough (Eds.), Handbook of industrial and organizational psychology (2nd ed., Vol. 3, pp. 269-313). Palo Alto, CA: Consulting Psychologists Press.

    Guzzo, R. A., Yost, P. R., Campbell, R. J., & Shea, G. P. (1993). Potency in groups: Articulating a construct. British Journal of Social Psychology, 32, 87-106.

    Haas, D. F., & Deseran, F. A. (1981). Trust and symbolic exchange. Social Psychology Quarterly, 44, 3-13.

    Haber, G. M. (1980). Territorial invasion in the classroom: Invadee response. Environment and Behavior, 12, 17-31.

    Haber, G. M. (1982). Spatial relations between dominants and marginals. Social Psychology Quarterly, 45, 219-228.

    Hackman, J. R. (1987). The design of work teams. In J. W. Lorsch (Ed.), Handbook of organizational behavior (pp. 315-342). Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall.

    Hackman, J. R. (Ed.). (1990). Groups that work (and those that don't). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

    Hackman, J. R. (1992). Group influences on individuals in organizations. In M. D. Dunnette & L. M. Hough (Eds.), Handbook of industrial and organizational psychology (2nd ed., Vol. 3, pp. 199-267). Palo Alto, CA: Consulting Psychologists Press.

    Hackman, J. R. (2003). Learning more by crossing levels: Evidence from airplanes, hospitals, and orchestras. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 24, 905-922.

    Hackman, J. R., Brousseau, K. R., & Weiss, J. A. (1976). The interaction of task design and group performance strategies in determining group effectiveness. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 16, 350-365.

    Hackman, J. R., & Morris, C. G. (1975). Group tasks, group interaction process, and group performance effectiveness: A review and proposed integration. Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 8, 47-99.

    Hall, E. T. (1966). The hidden dimension. New York: Doubleday.

    Hall, R. J., & Lord, R. G. (1995). Multi-level information-processing explanations of followers' leadership perceptions. Leadership Quarterly, 6, 265-287.

    Hallinan, M. T. (1981). Recent advances in sociometry. In S. R. Asher & J. M. Gottman (Eds.), The development of children's friendships (pp. 91-115). New York: Cambridge University Press.

    Halpern, D. (1995). Mental health and the built environment: More than bricks and mortar? London: Taylor & Francis.

    Halpin, A. W., & Winer, B. J. (1952). The leadership behavior of the airplane commander. Columbus, OH: Ohio State University Research Foundation.

    Ham v. S. Carolina, 409 U.S. 524 (1973).

    Hamaguchi, E. (1985). A contextual model of the Japanese: Toward a methodological innovation in Japanese studies. Journal of Japanese Studies, 11, 289-321.

    Hamblin, R. L. (1958). Leadership and crises. Sociometry, 21, 322-335.

    Hamilton, D. L., & Sherman, S. J. (1989). Illusory correlations: Implications for stereotype theory and research. In D. Bar-Tal, C. F. Graumann, A. W. Kruglanski, & W. Stroebe (Eds.), Stereotyping and prejudice: Changing conceptions (pp. 59-82). New York: Springer-Verlag.

    Hamilton, D. L., & Sherman, S. J. (1996). Perceiving persons and groups. Psychological Review, 103, 336-355.

    Hamilton, D. L., Sherman, S. J., & Lickel, B. (1998). Perceiving social groups: The importance of the entitativity continuum. In C. Sedikides, J. Schopler, & C. A. Insko (Eds.), Intergroup cognition and intergroup behavior (pp. 47-74). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Hamilton, V. L., & Sanders, J. (1995). Crimes of obedience and conformity in the workplace: Surveys of Americans, Russians, and Japanese. Journal of Social Issues, 51(3), 67-88.

    Hamilton, V. L., & Sanders, J. (1999). The second face of evil: Wrongdoing in and by the corporation. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 3, 222-233.

    Hamilton, W. D. (1964). The genetic evolution of social behavior: I and II. Journal of Theoretical Biology, 7, 1-52.

    Haney, C., Banks, C., & Zimbardo, P. (1973). Interpersonal dynamics in a simulated prison. International Journal of Criminology and Psychology, 1, 69-97.

    Hans, V. P., Hannaford-Agor, P. L., Mott, N. L., & Munsterman, G. T. (2003). The hung jury: The American Jury’s insights and contemporary understanding. Criminal Law Bulletin, 39, 33-50.

    Hans, V. P., & Vidmar, N. (1982). Jury selection. In N. L. Kerr & R. M. Bray (Eds.), Psychology of the courtroom (pp. 39-82). New York: Academic Press.

    Hansen, W. B., & Altman, I. (1976). Decorating personal places: A descriptive analysis. Environment and Behavior, 8, 491-504.

    Hardin, G. (1968). The tragedy of the commons. Science, 162, 1243-1248.

    Harding, J., Proshansky, H., Kutner, B., & Chein, I. (1969). Prejudice and ethnic relations. In G. Lindzey & E. Aronson (Eds.), The handbook of social psychology (2nd ed., Vol. 5, pp. 1-76). Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

    Hardy, C., & Latané, B. (1986). Social loafing on a cheering task. Social Science, 71(2-3), 165-172.

    Hardyck, J. A., & Braden, M. (1962). Prophecy fails again: A report of a failure to replicate. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 65, 136-141.

    Hare, A. P. (1967). Small group development in the relay assembly testroom. Sociological Inquiry, 37, 169-182.

    Hare, A. P. (1976). Handbook of small group research (2nd ed.). New York: Free Press.

    Hare, A. P. (1982). Creativity in small groups. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

    Hare, A. P. (1985). The significance of SYMLOG in the study of group dynamics. International Journal of Small Group Research, 1, 38-50.

    Hare, A. P. (1994). Types of roles in small groups: A bit of history and a current perspective. Small Group Research, 25, 433-448.

    Hare, A. P., & Bales, R. F. (1963). Seating position and small group interaction. Sociometry, 26, 480-486.

    Hare, A. P., Blumberg, H. H., Davies, M. F., & Kent, M. V. (1994). Small group research: A handbook. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

    Hare, A. P., Borgatta, E. F., & Bales, R. F. (1955). Small groups: Studies in social interaction. New York: Knopf.

    Hare, A. P., Hare, S. E., & Blumberg, H. H. (1998). Wishful thinking: Who has the least preferred coworker? Small Group Research, 29, 419-435.

    Hare, A. P., & Naveh, D. (1986). Conformity and creativity: Camp David, 1978. Small Group Behavior, 17, 243-268.

    Harinck, F. (2004). Persuasive arguments and beating around the bush in negotiations. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 7, 5-18.

    Harkins, S. G., & Jackson, J. M. (1985). The role of evaluation in eliminating social loafing. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 11, 457-465.

    Harkins, S. G., Latané, B., & Williams, K. (1980). Social loafing: Allocating effort or taking it easy. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 16, 457-465.

    Harkins, S. G., & Szymanski, K. (1987). Social loafing and social facilitation: New wine in old bottles. Review of Personality and Social Psychology, 9, 167-188.

    Harkins, S. G., & Szymanski, K. (1988). Social loafing and self-evaluation with an objective standard. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 24, 354-365.

    Harkins, S. G., & Szymanski, K. (1989). Social loafing and group evaluation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 56, 934-941.

    Harlow, H. F. (1932). Social facilitation of feeding in the albino rat. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 41, 211-221.

    Harlow, H. F., & Harlow, M. K. (1966). Learning to love. American Scientist, 54, 244-272.

    Harlow, R. E., & Cantor, N. (1995). To whom do people turn when things go poorly? Task orientation and functional social contacts. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 69, 329-340.

    Harlow, R. E., & Cantor, N. (1996). Still participating after all these years: A study of life task participation in later life. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 71, 1235-1249.

    Harper, N. L., & Askling, L. R. (1980). Group communication and quality of task solution in a media production organization. Communication Monographs, 47, 77-100.

    Harrington, B., & Fine, G. A. (2000). Opening the "black box": Small groups and twenty-first-century sociology. Social Psychology Quarterly, 63, 312-323.

    Harris, J. R. (1995). Where is the child's environment? A group socialization theory of development. Psychological Review, 102, 458-489.

    Harrison, A. A., Clearwater, Y. A., & McKay, C. P. (Eds.). (1991). From Antarctica to outer space: Life in isolation and confinement. New York: Springer-Verlag.

    Harrison, A. A., & Connors, M. M. (1984). Groups in exotic environments. Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 18, 50-87.

    Harrod, W. J. (1980). Expectations from unequal rewards. Social Psychology Quarterly, 43, 126-130.

    Hart, J. W., Bridgett, D. J., & Karau, S. J. (2001). Coworker ability and effort as determinants of individual effort on a collective task. Group Dynamics, 5, 181-190.

    Härtel, C. E. J., & Härtel, G. F. (1997). SHAPE-assisted intuitive decision making and problem solving: Information-processing-based training for conditions of cognitive busyness. Group Dynamics, 1, 187-199.

    Hartig, T., Mang, M., & Evans, G. W. (1991). Restorative effects of natural environment experience. Environment and Behavior, 23, 3-26.

    Harton, H. C., Green, L. R., Jackson, C., & Latané, B. (1998). Demonstrating dynamic social impact: Consolidation, clustering, correlation, and (sometimes) the correct answer. Teaching of Psychology, 25, 31-35.

    Harvey, J. B. (1988) The Abilene paradox and other meditations on management. New York: Wiley.

    Haslam, S. A. (2001). Psychology in organizations: The social identity approach. Thousand Oaks: Sage.

    Haslam, S. A., & Oakes, P. J. (1995). How context-independent is the outgroup homogeneity effect? A response to Bartsch and Judd. European Journal of Social Psychology, 12, 469-475.

    Hastie, R., Penrod, S. D., & Pennington, N. (1983). Inside the jury. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

    Hastorf, A. H., & Cantril, H. (1954). They saw a game. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 49, 129-134.

    Hatcher, C., McCarthy, P. (2003, July). From garage to global empire: Carly Fiorina and leadership communication. Proceedings of the Australian and New Zealand Communication Association Conference. Queensland, Australia: Brisbane Graduate School of Business, Queensland University of Technology. Retrieved June 23, 2004, from the Australian and New Zealand Communication Association Web site: http://www.anzca.net/

    Hayduk, L. A. (1978). Personal space: An evaluative and orienting overview. Psychological Bulletin, 85, 117-134.

    Hayduk, L. A. (1983). Personal space: Where we now stand. Psychological Bulletin, 94, 293-335.

    Hays, R. B., & Oxley, D. (1986). Social network development and functioning during a life transition. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 50, 304-313.

    Haythorn, W., Couch, A. S., Haefner, D., Langham, P., & Carter, L. F. (1956). The effects of varying combinations of authoritarian and equalitarian leaders and followers. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 53, 210-219.

    Hazan, C., & Shaver, P. (1987). Romantic love conceptualized as an attachment process. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 52, 511-524.

    Hearne, G. (1957). Leadership and the spatial factor in small groups. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 54, 269-272.

    Hechter, M., & Op, K. (Eds.). (2001). Social norms. New York: Russell Sage Foundation.

    Heffron, M. H. (1972). The naval ship as an urban design problem. Naval Engineers Journal, 12, 49-64.

    Heider, F. (1958). The psychology of interpersonal relations. New York: Wiley.

    Heifetz, R. A. (1994). Some strategic implications of William Clinton's strengths and weaknesses. Political Psychology, 15, 763-768.

    Heilman, M. E. (2001). Description and prescription: How gender stereotypes prevent women's ascent up the organizational ladder. Journal of Social Issues, 57, 657-674.

    Heilman, M. E., Block, C. J., & Martell, R. F. (1995). Sex stereotypes: Do they influence perceptions of managers? Journal of Social Behavior and Personality, 10, 237-252.

    Heine, S. J., Kitayama, S., & Lehman, D. R. (2001). Cultural differences in self-evaluation: Japanese readily accept negative self-relevant information. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 32, 434-443.

    Heinicke, C. M., & Bales, R. F. (1953). Developmental trends in the structure of small groups. Sociometry, 16, 7-38.

    Heller, J. F., Groff, B. D., & Solomon, S. H. (1977). Toward an understanding of crowding: The role of physical interaction. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 35, 183-190.

    Helmreich, R. L. (1974). Evaluation of environments: Behavioral observations in an undersea habitat. In J. Lang, C. Burnette, W. Moleski, & D. Vachon (Eds.), Designing for human behavior. Stroudsburg, PA: Dowden, Hutchinson, & Ross.

    Helmreich, R. L., & Collins, B. E. (1967). Situational determinants of affiliative preference under stress. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 6, 79-85.

    Helmreich, R. L., & Foushee, H. C. (1993). Why crew resource management? Empirical and theoretical bases of human factors training in aviation. In E. L. Wiener, B. G. Kanki, & R. L. Helmreich (Eds.), Cockpit resource management (pp. 3-45). San Diego: Academic Press.

    Hembroff, L. A. (1982). Resolving status inconsistency: An expectation states theory and test. Social Forces, 61, 183-205.

    Hembroff, L. A., & Myers, D. E. (1984). Status characteristics: Degrees of task relevance and decision process. Social Psychology Quarterly, 47, 337-346.

    Hemphill, J. K. (1950). Relations between the size of the group and the behavior of "superior" leaders. Journal of Social Psychology, 32, 11-22.

    Hemphill, J. K. (1961). Why people attempt to lead. In L. Petrullo & B. M. Bass (Eds.), Leadership and interpersonal behavior. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.

    Henchy, T., & Glass, D. C. (1968). Evaluation apprehension and the social facilitation of dominant and subordinate responses. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 10, 446-454.

    Henry, K. B., Arrow, H., & Carini, B. (1999). A tripartite model of group identification: Theory and measurement. Small Group Research, 30, 558-581.

    Hensley, T. R., & Griffin, G. W. (1986). Victims of groupthink: The Kent State University Board of Trustees and the 1977 gymnasium controversy. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 30, 497-531.

    Heppner, P. P., Kivlighan, D. M., Burnett, J. W., Berry, T. R., Goedinghaus, M., Doxsee, D. J., Hendricks, F. M., Krull, L. A., Wright, G. E., Bellatin, A. M., Durham, R. J., Tharp, A., Kim, H., Brossart, D. F., Wang, L., Witty, T. E., Kinder, M. H., Hertel, J. B., Wallace, D. L. (1994). Dimensions that characterize supervisor interventions delivered in the context of live supervision of practicum counselors. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 41, 227-235.

    Hepworth, J. T., & West, S. G. (1988). Lynchings and the economy: A time-series reanalysis of Hovland and Sears (1940). Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 55, 239-247.

    Herbert, T. B., & Cohen S. (1993). Stress and immunity in humans: A meta-analytic review. Psychosomatic Medicine, 55, 364-379.

    Herek, G. M., Janis, I. L., & Huth, P. (1989). Quality of U.S. decision making during the Cuban missile crisis: Major errors in Welch's reassessment. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 33, 446-459.

    Herek, G., Janis, I. L., & Huth, P. (1987). Decision-making during international crises: Is quality of process related to outcome? Journal of Conflict Resolution, 31, 203-226.

    Herman, C. P., Roth, D. A., & Polivy, J. (2003). Effects of the presence of others on food intake: A normative interpretation. Psychological Bulletin, 129, 873-886.

    Hersey, P. (1985). A letter to the author of "Don't be misled by LEAD." Journal of Applied Behavioral Sciences, 21, 152-153.

    Hersey, P., & Blanchard, K. H. (1976). Leader effectiveness and adaptability description (LEAD). In J. W. Pfeiffer & J. E. Jones (Eds.), The 1976 annual handbook for group facilitators (Vol. 5). La Jolla, CA: University Associates.

    Hersey, P., & Blanchard, K. H. (1977). Management of organizational behavior (3rd ed.). Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall.

    Hersey, P., & Blanchard, K. H. (1982). Management of organizational behavior (4th ed.). Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall.

    Hersey, P., Blanchard, K. H., & Johnson, D. E. (2001). Management of organizational behavior: Leading human resources (8th ed.). Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall.

    Heshka, S., & Nelson, Y. (1972). Interpersonal speaking distance as a function of age, sex, and relationship. Sociometry, 25, 491-498.

    Hewstone, M. (1990). The "ultimate attribution error"? A review of the literature on intergroup causal attribution. European Journal of Social Psychology, 20, 311-335.

    Hewstone, M., Rubin, M., & Willis, H. (2002). Intergroup bias. Annual Review of Psychology, 53 2, 575-604.

    Higginbotham, H. N., West, S. G., & Forsyth, D. R. (1988). Psychotherapy and behavior change: Social, cultural, and methodological perspectives. New York: Pergamon.

    Highhouse, S. (2002). A history of the T-group and its early applications in management development. Group Dynamics, 6, 277-290.

    Hill, C. A. (1991). Seeking emotional support: The influence of affiliative need and partner warmth. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 60, 112-121.

    Hill, C. E., Helms, J. E., Tichenor, V., Spiegel, S. B., O'Grady, K. E., & Perry, E. S. (1988). Effects of therapist response modes in brief psychotherapy. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 35, 222-233.

    Hill, C. T., & Stull, D. E. (1981). Sex differences in effects of social and value similarity in same-sex friendship. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 41, 488-502.

    Hill, T. E., & Schmitt, N. (1977). Individual differences in leadership decision making. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 19, 353-367.

    Hill, W. F., & Gruner, L. (1973). A study of development in open and closed groups. Small Group Behavior, 4, 355-381.

    Hilmert, C. J., Kulik, J. A., & Christenfeld, N. (2002). The varied impact of social support on cardiovascular reactivity. Basic and Applied Social Psychology, 24, 229-240.

    Hinkle, S., & Schopler, J. (1986). Bias in the evaluation of in-group and out-group performance. In S. Worchel & W. G. Austin (Eds.), Psychology of intergroup relations (2nd ed., pp. 196-212). Chicago: Nelson-Hall.

    Hinsz, V. B. (1995). Goal setting by groups performing an additive task: A comparison with individual goal setting. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 25, 965-990.

    Hinsz, V. B., Tindale, R. S., & Vollrath, D. A. (1997). The emerging conceptualization of groups as information processors. Psychological Bulletin, 121, 43-64.

    Hirokawa, R. Y. (1980). A comparative analysis of communication patterns within effective and ineffective decision-making groups. Communication Monographs, 47, 312-321.

    Hirokawa, R. Y., & Salazar, A. B. (1999). Task-group communication and decision-making performance. In L. R. Frey, D. S. Gouran, & M. S. Poole (Eds.), The handbook of group communication theory and research (pp. 167-191). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

    Hirt, E. R., Zillmann, D., Erickson, G. A., & Kennedy, C. (1992). Costs and benefits of allegiance: Changes in fans' self-ascribed competencies after team victory versus defeat. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 63, 724-738.

    Hoag, M. J., & Burlingame, G. M. (1997). Evaluating the effectiveness of child and adolescent group treatment: A meta-analytic review. Journal of Clinical Child Psychology, 26, 234-246.

    Hodson, G., & Sorrentino, R. M. (1997). Groupthink and uncertainty orientation: Personality differences in reactivity to the group situation. Group Dynamics, 1, 144-155.

    Hoffer, E. (1951). The true believer. New York: Harper & Row.

    Hofmann, D. A., Morgeson, F. P., & Gerras, S. J. (2003). Climate as a moderator of the relationship between leader-member exchange and content specific citizenship: Safety climate as an exemplar. Journal of Applied Psychology, 88, 170-178.

    Hoffman, J. R., & Rogelberg, S. G. (2001). All together now? College students' preferred project group grading procedures. Group Dynamics, 5, 33-40.

    Hofstede, G. (1980). Culture's consequences: International differences in work-related values. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

    Hogan, R., Curphy, G. J., and Hogan, J. (1994). What we know about leadership: Effectiveness and personality. American Psychologist, 49, 493-504.

    Hogg, M. A. (1992). The social psychology of group cohesiveness: From attraction to social identity. New York: New York University Press.

    Hogg, M. A. (1996). Intragroup processes, group structure and social identity. In W. P. Robinson (Ed.), Social groups and identities: Developing the legacy of Henri Tajfel (pp. 65-93). Oxford, England: Butterworth-Heinemann.

    Hogg, M. A. (2001). Social categorization, depersonalization, and group behavior. In M. A. Hogg & R. S. Tindale (Eds.), Blackwell handbook of social psychology: Group processes (pp. 56-85). Malden, MA: Blackwell.

    Hogg, M. A., & Abrams, D. (1999). Social identity and social cognition: Historical background and current trends. In D. Abrams & M. A. Hogg (Eds.), Social identity and social cognition. Malden, MA: Blackwell Publishers.

    Hogg, M. A., Tindale, S. (Eds.) (2001). Blackwell Handbook of Social Psychology: Group Processes. Malden, MA: Blackwell.

    Hogg, M. A., & Turner, J. C. (1987). Intergroup behaviour, self-stereotyping and the salience of social categories. British Journal of Social Psychology, 26, 325-340.

    Hogg, M. A., & Williams, K. D. (2000). From I to we: Social identity and the collective self. Group Dynamics, 4, 81-97.

    Hogh, A., & Dofradottir, A. (2001). Coping with bullying in the workplace. European Journal of Work and Organizational Psychology, 10, 485-495.

    Hollander, E. P. (1958). Conformity, status, and idiosyncrasy credit. Psychological Review, 65, 117-127.

    Hollander, E. P. (1960). Competence and conformity in the acceptance of influence. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 61, 365-369.

    Hollander, E. P. (1961). Some effects of perceived status on responses to innovative behavior. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 63, 247-250.

    Hollander, E. P. (1965). Validity of peer nominations in predicting a distance performance criterion. Journal of Applied Psychology, 49, 434-438.

    Hollander, E. P. (1971). Principles and methods of social psychology (2nd ed.). New York: Oxford University Press.

    Hollander, E. P. (1981). Principles and methods of social psychology (3rd ed.). New York: Oxford University Press.

    Hollander, E. P. (1985). Leadership and power. In G. Lindzey & E. Aronson (Eds.), Handbook of social psychology (Vol. 2, 3rd ed., pp. 485-537). New York: Random House.

    Hollander, E. P. (1993). Legitimacy, power, and influence: A perspective on relational features of leadership. In M. M. Chemers & R. Ayman (Eds.), Leadership theory and research: Perspectives and directions (pp. 29-47). San Diego: Academic Press.

    Hollander, E. P., & Julian, J. W. (1969). Contemporary trends in the analysis of leadership processes. Psychological Bulletin, 71, 387-397.

    Hollander, E. P., & Offermann, L. R. (1990). Power and leadership in organizations: Relationships in transition. American Psychologist, 45, 179-189.

    Hollingshead, A. B. (2001a). Cognitive interdependence and convergent expectations in transactive memory. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81, 1080-1089.

     Hollingshead, A. B. (2001b). Communication technologies, the Internet, and group research. In M. A. Hogg & R. S. Tindale (Eds.), Blackwell handbook of social psychology: Group processes (pp. 557-573). Malden, MA: Blackwell. 

    Hollingshead, A. B., & McGrath, J. E. (1995). Computer-assisted groups: A critical review of the empirical research. In R. A. Guzzo, E. Salas & Associates, Team effectiveness and decision making in organizations (pp. 46-78). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

    Hollingworth, H. L. (1935). The psychology of the audience. New York: American Books.

    Holmes, P. (1983). "Dropping out" from an adolescent therapeutic group: A study of factors in the patients and their parents which may influence this process. Journal of Adolescence, 6, 333-346.

    Holsti, O. R., & North, R. (1965). The history of human conflict. In E. B. McNeil (Ed.), The nature of human conflict. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall.

    Homans, G. C. (1950). The human group. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World.

    Homans, G. C. (1967). The nature of social science. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World.

    Homans, G. C. (1974). Social behavior: Its elementary forms. San Diego: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich.

    Homma, M., Tajima, K., & Hayashi, M. (1995). The effects of misperception of performance in brainstorming groups. Japanese Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 34, 221-231.

    Honeywell-Johnson, J. A., & Dickinson, A. M. (1999). Small group incentives: A review of the literature. Journal of Organizational Behavior Management, 19, 89-120.

    Hooijberg, R., DiTomaso, N. (1996). Leadership in and of demographically diverse organizations. Leadership Quarterly, 7, 1-19.

    Horne, A. M., Jolliff, D. L., & Roth, E. W. (1996). Men mentoring men in groups. In M. P. Andronico (Ed.), Men in groups: Insights, interventions, and psychoeducational work (pp. 97-112). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

    Horowitz, I. A., & Kirkpatrick, L. C. (1996). A concept in search of a definition: The effects of reasonable doubt instructions on certainty of guilt standards and jury verdicts. Law and Human Behavior, 20, 671-670.

    Horwitz, M., & Rabbie, J. M. (1982). Individuality and membership in the intergroup system. In H. Tajfel (Ed.), Social identity and intergroup relations (pp. 241-274). New York: Cambridge University Press.

    Houle, C. O. (1989). Governing boards: Their nature and nurture. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

    House, R. J. (1971). A path goal theory of leader effectiveness. Administrative Science Quarterly, 16, 321-338.

    House, R. J., & Aditya, R. N. (1997). The social scientific study of leadership: Quo vadis? Journal of Management, 23, 409-473.

    House, R. L., & Baetz, M. L. (1979). Leadership: Some empirical generalizations and new research directions. Research in Organizational Behavior, 1, 341-423.

    House, R. J., Schuler, R. S., & Levanoni, E. (1983). Role conflict and ambiguous scales: Realities or artifacts? Journal of Applied Psychology, 68, 334-337.

    Houston, T. K., Cooper, L. A., & Ford, D. E. (2002). Internet support groups for depression: A 1-year prospective cohort study. American Journal of Psychiatry, 159, 2062-2068.

    Hovland, C., & Sears, R. (1940). Minor studies of aggression: VI. Correlation of lynchings with economic indices. Journal of Psychology, 9, 301-310.

    Howard, J. A. (2000). Social psychology of identities [Electronic version].  Annual Review of Sociology, 26, 367-393.

    Howard, J. W., & Rothbart, M. (1980). Social categorization and memory for in-group and out-group behavior. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 38, 301-310.

    Howells, L. T., & Becker, S. W. (1962). Seating arrangement and leadership emergence. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 64, 148-150.

    Hoyle, R. H., & Crawford, A. M. (1994). Use of individual-level data to investigate group phenomena: Issues and strategies. Small Group Research, 25, 464-485.

    Hoyle R. H., Pinkley R. L., & Insko C. A. (1989). Perceptions of behavior: Evidence of differing expectations for interpersonal and intergroup interactions. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 15, 365-376.

    Hoyt, C. L. & Blascovich, J. (2003). Transformational and transactional leadership in virtual and physical environments. Small Group Research, 34, 678-715.

    Hubbard, J. A., Dodge, K. A., Cillessen, A. H. N., Coie, J. D., & Schwartz, D. (2001). The dyadic nature of social information processing in boys' reactive and proactive aggression. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 80, 268-280.

    Hughes, R. L. (2003). The flow of human crowds [Electronic version]. Annual Review of Fluid Mechanics, 35, 169–182.

    Huguet, P., Galvaing, M. P., Monteil, J. M., & Dumas, F. (1999). Social presence effects in the Stroop task: Further evidence for an attentional view of social facilitation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 77, 1011-1025.

    Humphreys, L. (1975). Tearoom trade (enlarged ed.). New York: Aldine.

    Hunt, J. G., & Peterson, M. F. (1997). International perspectives on international leadership. Leadership Quarterly, 8, 203-231.

    Hunter, J. A., Platow, M. J., Bell, L. M., Kypri, K., & Lewis, C. A. (1997). Intergroup bias and self-evaluation: Domain-specific self-esteem, threats to identity and dimensional importance. British Journal of Social Psychology, 36, 405-426.

    Hurley, J. R. (1997). Interpersonal theory and measures of outcome and emotional climate in 111 personal development groups. Group Dynamics, 1, 86-97.

    Hyman, H. (1942). The psychology of status. Archives of Psychology, 38 (269).

    Hyman, H. M., & Tarrant, C. M. (1975). Aspects of American trial jury history. In R. J. Simon (Ed.), The jury system in America. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

    Iannaccone, L. R. (1994). Why strict churches are strong. American Journal of Sociology, 99, 1180-1211.

    Ickes, W., & Barnes, R. D. (1977). The role of sex and self-monitoring in unstructured dyadic interactions. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 35, 315-330.

    Ickes, W., & Turner, M. (1983). On the social advantages of having an older, opposite-sex sibling: Birth order influence in mixed-sex dyads. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 45, 210-222.

    Ilgen, D. R. (1999). Teams embedded in organizations: Some implications. American Psychologist, 54, 129-139.

    Ilgen, D. R., & Fujii, D. S. (1976). An investigation of the validity of leader behavior descriptions obtained from subordinates. Journal of Applied Psychology, 61, 642-651.

    Ilgen, D. R., Mitchell, T. R., & Fredrickson, J. W. (1981). Poor performances: Supervisors' and subordinates' responses. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 27, 386-410.

    Immelman, A. (2003). Personality in political psychology. In T. Millon, M. J. Lerner, & I. B. Weiner (Eds.), Handbook of psychology: Personality and social psychology (Vol. 5, pp. 599-625). New York: Wiley. Retrieved July 23, 2004, from NetLibrary: http://www.netlibrary.

    Indik, B. P. (1965). Organization size and member participation: Some empirical tests of alternate explanations. Human Relations, 15, 339-350.

    Ingham, A. G., Levinger, G., Graves, J., & Peckham, V. (1974). The Ringelmann effect: Studies of group size and group performance. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 10, 371-384.

    Ingram, R. E., Hayes, A., & Scott, W. (2000). Empirically supported treatments: A critical analysis. C. R. Snyder & R. E. Ingram (Eds.). Handbook of psychological change: Psychotherapy processes & practices for the 21st century (pp. 40-60). New York: Wiley.

    Insko, C. A., Gilmore, R., Drenan, S., Lipsitz, A., Moehle, D., & Thibaut, J. (1983). Trade versus expropriation in open groups: A comparison of two types of social power. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 44, 977-999.

    Insko C. A., Hoyle R. H., Pinkley R. L., Hong G., Slim R., Dalton, G., Lin, Y., Ruffin, P. P., Dardis, G. J., Bernthal, P. R., & Schopler, J. (1988). Individual-group discontinuity: The role of a consensus rule. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 24, 505-519.

    Insko C. A., Pinkley, R. L., Hoyle, R. H., Dalton, B., Hong, G., Slim, R., Landry, P., Holton, B., Ruffin, P. F., & Thibaut, J. (1987). Individual-group discontinuity: The role of intergroup contact. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 23, 250-267.

    Insko, C. A., & Schopler, J. (1972). Experimental social psychology. New York: Academic Press.

    Insko, C. A., & Schopler, J. (1998). Differential distrust of groups and individuals. In C. Sedikides, J. Schopler, & C. A. Insko (Eds.), Intergroup cognition and intergroup behavior (pp. 75-107). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Insko C. A., Schopler, J., Drigotas, S. M., Graetz, K., Kennedy, J., Cox, C., & Bornstein, G., (1993). The role of communication in interindividual-intergroup discontinuity. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 37, 108-138.

    Insko, C. A., Schopler, J., Gaertner, L., Wildschut, T., Kozar, R., Pinter, B., Finkel, E. J., Brazil, D. M., Cecil, C. L., & Montoya, M. R. (2001). Interindividual-intergroup discontinuity reduction through the anticipation of future interaction. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 80, 95-111.

    Insko, C. A., Schopler, J., Graetz, K. A., Drigotas, S. M., Currey, K. P., Smith, S. L., Brazil, D., & Bornstein, G. (1994). Interindividual-intergroup discontinuity in the Prisoner's Dilemma Game. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 38, 87-116.

    Insko, C. A., Schopler, J., Hoyle, R. H., Dardis, G. J., & Graetz, K. A., (1990). Individual-group discontinuity as a function of fear and greed. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 58, 68-79.

    Insko, C. A., Schopler, J., Kennedy, J. F., Dahl, K. R., Graetz, K. A., & Drigotas, S. M. (1992). Individual-group discontinuity from the differing perspectives of Campbell's realistic group conflict theory and Tajfel and Turner's social identity theory. Social Psychology Quarterly, 55, 272-291.

    Insko, C. A., Schopler, J., & Sedikides, C. (1998). Personal control, entitativity, and evolution. In C. Sedikides, J. Schopler, & C. A. Insko (Eds.), Intergroup cognition and intergroup behavior (pp. 109-120). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Inkso, C. A., Thibaut, J. W., Moehle, D., Wilson, M., Diamond, W. D., Gilmore, R., Solomon, M. R., & Lipsitz, A. (1980). Social evolution and the emergence of leadership. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 39, 431-448.

    Isenberg, D. J. (1986). Group polarization: A critical review and meta-analysis. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 50, 1141-1151.

    Iverson, M. A. (1964). Personality impressions of punitive stimulus persons of differential status. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 68, 617-626.

    Jablin, F. M. (1979). Superior-subordinate communication: The state of the art. Psychological Bulletin, 86, 1201-1222.

    Jablin, F. M. (1982). Formal structural characteristics of organizations and superior-subordinate communication. Human Communication Research, 8, 338-347.

    Jackson, J. M. (1987). Social impact theory: A social forces model of influence. In B. Mullen & G. R. Goethals (Eds.), Theories of group behavior (pp. 112-124). New York: Springer-Verlag.

    Jackson, J. M., & Latané, B. (1981). All alone in front of all those people: Stage fright as a function of number and type of co-performances and audience. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 40, 73-85.

    Jackson, J. W., & Smith, E. R. (1999). Conceptualizing social identity: A new framework and evidence for the impact of different dimensions. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 25, 120-135.

    Jackson, S. E. (1992). Team composition in organizational settings: Issues in managing an increasingly diverse workforce. In S. Worchel, S. Wood, & J. A. Simpson (Eds.), Group process and productivity (pp. 138-172). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

    Jackson, S. E., May, K. E., & Whitney, K. (1995). Understanding the dynamics of diversity in decision-making teams. In R. A. Guzzo, E. Salas & Associates (Eds.), Team effectiveness and decision making in organizations (pp. 204-261). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

    Jackson, S. E., & Schuler, R. S. (1995). Understanding human resource management in the context of organizations and their environments. Annual Review of Psychology, 46, 237-264.

     

    Jacobs, A. (1974). The use of feedback in groups. In A. Jacobs & W. W. Spradlin (Eds.), Group as an agent of change. New York: Behavioral Publications.

    Jacobs, D., & O'Brien, R. M. (1998). The determinants of deadly force: A structural analysis of police violence. American Journal of Sociology, 103, 837-862.

    Jacobs, G. A., Quevillon, R. P., & Stricherz, M. (1990). Lessons from the aftermath of Flight 232: Practical considerations for the mental health profession's response to air disasters. American Psychologist, 45, 1329-1335.

    Jacobs, M. K., & Goodman, G. (1989). Psychology and self-help groups: Predictions on a partnership. American Psychologist, 44, 536-545.

    Jacobs, R. C., & Campbell, D. T. (1961). The perpetuation of an arbitrary tradition through several generations of a laboratory microculture. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 62, 649-658.

    Jago, A. G. (1978). Configural cue utilization in implicit models of leader behavior. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 22, 474-496.

    James, J. (1951). A preliminary study of the size determinant in small group interaction. American Sociological Review, 16, 474- 477.

    James, J. (1953). The distribution of free-forming small group size. American Sociological Review, 18, 569-570.

    James, R. (1959). Status and competency of jurors. American Journal of Sociology, 64, 563-570.

    Janis, I. L. (1972). Victims of groupthink. Boston: Houghton-Mifflin.

    Janis, I. L. (1982). Groupthink: Psychological studies of policy decisions and fiascos (2nd ed.). Boston: Houghton Mifflin.

    Janis, I. L. (1983). Groupthink. In H. H. Blumberg, A. P. Hare, V. Kent, & M. F. Davis (Eds.), Small groups and social interaction (Vol. 2, pp. 39-46). New York: Wiley.

    Janis, I. L. (1985). International crisis management in the nuclear age. Applied Social Psychology Annual, 6, 63-86.

    Janis, I. L. (1989). Crucial decisions: Leadership in policy making and crisis management. New York: Free Press.

    Janis, I. L., & Mann, L. (1977). Decision making: A psychological analysis of conflict, choice, and commitment. New York: Free Press.

    Jankowski, M. S. (1991). Islands in the street: Gangs and American urban society. Berkeley: University of California Press.

    Jarboe, S. C., & Witteman, H. R. (1996). Intragroup conflict management in task-oriented groups: The influence of problem sources and problem analyses. Small Group Research, 27, 316-338.

    Jehn, K. A. (1994). Enhancing effectiveness: An investigation of advantages and disadvantages of value-based intragroup conflict. International Journal of Conflict Management, 5, 223-238.

    Jehn, K. A. (1995). A multimethod examination of the benefits and detriments of intragroup conflict. Administrative Science Quarterly, 40, 256-282.

    Jehn, K. A., & Mannix, E. A. (2001). The dynamic nature of conflict: A longitudinal study of intragroup conflict and group performance. Academy of Management Journal, 44, 238-251.

    Jehn, K. A., & Shaw, P. P. (1997). Interpersonal relationships and task performance: An examination of mediating processes in friendship and acquaintance groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 775-790.

    Jetten, J., Branscombe, N.R., Spears, R., & McKimmie, B. (2003). Predicting the paths of peripherals: The interaction of identification and future possibilities. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 29, 130-140.

    Jetten, J., & Spears, R. (2004). The divisive potential of differences and similarities: The role of intergroup distinctiveness in intergroup differentiation. European Review of Social Psychology, 14, 203-241.

    Jetten, J., Spears, R., & Manstead, A. S. R. (1996). Intergroup norms and intergroup discrimination: Distinctive self-categorization and social identity effects. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 71, 1222-1233.

    Jetten, J., Spears, R., & Manstead, A. S. R. (1997). Strength of identification and intergroup differentiation: The influence of group norms. European Journal of Social Psychology, 27, 603-609.

    Jetten, J., Spears, R., & Postmes, T. (2004). Intergroup distinctiveness and differentiation: A meta-analytic integration. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 86, 862-879.

    Jimerson, J. B. (1999). "Who has next?" The symbolic, rational, and methodical use of norms in pickup basketball. Social Psychology Quarterly, 62, 136-156.

    Johnson, A. G. (1995). The Blackwell dictionary of sociology: A user's guide to sociological language. Malden, MA: Blackwell.

    Johnson, C. (1974). Planning for termination of the group. In P. Glasser, R. Sarri, & R. Vinter (Eds.), Individual change through small groups (pp. 258-265). New York: The Free Press.

    Johnson, D. W., & Johnson, R. T. (1989). Cooperation and competition: Theory and research. Edina, MN: Interaction Book Company.

    Johnson, D. W., & Johnson, R. T. (1999). Promoting safe educational and community environments. In A. J. Reynolds, H. J.Walberg, & R. P. Weissberg (Eds.), Promoting positive outcomes (pp. 161-196). Washington, DC: Child Welfare League of America.

    Johnson, D. W., & Johnson, R. T. (2003). Field testing integrative negotiations. Peace & Conflict: Journal of Peace Psychology, 9, 39-68.

    Johnson, D. W., Johnson, R. T., & Maruyama, G. (1984). Goal interdependence and interpersonal attraction in heterogeneous classrooms: A meta-nalysis. In N. Miller & M. Brewer (Eds.), Groups in contact: The psychology of desegregation (pp. 187-212). New York: Academic Press.

    Johnson, D. W., Johnson, R. T., & Tjosvold, D. (2000). Constructive controversy: The value of intellectual opposition. In M. Deutsch & P. T. Coleman (Eds.), The handbook of conflict resolution: Theory and practice (pp. 65-85). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

    Johnson, D. W., Maruyama, G., Johnson, R., Nelson, D., & Skon, L. (1981). Effects of cooperative, competitive, and individualistic goal structures on achievement: A meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 89, 47-62.

    Johnson, F. (1988). Encounter group therapy. In S. Long (Ed.), Six group therapies (pp. 115-158). New York: Plenum.

    Johnson, N. R. (1987). Panic at "The Who concert stampede": An empirical assessment. Social Problems, 34, 362-373.

    Johnson, R. D., & Downing, L. L. (1979). Deindividuation and valence of cues: Effects on prosocial and antisocial behavior. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 37, 1532-1538.

    Jones, D. (2003, January 27). Few women hold top executive jobs, even when CEOs are female. USA Today. Retrieved February 3, 2004 from USA Today Web site: http://www.usatoday.com/money/jobcenter/2003-01-26-womenceos_x.htm

    Jones, E. S., Gallois, C., Callan, V. J., & Barker, M. (1995). Language and power in an academic context: The effects of status, ethnicity, and sex. Journal of Language & Social Psychology, 14, 434-461.

    Jones, M. B. (1974). Regressing group on individual effectiveness. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 11, 426-451.

    Jones, S. C. (1973). Self- and interpersonal evaluations: Esteem theories versus consistency theories. Psychological Bulletin, 79, 185-199.

    Jones, W. H., & Carver, M. D. (1991). Adjustment and coping implications of loneliness. In C. R. Snyder & D. R. Forsyth (Eds.), Handbook of social and clinical psychology: The health perspective (pp. 395-415). New York: Pergamon.

    Josephs, R. A., Markus, H. R., & Tafarodi, R. W. (1992). Gender and self-esteem. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 63, 391-402.

    Jourard, S. (1971). Self-disclosure: An experimental analysis of the transparent self. New York: Wiley.

    Judd, C. M., & McClelland, G. H. (1998). Measurement. In D. T. Gilbert, S. T. Fiske, & G. Lindzey (Eds.), The handbook of social psychology (4th ed., Vol. 1, pp. 180-232). New York: McGraw-Hill.

    Judge, T. A., Bono, J. E., Ilies, R., & Gerhardt, M. W. (2002). Personality and leadership: A qualitative and quantitative review. Journal of Applied Psychology, 87, 765-780.

    Jung, C. G. (1924). Psychological types, or the psychology of individuation (H. G. Baynes, Trans.). New York: Harcourt, Brace & World.

    Jung, D. I., & Sosik, J. J. (2002). Transformational leadership in work groups: The role of empowerment, cohesiveness, and collective-efficacy on perceived group performance. Small Group Research, 33, 313-336.

    Kacmar, K. M., Witt, L. A., Zivnuska, S., & Gully, S. M. (2003). The interactive effect of leader-member exchange and communication frequency on performance ratings. Journal of Applied Psychology, 88, 764-772.

    Kagan, J., Snidman, N., & Arcus, D. M. (1992). Initial reactions to unfamiliarity. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 1, 171-174.

    Kagitcibasi, C. (1997). Individualism and collectivism. In J. W. Berry, M. H. Segall, & C. Kagitcibasi (Eds.), Handbook of cross-cultural psychology: Social behavior and applications (Vol. 3, pp. 1–49). Boston: Allyn & Bacon.

    Kahn, A., Hottes, J., & Davis, W. L. (1971). Cooperation and optimal responding in the Prisoner's Dilemma Game: Effects of sex and physical attractiveness. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 17, 267-279.

    Kahn, R. (1973). The boys of summer. New York: HarperCollins.

    Kahn, R. L., Wolfe, D. M., Quinn, R. P., Snoek, J. D., & Rosenthal, R. A. (1964). Organizational stress: Studies in role conflict and ambiguity. New York: Wiley.

    Kalven, H., Jr., & Zeisel, H. (1966). The American jury. Boston: Little, Brown.

    Kamarck, T. W., Manuck, S. B., & Jennings, J. R. (1990). Social support reduces cardiovascular reactivity to psychological challenge: A laboratory model. Psychosomatic Medicine, 52, 42-58.

    Kameda, T. (1994). Group decision making and social sharedness. Japanese Psychological Review, 37, 367-385.

    Kameda, T. (1996). Procedural influence in consensus formation: Evaluating group decision making from a social choice perspective. In E. Witte & J. Davis (Eds.), Understanding group behavior: Consensual action by small groups (Vol. 1, pp. 137-161). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Kameda, T., Stasson, M. F., Davis, J. H., Parks, C. D., & Zimmerman, S. K. (1992). Social dilemmas, subgroups, and motivation loss in task-oriented groups: In search of an "optimal" team size in division of work. Social Psychology Quarterly, 55, 47-56.

    Kameda, T., & Sugimori, S. (1993). Psychological entrapment in group decision making: An assigned decision rule and a groupthink phenomenon. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 65, 282-292.

    Kameda, T., & Sugimori, S. (1995). Procedural influence in two-step group decision making: Power of local majorities in consensus formation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 69, 865-876.

    Kameda, T., Takezawa, M., Tindale, R. S., & Smith, C. M. (2002). Social sharing and risk reduction: Exploring a computational algorithm for the psychology of windfall gains. Evolution and Human Behavior, 23, 11-33.

    Kampmeier, C., & Simon, B. (2001). Individuality and group formation: The role of independence and differentiation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81, 448-462.

    Kanagawa, C., Cross, S. E., & Markus, H. R. (2001). "Who am I?" The cultural psychology of the conceptual self. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 27, 90-103.

    Kanas, N. (1999). Group therapy with schizophrenic and bipolar patients. In V. L. Schermer and M. Pines (Eds.), Group psychotherapy of the psychoses: Concepts, interventions and contexts (pp. 129 - 147). London: Jessica Kingsley.

    Kandel, D. B. (1978). Similarity in real-life adolescent friendship pairs. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 36, 306-312.

    Kanter, R. M. (1977). Some effects of proportions on group life: Skewed sex ratios and responses to token women. American Journal of Sociology, 82, 465-490.

    Kanzer, M. (1983). Freud: The first psychoanalytic group leader. In H. I. Kaplan & B. J. Sadock (Eds.), Comprehensive group psychotherapy (2nd. ed., pp. 8-14). Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.

    Kaplan, K. J., Firestone, I. J., Klein, K. W., & Sodikoff, C. (1983). Distancing in dyads: A comparison of four models. Social Psychology Quarterly, 46, 108-115.

    Kaplan, M. F. (1982). Cognitive processes in the individual juror. In N. L. Kerr & R. M. Bray (Eds.), Psychology of the courtroom (pp. 197-220). New York: Academic Press.

    Kaplan, M. F., & Miller, C. E. (1983). Group discussion and judgment. In P. B. Paulus (Ed.), Basic group processes (pp. 65-94). New York: Springer-Verlag.

    Kaplan, M. F., & Miller, C. E. (1987). Group decision making and normative versus informational influence: Effects of type of issue and assigned decision rule. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 53, 306-313.

    Kaplan, R. E. (1979). The conspicuous absence of evidence that process consultation enhances task performance. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 15, 346-360.

    Kaplan, R., & Kaplan, S. (1989). The experience of nature: A psychological perspective. New York: Cambridge University Press.

    Kaplowitz, S. A. (1978). Towards a systematic theory of power attribution. Social Psychology, 41, 131-148.

    Kapos, M. (1995). The impressionists and their legacy. New York: Barnes & Noble.

    Karau, S. J., & Kelly, J. R. (1992). The effects of time scarcity and time abundance on group performance quality and interaction process. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 28, 542-571.

    Karau, S. J., & Williams, K. D. (1993). Social loafing: A meta-analytic review and theoretical integration. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 65, 681-706.

    Kashima, Y., Yamaguchi, S., Kim, U., Choi, S., Gelgand, M. J., & Yuki, M. (1995). Culture, gender, and self: A perspective from individualism-collectivism research. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 69, 925-937.

    Katz, A. H. (1993). Self-help in America: A social movement perspective. New York: Twayne Publishers.

    Katz, D., & Kahn, R. L. (1978). The social psychology of organizations (2nd ed.). New York: Wiley.

    Katz, R. (1977). The influence of group conflict on leadership effectiveness. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 20, 265-286.

    Katz, R., & Tushman, M. (1979). Communication patterns, project performance, and task characteristics: An empirical evaluation and integration in an R & D setting. Organization Behavior and Group Performance, 23, 139-162.

    Kaul, T. J., & Bednar, R. L. (1986). Experiential group research: Results, questions, and suggestions. In S. L. Garfield & A. E. Bergin (Eds.), Handbook of psychotherapy and behavior change (3rd ed., pp. 671-714). New York: Wiley.

    Keller, E., & Berry, J. (2003). The influentials: One American in ten tells the other nine how to vote, where to eat, and what to buy. New York: Free Press.

    Kelley, H. H. (1952). Two functions of reference groups. In G. E. Swanson, T. M. Newcomb, & E. L. Hartley (Eds.), Readings in social psychology (2nd ed.). New York: Holt.

    Kelley, H. H. (1979). Personal relationships: Their structures and processes. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Kelley, H. H., & Stahelski, A. J. (1970a). Errors in perceptions of intentions in a mixed-motive game. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 6, 379-400.

    Kelley, H. H., & Stahelski, A. J. (1970b). Social interaction basis of cooperators' and competitors' beliefs about others. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 16, 66-91.

    Kelley, H. H., & Stahelski, A. J. (1970c). The inference of intentions from moves in the Prisoner's Dilemma Game. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 6, 401-419.

    Kelley, H. H., & Thibaut, J. W. (1978). Interpersonal relations: A theory of interdependence. New York: Wiley.

    Kelley, H. H., Contry, J. C., Dahlke, A. E., & Hill, A. H. (1965). Collective behavior in a simulated panic situation. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 1, 20-54.

    Kelly, J. R. (2001). Mood and emotion in groups. In M. A. Hogg & R. S. Tindale (Eds.), Blackwell handbook of social psychology: Group processes (pp. 164-181). Malden, MA: Blackwell.

    Kelly, J. R., Futoran, G. C., & McGrath, J. E. (1990). Capacity and capability: Seven studies of entrainment of task performance rates. Small Group Research, 21, 283-314.

    Kelly, J. R., & Karau, S. J. (1993). Entrainment of creativity in small groups. Small Group Research, 24, 179-198.

    Kelly, J. R., & Karau, S. J. (1999). Group decision making: The effects of initial preferences and time pressure. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 25, 1342-1354.

    Kelman, H. C. (1958). Compliance, identification, and internalization: Three processes of attitude change. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 2, 51-60.

    Kelman, H. C. (1961). Processes of opinion change. Public Opinion Quarterly, 25, 57-78.

    Kelman, H. C. (1992). Informal mediation by the scholar/practitioner. In J. Bercovitch & J. Rubin (Eds.), Mediation in international relations: Multiple approaches to conflict management (pp. 64-96). New York: St. Martin's Press.

    Kelman, H. C., & Hamilton, V. L. (1989). Crimes of obedience: Toward a social psychology of authority and responsibility. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.

    Keltner, D., Gruenfeld, D. H., & Anderson, C. (2003). Power, approach, and inhibition. Psychological Review, 110, 265-284.

    Keltner, D., Young, R. C., Heerey, E. A., Oemig, C., & Monarch, N. D. (1998). Teasing in hierarchical and intimate relations. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 75, 1231-1247.

    Kemery, E. R., Bedeian, A. G., Mossholder, K. W., & Touliatos, J. (1985). Outcomes of role stress: A multisample constructive replication. Academy of Management Review, 28, 363-375.

    Kennedy, R. F. (1969). Thirteen days. New York: Norton.

    Kenney, R. A., Schwartz-Kenney, B. M., & Blascovich, J. (1996). Implicit leadership theories: Defining leaders described as worthy of influence. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 22, 1128-1143.

    Kenny, D. A., Horner, C., Kashy, D. A., & Chu, L. (1992). Consensus at zero acquaintance: Replication, behavioral cues, and stability. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 62, 88-97.

    Kenny, D. A., Kashy, D. A., & Bolger, N. (1998). Data analysis in social psychology. In D. T. Gilbert, S. T. Fiske, & G. Lindzey (Eds.), The handbook of social psychology (4th ed., Vol. 1, pp. 233-265). New York: McGraw-Hill.

    Kenny, D. A., Kieffer, S. C., Smith, J. A., Ceplenski, P., & Kulo, J. (1996). Circumscribed accuracy among well-acquainted individuals. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 32, 1-12.

    Kenny, D. A., & Zaccaro, S. J. (1983). An estimate of variance due to traits in leadership. Journal of Applied Psychology, 68, 678-685.

    Kent, S. (1991). Partitioning space: Cross-cultural factors influencing domestic spatial segmentation. Environment and Behavior, 23, 438-473.

    Kerckhoff, A. C., & Back, K. W. (1968). The June Bug: A study of hysterical contagion. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts.

    Kerckhoff, A. C., Back, K. W., & Miller, N. (1965). Sociometric patterns in hysterical contagion. Sociometry, 28, 2-15.

    Kerckhoff, A. C., & Davis, K. E. (1962). Value consensus and need complementarity in mate selection. American Sociological Review, 27, 295-303.

    Kerr, N. L. (1983). Motivation losses in small groups: A social dilemma analysis. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 45, 819-828.

    Kerr, N. L. (1995). Norms in social dilemmas. In D. A. Schroeder (Ed.), Social dilemmas: Perspectives on individuals and groups (pp. 31-48). Westport, CT: Praeger.

    Kerr, N. L. (2001). Is it what one says of how one says it? Style vs. substance from an SDS perspective. In C. K. W. De Dreu & N. K. De Vries (Eds.). Group consensus and minority influence: Implications for innovation (pp. 201-228). Malden, MA: Blackwell Publishers.

    Kerr, N. L., Aronoff, J., & Messé, L. A. (2000). Methods of small group research. In H. T. Reis & C. M. Judd (Eds.), Handbook of research methods in social and personality psychology (pp. 160-189). New York: Cambridge University Press.

    Kerr, N. L., Atkin, R. S., Stasser, G., Meek, D., Holt, R. W., & Davis, J. H. (1976). Guilt beyond a reasonable doubt: Effect of concept definition and assigned decision rule on the judgments of mock jurors. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 34, 282-294.

    Kerr, N. L., & Bruun, S. E. (1981). Ringelmann revisited: Alternative explanations for the social loafing effect. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 7, 224-231.

    Kerr, N. L., & Bruun, S. E. (1983). Dispensability of member effort and group motivation losses: Free-rider effects. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 44, 78-94.

    Kerr, N. L., & Huang, J. Y. (1986). Jury verdicts: How much difference does one juror make? Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 12, 325-343.

    Kerr, N. L., & Kaufman-Gilliland, C. M. (1994). Communication, commitment, and cooperation in social dilemmas. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 66, 513-529.

    Kerr, N. L., & MacCoun, R. J. (1985). The effects of jury size and polling method on the process and product of jury deliberation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 48, 349-363.

    Kerr, N. L., MacCoun, R. J., & Kramer, G. P. (1996a). Bias in judgment: Comparing individuals and groups. Psychological Review, 103, 687-719.

    Kerr, N. L., MacCoun, R. J., & Kramer, G. P. (1996b). "When are N heads better (or worse) than one?": Biased judgment in individuals and groups. In E. H. Witte & J. H. Davis (Eds.), Understanding group behavior: Consensual action by small groups (Vol. 1, pp.105-136). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Kerr, N. L., & Tindale, R. S. (2004). Group performance and decision making. Annual Review of Psychology, 55, 623-655.

    Kerr, S., & Jermier, J. M. (1978). Substitutes for leadership: Their meaning and measurement. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 22, 375-403.

    Kerr, S., Schriesheim, C. A., Murphy, C. J., & Stogdill, R. M. (1974). Toward a contingency theory of leadership based upon the consideration and initiating structure literature. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 12, 62-82.

    Kessler, T., & Mummendey, A. (2001). Is there any scapegoat around? Determinants of intergroup conflicts at different categorization levels. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81, 1090-1102.

    Keyton, J. (2002). Communicating in groups: Building relationships for effective decision making. New York: McGraw-Hill.

    Kiesler, C. A., Corbin, L. H. (1965). Commitment, attraction, and conformity. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 2, 890-895.

    Kiesler, C. A., & Kiesler, S. B. (1976). Conformity (2nd ed.). Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

    Kiesler, C. A., & Zanna, M., Desalvo, J. (1966). Deviation and conformity: Opinion change as a function of commitment, attraction, and presence of a deviate. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 3, 458-467.

    Kiesler, D. J. (1991). Interpersonal methods of assessment and diagnosis. In C. R. Snyder & D. R. Forsyth (Eds.), Handbook of social and clinical psychology: The health perspective (pp. 438-468). New York: Pergamon.

    Kiesler, S., Siegel, J., & McGuire, T. W. (1984). Social psychological aspects of computer-mediated communication. American Psychologist, 39, 1123-1134.

    Kiesler, S., Sproull, L., & Waters, K. (1996). A prisoner's dilemma experiment on cooperation with people and human-like computers. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 70, 47-65.

    Kilham, W., & Mann, L. (1974). Level of destructive obedience as a function of transmitter and executant roles in the Milgram obedience paradigm. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 29, 696-702.

    Kilmartin, C. T. (1994). The masculine self. New York: Macmillan.

    Kim, H., & Markus, H. R. (1999). Deviance or uniqueness, harmony or conformity? A cultural analysis. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 77, 785-800.

    Kim, K., & Bonk, C. J. (2002). Cross-cultural comparisons of online collaboration. Journal of Computer-Mediated Communication, 8. Retrieved August 28, 2004, from the Annenberg School for Communication, University of Southern California website. http://www.ascusc.org/jcmc/vol8/issue1/kimandbonk.html

    King, G. A., & Sorrentino, R. M. (1983). Psychological dimensions of goal-oriented interpersonal situations. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 44, 140-162.

    King, L. A. (2004). Measures and meaning: The use of qualitative data in social and personality psychology. In C. Sansone, C. C. Morf, & A. T. Panter (Eds.), The Sage handbook of methods in social psychology (pp. 173-194). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

    King, L. A., & King, D. W. (1990). Role conflict and role ambiguity: A critical assessment of construct validity. Psychological Bulletin, 107, 48-64.

    Kipnis, D. (1974). The powerholders. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

    Kipnis, D. (1984). The use of power in organizations and in interpersonal settings. Applied Social Psychology Annual, 5, 179-210).

    Kipnis, D., Castell, P. J., Gergen, M., & Mauch, D. (1976). Metamorphic effects of power. Journal of Applied Psychology, 61, 127-135.

    Kipnis, D., & Consentino, J. (1969). Use of leadership powers in industry. Journal of Applied Psychology, 53, 460-466.

    Kipper, D. A., Ritchie, T. D. (2003). The effectiveness of psychodramatic techniques: A meta-analysis. Group Dynamics, 7, 13-25.

    Kirkpatrick, L. A., & Shaver, P. (1988). Fear and affiliation reconsidered from a stress and coping perspective: The importance of cognitive clarity and fear reduction. Journal of Social and Clinical Psychology, 7, 214-233.

    Kirkpatrick, S. A., & Locke, E. A. (1991). Leadership: Do traits matter? Academy of Management Executive, 5(2), 48-60.

    Kirshner, B. J., Dies, R. R., & Brown, R. A. (1978). Effects of experimental manipulation of self-disclosure on group cohesiveness. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 46, 1171-1177.

     Kitayama, S. (2002). Culture and basic psychological theory—Toward a system view of culture: Comment on Oyserman et al. (2002). Psychological Bulletin, 128, 89-96.

    Kivlighan, D. M., Jr. (1985). Feedback in group psychotherapy: Review and implications. Small Group Behavior, 16, 373-386.

    Kivlighan, D. M., Jr. (1997). Leader behavior and therapeutic gain: An application of situational leadership theory. Group Dynamics, 1, 32-38.

    Kivlighan, D. M., Jr., & Goldfine, D. C. (1991). Endorsement of therapeutic factors as a function of stage of group development and participant interpersonal attitudes. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 38, 150-158.

    Kivlighan, D. M., Jr., McGovern, T.V., & Corazzini, J. G. (1984). Effects of content and timing of structuring interventions on group therapy process and outcome. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 31, 363-370.

    Kivlighan, D. M., Jr., & Mullison, D. (1988). Participants' perception of therapeutic factors in group counseling: The role of interpersonal style and stage of group development. Small Group Behavior, 19, 452-468.

    Kivlighan, D. M., Jr., Multon, K. D., & Brossart, D. F. (1996). Helpful impacts in group counseling: Development of a multidimensional rating system. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 43, 347-355.

    Kivlighan, D. M., Jr., & Tarrant, J. M. (2001). Does group climate mediate the group leadership-group member outcome relationship?: A test of Yalom's hypotheses about leadership priorities. Group Dynamics, 5, 220-234.

    Klausner, E. J., Snyder, C. R., & Cheavens, J. (2000). A hope-based group treatment for depressed older adult outpatients. In G. M. Williamson, D. R. Shaffer, P. A. Parmelee (Eds.), Physical illness and depression in older adults: A handbook of theory, research, and practice (pp. 295-310). Dordrecht, Netherlands: Kluwer Academic.

    Klein, K. J., Conn, A. B., Smith, D. B., & Sorra, J. S. (2001). Is everyone in agreement? An exploration of within-group agreement in employee perceptions of the work environment. Journal of Applied Psychology, 86, 3-16.

    Kleinpenning, G., & Hagendoorn, L. (1993). Forms of racism and the cumulative dimension of ethnic attitudes. Social Psychology Quarterly, 56, 21-36.

    Klenke, K. (1996). Women and leadership: A contextual perspective. NY: Springer.

    Klimoski, R., & Mohammed, S. (1994). Team mental model: Construct or metaphor? Journal of Management, 20, 403-437.

    Knight, G. P., & Dubro, A. F. (1984). Cooperative, competitive, and individualistic social values: An individualized regression and clustering approach. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 46, 98-105.

    Knight, H. C. (1921). A comparison of the reliability of group and individual judgment. Unpublished master's thesis. New York: Columbia University.

    Knowles, E. S. (1973). Boundaries around group interaction: The effect of group size and member status on boundary permeability. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 26, 327-331.

    Knowles, E. S. (1980). An affiliative conflict theory of personal and group spatial behavior. In P. B. Paulus (Ed.), Psychology of group influence (pp. 133-188). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Knowles, E. S., & Bassett, R. L. (1976). Groups and crowds as social entities: The effects of activity, size, and member similarity on nonmembers. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 34, 837-845.

    Knowles, E. S., & Brickner, M. A. (1981). Social cohesion effects on spatial cohesion. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 7, 309-313.

    Knowles, E. S., Condon, C. A. (1999). Why people say "yes": A dual-process theory of acquiescence. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 77, 379-386.

    Knowles, E. S., Kreuser, B., Haas, S., Hyde, M., & Schuchart, G. E. (1976). Group size and the extension of social space boundaries. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 33, 647-654.

    Kochan, T. A., Schmidt, S. M., & DeCotiis, T. A. (1975). Superior-subordinate relations: Leadership and headship. Human Relations, 28, 279-294.

    Köhler, O. (1926). Kraftleistungen bei Einzel- und Gruppenarbeit. Industrielle Psychotechnik, 3, 274-282.

    Kolb, D. M., & Williams, J. (2003). Everyday negotiation: Navigating the hidden agendas in bargaining. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass.

    Komorita, S. S., Hilty, J. A., & Parks, C. D. (1991). Reciprocity and cooperation in social dilemmas. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 35, 494-518.

    Komorita, S. S., & Parks, C. D. (1994). Social dilemmas. Dubuque, IA: Brown & Benchmark.

    Komorita, S. S., Parks, C. D., & Hulbert, L. G. (1992). Reciprocity and the induction of cooperation in social dilemmas. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 62, 607-617.

    Korda, M. (1975). Power! How to get it, how to use it. New York: Ballantine.

    Kounin, J. S. (1970). Discipline and group management in classrooms. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.

    Kounin, J. S., & Gump, P. V. (1958). The ripple effect in discipline. Elementary School Journal, 59, 158-162.

    Kowalski, R. M. (1996). Complaints and complaining: Functions, antecedents, and consequences. Psychological Bulletin, 119, 179-196.

    Kowalski, R. M., & Wolfe, R. (1994). Collective identity orientation, patriotism, and reactions to national outcomes. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 20, 533-540.

    Kowert, P. A. (2002). Groupthink or deadlock: When do leaders learn from their advisors? Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.

    Kozlowski, S. W. J., & Bell, B. S. (2003). Work groups and teams in organizations. In W. C. Borman, D. R. Ilgen, R. J. Klimoski, & I. B. Weiner (Eds.), Handbook of Psychology: Industrial and organizational psychology (Vol. 12, pp. 333-376). New York: Wiley.

    Krackhardt, D. (2003). KrackPlot: a social network visualization program. Retrieved August 23, 2004 from Carnegie Mellon University website. http://www.andrew.cmu.edu/user/krack/krackplot/krackindex.html.

    Krackhardt, D., & Kilduff, M. (1999). Whether close or far: Social distance effects on perceived balance in friendship networks. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 76, 770-782.

    Krackhardt, D., & Porter, L. W. (1986). The snowball effect: Turnover embedded in communication networks. Journal of Applied Psychology, 71, 50-55.

    Krakauer, J. (1997). Into thin air. New York: Random House.

    Kramer, M. W., Kuo, C. L., & Dailey, J. C. (1997). The impact of brainstorming techniques on subsequent group processes: Beyond generating ideas. Small Group Research, 28, 218-242.

    Kramer, R. M. (1998). Paranoid cognition in social systems: Thinking and acting in the shadow of doubt. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 2, 251-275.

    Kraus, L. A., Davis, M. H., Bazzini, D. G., Church, M., & Kirchman, C. M. (1993). Personal and social influences on loneliness: The mediating effect of social provisions. Social Psychology Quarterly, 56, 37-53.

    Krause, C. A. (1978). Guyana massacre: The eyewitness account. New York: Berkley.

    Krauss, R. M., & Chiu, C. (1998). Language and social behavior. In D. T. Gilbert, S. T. Fiske, & G. Lindzey (Eds.), The handbook of social psychology (4th ed., Vol. 2, pp. 41-88). New York: McGraw-Hill.

    Krauss, R. M., & Morsella, E. (2000). Communication and conflict. In M. Deutsch & P. T. Coleman (Eds.), The handbook of conflict resolution: Theory and practice (pp. 131-143). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

    Kraut, R. E., Egido, C., & Galegher, J. (1990). Patterns of contact and communication in scientific research collaboration. In J. Galegher, R. E. Kraut, & C. Egido (Eds.), Intellectual teamwork: Social and technological foundations of cooperative work (pp. 149-171). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Kravitz, D. A., Cohen, J. L., Martin, B., Sweeney, J., McCarty, J., Elliott, E., & Goldstein, P. (1978). Humans would do better without other humans. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 4, 559-560.

    Kravitz, D. A., & Martin, B. (1986). Ringelmann rediscovered: The original article. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 50, 936-941.

    Kressel, K. (2000). Mediation. In M. Deutsch & P. T. Coleman (Eds.), The handbook of conflict resolution: Theory and practice (pp. 522-545). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

    Krueger, J. (2000). The projective perception of the social world: A building block of social comparison processes. In J. Suls & L. Wheeler (Eds.), Handbook of social comparison: Theory and research (pp. 323-351). New York: Kluwer Academic.

    Krueger, J., & Clement, R. W. (1997). Estimates of social consensus by majorities and minorities: The case for social projection. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 1, 299-312.

    Kruglanski, A. W., & Webster, D. M. (1991). Group members' reactions to opinion deviates and conformists at varying degrees of proximity to decision deadline and of environmental noise. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 61, 212-225.

    Kruglanski, A. W., Shah, J. Y., Pierro, A., & Mannetti, L. (2002). When similarity breeds content: Need for closure and the allure of homogeneous and self-resembling groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83, 648-662.

     Kuhn, T. S. (1970). The structure of scientific revolutions (2nd ed., enlarged). Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

    Kulic, K. R., Horne, A. M., & Dagley, J. C. (2004). A comprehensive review of prevention groups for children and adolescents. Group Dynamics, 8, 139-151.

    Kulik, J. A., & Mahler, H. I. M. (1989). Stress and affiliation in a hospital setting: Preoperative roommate preference. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 15, 183-193.

    Kulik, J. A., & Mahler, H. I. M. (2000). Social comparison, affliation, and emotional contagion under threat. In J. Suls & L. Wheeler (Eds.), Handbook of social comparison: Theory and research (pp. 295-320). New York: Kluwer Academic.

    Kulik, J. A., Mahler, H. I. M., & Moore, P. J. (1996). Social comparison and affiliation under threat: Effects on recovery from major surgery. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 71, 967-979.

    Kurland, N. B., & Pelled, L. H. (2000). Passing the word: Toward a model of gossip and power in the workplace. Academy of Management Review, 25, 428-438.

    Kushnir, T. (1984). Social psychological factors associated with the dissolution of dyadic business partnerships. Journal of Social Psychology, 122, 181-188.

    Kuypers, B. C., Davies, D., & Glaser, K. H. (1986). Developmental arrestations in self-analytic groups. Small Group Behavior, 17, 269-302.

    Kuypers, B. C., Davies, D., & Hazewinkel, A. (1986). Developmental patterns in self-analytic groups. Human Relations, 39, 793-815.

    Kwan, V. S. Y., Bond, M. H., Boucher, H. C., Maslach, C., & Gan, Y. (2002). The construct of individuation: More complex in collectivist than in individualist cultures. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 300-310.

    La Gaipa, J. J. (1977). Interpersonal attraction and social exchange. In S. Duck (Ed.), Theory and practice in interpersonal attraction. New York: Academic Press.

    LaBarge, E., Von Dras, D., & Wingbermuehle, C. (1998). An analysis of themes and feelings from a support group for people with Alzheimer's disease. Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training, 35, 537-544.

    Lacoursiere, R. B. (1980). The life cycle of groups. New York: Human Sciences Press.

    LaFrance, M. (1985). Postural mirroring and intergroup relations. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 11, 207-217.

    Laing, R. D. (1960). The divided self. London: Tavistock.

    Lakin, M. (1972). Experiential groups: The uses of interpersonal encounter, psychotherapy groups, and sensitivity training. Morristown, N.J.: General Learning Press.

    Lal Goel, M. (1980). Conventional political participation. In D. H. Smith, J. Macaulay, & Associates (Eds.), Participation in social and political activities: A comprehensive analysis of political involvement, expressive leisure time, and helping behavior (pp. 108-132). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

    Lalonde, R. N. (1992). The dynamics of group differentiation in the face of defeat. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 18, 336-342.

    Lam, S. K., & Schaubroeck, J. (2000). Improving group decisions by better pooling information: A comparative advantage of group decision support systems. Journal of Applied Psychology, 85, 565-573.

    Lambert, A. J., Cronen, S., Chasteen, A. L., & Lickel, B. (1996). Private vs. public expressions of racial prejudice. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 32, 437-459.

    Lambert, A. J., Payne, B. K., Jacoby, L. L., Shaffer, L. M., Chasteen, A. L., & Khan, S. R. (2003). Stereotypes as dominant responses: On the "social facilitation" of prejudice in anticipated public contexts. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 84, 277-295.

    Lamm, H., & Myers, D. G. (1978). Group-induced polarization of attitudes and behavior. Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 11, 145-195.

    Landau, J. (1995). The relationship of race and gender to managers' ratings of promotion potential. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 16, 391-401.

    Landsberger, H. A. (1958). Hawthorne revisited. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.

    Langfred, C. W. (1998). Is group cohesiveness a double-edged sword? An investigation of the effects of cohesiveness on performance. Small Group Research, 29, 124-143.

    Lanzetta, J. T., & Roby, T. B. (1960). The relationship between certain group process variables and group problem-solving efficiency. Journal of Social Psychology, 52, 135-148.

    LaPiere, R. (1938). Collective behavior. New York: McGraw-Hill.

    Larsen, K. S. (1982). Cultural conditions and conformity: The Asch effect. Bulletin of the British Psychological Society, 35, 347.

    Larson, C. E., & Lafasto, F. M. J. (2001). Teamwork: What must go right/what can go wrong (2nd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

    Larson, J. R., & Christensen, C. (1993). Groups as problem solving units: Toward a new meaning of social cognition. British Journal of Social Psychology, 32, 5-30.

    Larson, J. R., Jr., Christensen, C., & Abbott, A. S., & Franz, T. M. (1996). Diagnosing groups: Charting the flow of information in medical decision-making teams. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 71, 315-330.

    Larson, J. R., Jr., Foster-Fishman, P. G., & Keys, C. B. (1994). The discussion of shared and unshared information in decision-making groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 67, 446-461.

    Larson, L. L., Hunt, J. G., & Osborn, R. N. (1976). The great Hi-Hi leader behavior myth: A lesson from Occam's Razor. Academy of Management Journal, 19, 628.

    Latané, B. (1981). The psychology of social impact. American Psychologist, 36, 343-356.

    Latané, B. (1996). Strength from weakness: The fate of opinion minorities in spatially distributed groups. In E. Witte & J. Davis (Eds.), Understanding group behavior: Consensual action by small groups (Vol. 1, pp. 193-219). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Latané, B. (1997). Dynamic social impact: The societal consequences of human interaction. In C. McGarty & A. Haslam (Eds.), The message of social psychology: Perspectives on mind and society (pp. 200-220). Malden, MA: Blackwell.

    Latané, B., & Bourgeois, M. J. (1996). Experimental evidence for dynamic social impact: The emergence of subcultures in electronic groups. Journal of Communication, 46(4), 35-47.

     Latané, B., & Bourgeois, M. J. (2001). Dynamic social impact and the consolidation, clustering, correlation, and continuing diversity of culture. In M. A. Hogg & R. S. Tindale (Eds.), Blackwell handbook of social psychology: Group processes (pp. 235-258). Malden, MA: Blackwell.

    Latané, B., & Darley, J. M. (1970). The unresponsive bystander: Why doesn't he help? New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts.

    Latané, B., & Nida, S. A. (1981). Ten years of research on group size and helping. Psychological Bulletin, 89, 308-324.

    Latané, B., Williams, K., & Harkins, S. (1979). Many hands make light the work: The causes and consequences of social loafing. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 37, 822-832.

    Latané, B., & Wolf, S. (1981). The social impact of majorities and minorities. Psychological Review, 88, 438-453.

    Latham, G. P., & Baldes, J. J. (1975). The "practical significance" of Locke's theory of goal settings. Journal of Applied Psychology, 60, 122-124.

    LaTour, S. (1978). Determinants of participant and observer satisfaction with adversary and inquisitorial modes of adjudication. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 36, 1531-1545.

    LaTour, S., Houlden, P., Walker, L., & Thibaut, J. (1976). Some determinants of preference for modes of conflict resolution. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 20, 319-356.

    Laughlin, P. R. (1980). Social combination processes of cooperative problem solving groups on verbal intellective tasks. In M. Fishbein (Ed.), Progress in social psychology. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Laughlin, P. R. (1996). Group decision making and collective induction. In E. Witte & J. Davis (Eds.), Understanding group behavior: Consensual action by small groups (Vol. 1, pp. 61-103). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Laughlin, P. R. (1999). Collective induction: Twelve postulates. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 80, 50-69.

    Laughlin, P. R., Bonner, B. L., & Miner, A. G. (2002). Groups perform better than the best individuals on Letters-to-Numbers problems. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 88, 605-620.

    Laughlin, P. R., & Hollingshead, A. B. (1995). A theory of collective induction. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 61, 94-107.

    Laughlin, P. R., Zander, M. L., Knievel, E. M., & Tan, T. K. (2003). Groups perform better than the best individuals on letters-to-numbers problems: Informative equations and effective strategies. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 85, 684-694.

    Lawler, E. J. (1975). An experimental study of factors affecting the mobilization of revolutionary coalitions. Sociometry, 38, 163-179.

    Lawler, E. J., Ford, R. S., & Blegen, M. A. (1988). Coercive capability in conflict: A test of bilateral deterrence versus conflict spiral theory. Social Psychology Quarterly, 51, 93-107.

    Lawler, E. J., & Thompson, M. E. (1978). Impact of a leader's responsibility for inequity on subordinate revolts. Social Psychology Quarterly, 41, 264-268.

    Lawler, E. J., & Thompson, M. E. (1979). Subordinate response to a leader's cooptation strategy as a function of type of coalition power. Representative Research in Social Psychology, 9, 69-80.

    Lawler, E. J., & Yoon, J. (1996). Commitment in exchange relations: Test of a theory of relational cohesion. American Sociological Review, 61, 89-108.

    Lawrence, B. S. (1996). Organizational age norms: Why is it so hard to know one when you see one? Gerontologist, 36, 209-220.

    Lawrence, R. J. (2002). Healthy residential environments. In R. B. Bechtel & A. Churchman (Eds.), Handbook of environmental psychology (pp. 394-412). New York: Wiley. Retrieved July 29, 2004, from NetLibrary: http://www.netlibrary.com

    Layne, C. M., Pynoos, R. S., Saltzman, W. R., Arslanagic, B., Black, M., Savjak, N., Popovic, T., Durakovic, E., Mušic, M., Campara, N., Djapo, N., & Houston, R. (2001). Trauma/grief-focused group psychotherapy: School-based postwar intervention with traumatized Bosnian adolescents. Group Dynamics, 5, 277-290.

    Lazarsfeld, P.F., & Merton, R.K. (1954). Friendship as a social process: A substantive and methodological analysis. In M. Berger, T. Abel & C.H. Page (Eds.), Freedom and control in modern society (pp. 18-66). New York: Van Nostrand.

    Le Bon, G. (1960). The crowd: A study of the popular mind [La psychologie des foules]. New York: The Viking Press. (Original work published in 1895)

    Lea, M., & Spears, R. (1991). Computer-mediated communication, de-individuation, and group decision-making. In S. Greenberg (Ed.), Computer-supported cooperative work and groupware (pp. 155-174). New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich.

    Leach, C. W., Spears, R., Branscombe, N. R., & Doosje, B. (2003). Malicious pleasure: Schadenfreude at the suffering of another group. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 84, 932-943.

    Leary, M. R. (1983). Understanding social anxiety. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

    Leary, M. R. (1990). Responses to social exclusion: Social anxiety, jealousy, loneliness, depression, and low self-esteem. Journal of Social and Clinical Psychology, 9, 221-229.

    Leary, M. R. (2001). Shyness and the self: Attentional, motivational, and cognitive self-processes in social anxiety and inhibition. In W. R. Crozier & L. E. Alden (Eds.), International handbook of social anxiety: Concepts, research and interventions relating to the self and shyness (pp. 217-234). New York: Wiley.

    Leary, M. R. & Baumeister, R. F. (2000). The nature and function of self-esteem: Sociometer theory. Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 32, 1-62.

    Leary, M. R., & Forsyth, D. R. (1987). Attributions of responsibility for collective endeavors. Review of Personality and Social Psychology, 8, 167-188.

    Leary, M. R., & Kowalski, R. M. (1995). Social anxiety. New York: Guilford Press.

    Leary, M. R., Rogers, P. A., Canfield, R. W., & Coe, C. (1986). Boredom in interpersonal encounters: Antecedents and social implications. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 51, 968-975.

    Leary, M. R., Tambor, E. S., Terdal, S. K., & Downs, D. L. (1995). Self-esteem as an interpersonal monitor: The sociometer hypothesis. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 68, 518-530.

    Leary, M. R., Wheeler, D. S., Jenkins, T. B. (1986). Aspects of identity and behavioral preferences: Studies of occupational and recreational choice. Social Psychology Quarterly, 49, 11-18.

    Leavitt, H. J. (1951). Some effects of certain communication patterns on group performance. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 46, 38-50.

    Lee, E., & Nass, C. (2002). Experimental tests of normative group influence and representation effects in computer-mediated communication: When interacting via computers differs from interacting with computers. Human Communication Research, 28, 349-381.

    Lee, M. T., & Ofshe, R. (1981). The impact of behavioral style and status characteristics on social influence: A test of two competing theories. Social Psychology Quarterly, 44, 73-82.

    Lee, P. W. H., Leung, P. W. L., Fung, A. S. M., & Low, L. C. K. (1996). An episode of syncope attacks in adolescent schoolgirls: Investigations, intervention and outcome. British Journal of Medical Psychology, 69, 247-257.

    Lee-Chai, A. Y., Bargh, J. A. (Eds.). (2001). The use and abuse of power: Multiple perspectives on the causes of corruption. New York: Psychology Press.

    Leffler, A., Gillespie, D. L., & Conaty, J. C. (1982). The effects of status differentiation on nonverbal behavior. Social Psychology Quarterly, 45, 153-161.

    Leichtentritt, J., & Shechtman, Z. (1998). Therapist, trainee, and child verbal response modes in child group therapy. Group Dynamics, 2, 36-47.

    Leon, G. R. (1991). Individual and group process characteristics of polar expedition teams. Environment and Behavior, 23, 723-748.

    Leonard, W. M., II. (1980). A sociological perspective on sport. Minneapolis: Burgess.

    Lepore, S. J., Evans, G. W., & Schneider, M. L. (1991). Dynamic role of social support in the link between chronic stress and psychological distress. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 61, 899-909.

    Lepsius, M. R. (1986). Charismatic leadership: Max Weber's model and its applicability to the rule of Hitler. In C. F. Graumann & S. Moscovici (Eds.), Changing conceptions of leadership (pp. 53-66). New York: Springer-Verlag.

    Leung, K. (1988). Some determinants of conflict avoidance. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 19, 125-136.

    Leung, K. (1997). Negotiation and reward allocations across cultures. In P. C. Earley & M. Erez (Eds.), New perspectives on international industrial/organizational psychology (pp. 640-675). San Francisco: The New Lexington Press/Jossey-Bass.

    Leventhal, G. S., Karuza, J., & Fry, W. R. (1980). Beyond fairness: A theory of allocation preferences. In G. Mikula (Ed.), Justice and social interaction (pp. 167-218). New York: Springer-Verlag.

    Leventhal, G. S., & Lane, D. W. (1970). Sex, age, and equity behavior. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 15, 312-316.

    Levesque, M. J. (1997). Meta-accuracy among acquainted individuals: A social relations analysis of interpersonal perception and metaperception. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 66-74.

    Levine, D. I., & D'Andrea Tyson, L. (1990). Participation, productivity, and the firm's environment. In A. S. Blinder (Ed.), Paying for productivity (pp. 183-237). Washington, DC: Brookings Institute.

    Levine, J. M. (1980). Reaction to opinion deviance in small groups. In P. B. Paulus (Ed.), Psychology of group influence (pp. 375-429). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Levine, J. M., & Moreland, R. L. (1990). Progress in small group research. Annual Review of Psychology, 41, 585-634.

    Levine, J. M., & Moreland, R. L. (1995). Group processes. In A. Tesser (Ed.), Advanced social psychology (pp. 419-465). New York: McGraw-Hill.

    Levine, J. M., & Moreland, R. L. (1998). Small groups. In D. T. Gilbert, S. T. Fiske, & G. Lindzey (Eds.), The handbook of social psychology (4th ed., Vol. 2, pp. 415-469). New York: McGraw-Hill.

    Levine, J. M., Moreland, R. L., & Choi, H. (2001). Group socialization and newcomer innovation. In M. A. Hogg & R. S. Tindale (Eds.), Blackwell handbook of social psychology: Group processes (pp. 86-106). Malden, MA: Blackwell.

    Levine, J. M., & Russo, E. M. (1987). Majority and minority influence. Review of Personality and Social Psychology, 8, 13-54.

    Levine, J. M., & Thompson, L. (1996). Conflict in groups. In E. T. Higgins, & A. W. Kruglanski (Eds.), Social psychology: Handbook of basic principles (pp. 745-776). New York: Guilford.

    LeVine, R. A., & Campbell, D. T. (1972). Ethnocentrism: Theories of conflict, ethnic attitudes, and group behavior. New York: Wiley.

    Levine, S. (1996, March). The psychobiological consequences of social behavior. Paper presented at the New York Academy of Sciences Conference on the Integrative Neurobiology of Affliation, Washington, DC.

    Levine, S. V. (1984). Radical departures. Psychology Today, 18(8), 21-27.

    Levinger, G., Senn, D. J., & Jorgensen, B. W. (1970). Progress toward permanence in courtship: A test of the Kerckhoff-Davis hypothesis. Sociometry, 33, 427-433.

    Levy, B. (1996). Improving memory in old age through implicit self-stereotyping. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 71, 1092-1107.

    Levy, L. H. (2000). Self-help groups. In J. Rappaport & E. Seidman (Eds.), Handbook of community psychology (pp. 591-613). Dordrecht, Netherlands: Kluwer Academic.

    Lewin, K. (1936). Principles of topological psychology. New York: McGraw-Hill.

    Lewin, K. (1943). Forces behind food habits and methods of change. Bulletin of the National Research Council, 108, 35-65.

    Lewin, K. (1946). Action research and minority problems. Journal of Social Issues, 2(4), 34-46.

    Lewin, K. (1947). Frontiers in group dynamics. Human Relations, 1, 143-153.

    Lewin, K. (1948). Resolving social conflicts: Selected papers on group dynamics. New York: Harper.

    Lewin, K. (1951). Field theory in social science. New York: Harper.

    Lewin, K., Dembo, T., Festinger, L., & Sears, P. S. (1944). Level of aspiration. In J. M. Hunt (Ed.), Personality and the behavior disorders. New York: Ronald.

    Lewin, K., Lippitt, R., & White, R. (1939). Patterns of aggressive behavior in experimentally created "social climates." Journal of Social Psychology, 10, 271-299.

    Lewis, H. S. (1974). Leaders and followers: Some anthropological perspectives. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

    Ley, D., & Cybriwsky, R. (1974a). The spatial ecology of stripped cars. Environment and Behavior, 6, 53-68.

    Ley, D., & Cybriwsky, R. (1974b). Urban graffiti as territorial markers. Annals of the Association of American Geographers, 64, 491-505.

    Leyens, J., & Corneille, O. (1999). Asch's social psychology: Not as social as you may think. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 3, 345-357.

    Leyens, J., Cortes, B., Demoulin, S., Dovidio, J. F., Fiske, S. T., Gaunt, R., Paladino, M., Rodriguez-Perez, A., Rodriguez-Torres, R., & Vaes, J. (2003). Emotional prejudice, essentialism, and nationalism: The 2002 Tajfel Lecture. European Journal of Social Psychology, 33, 703-717.

    Lickel, B., Hamilton, D. L., Wieczorkowska, G., Lewis, A., Sherman, S. J., & Uhles, A. N. (2000). Varieties of groups and the perception of group entitativity. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 78, 223-246.

    Lieberman, M. A. (1993). Self-help groups. In H. I. Kaplan & M. J. Sadock (Eds.), Comprehensive group psychotherapy (3rd. ed., pp. 292-304). Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.

    Lieberman, M. A. (1994). Growth groups in the 1980s: Mental health implications. In A. Fuhriman & G. M. Burlingame (Eds.), Handbook of group psychotherapy (pp. 527-558). New York: Wiley.

    Lieberman, M. A., & Golant, M. (2002). Leader behaviors as perceived by cancer patients in professionally directed support groups and outcomes. Group Dynamics, 6, 267-276.

    Lieberman, M. A., Yalom, I., & Miles, M. (1973). Encounter groups: First facts. New York: Basic Books.

    Liefooghe, A. P. D., & Davey, K. M. (2001). Accounts of workplace bullying: The role of the organization. European Journal of Work and Organizational Psychology, 10, 375-392.

    Liese, B. S., Beck, A. T., & Seaton, K. (2002). The cognitive therapy addictions group. In D. Brook & H. Spitz (Eds.), The group therapy of substance abuse (pp. 37-57). New York: Haworth Press.

    Likert, R. (1967). The human organization. New York: McGraw-Hill.

    Lind, E. A., Kanfer, R., & Earley, P. C. (1990). Voice, control, and procedural justice: Instrumental and noninstrumental concerns in fairness judgments. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 59, 952-959.

    Lindblom, C. E. (1965). The intelligence of democracy. New York: Free Press.

    Lindeman, M. (1997). Ingroup bias, self-enhancement and group identification. European Journal of Social Psychology, 27, 337-355.

    Lindholm, C. (1990). Charisma. Malden, MA: Blackwell.

    Lindskold, S. (1978). Trust development, the GRIT proposal, and the effects of conciliatory acts on conflict and cooperation. Psychological Bulletin, 85, 772-793.

    Lindskold, S. (1979). Conciliation with simultaneous or sequential interaction. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 23, 704-714.

    Lindskold, S. (1986). GRIT: Reducing distrust through carefully introduced conciliation. In S. Worchel & W. G. Austin (Eds.), Psychology of intergroup relations (2nd ed., pp. 305-322). Chicago: Nelson-Hall.

    Lindskold, S., Albert, K. P., Baer, R., & Moore, W. C. (1976). Territorial boundaries of interacting groups and passive audiences. Sociometry, 39, 71-76.

    Lindskold, S., & Aronoff, J. R. (1980). Conciliatory strategies and relative power. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 16, 187-198.

    Lindskold, S., & Finch, M. L. (1982). Anonymity and the resolution of conflicting pressures from the experimenter and from peers. Journal of Psychology, 112, 79-86.

    Linville, P. W., & Fischer, G. W. (1998). Group variability and covariation: Effects on intergroup judgment and behavior. In C. Sedikides, J. Schopler, & C. A. Insko (Eds.), Intergroup cognition and intergroup behavior (pp. 123-150). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Linville, P. W., Fischer, G. W., & Salovey, P. (1989). Perceived distributions of the characteristics of in-group and out-group members: Empirical evidence and a computer simulation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 57, 165-188.

    Lippmann, W. (1922). Public opinion. New York: Harcourt & Brace.

    Lipset, S. M., & Wolin, S. S. (1965). The Berkeley student revolt. Garden City, NY: Anchor.

    Litman-Adizes, T., Fontaine, G., & Raven, B. (1978). Consequences of social power and causal attribution for compliance as seen by powerholder and target. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 4, 260-264.

    Little, B. L., & Madigan, R. M. (1997). The relationship between collective efficacy and performance in manufacturing work teams. Small Group Research, 28, 517-534.

    Littlepage, G. E. (1991). Effects of group size and task characteristics on group performance: A test of Steiner's model. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 17, 449-456.

    Littlepage, G. E., & Karau, S. J. (1997). Utility and limitations of the SHAPE-assisted intuitive decision-making procedure. Group Dynamics, 1, 200-207.

    Littlepage, G. E., & Mueller, A. L. (1997). Recognition and utilization of expertise in problem-solving groups: Expert characteristics and behavior. Group Dynamics, 1, 324-328.

    Littlepage, G. E., Robison, W., & Reddington, K. (1997). Effects of task experience and group experience on group performance, member ability, and recognition of expertise. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 69, 133-147.

    Littlepage, G. E., & Silbiger, H. (1992). Recognition of expertise in decision-making groups: Effects of group size and participation patterns. Small Group Research, 23, 344-355.

    Littlepage, G. E., Schmidt, G. W., Whisler, E. W., & Frost, A. G. (1995). An input-process-output analysis of influence and performance in problem-solving groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 69, 877-889.

    Liu, J. H., & Latané, B. (1998). Extremitization of attitudes: Does thought- and discussion-induced polarization cumulate? Basic and Applied Social Psychology, 20, 103-110.

    Lloyd, C., Creson, D. L., & D'Antonio, M. S. (1993). A petrochemical plant disaster: Lessons for the future. Journal of Social Behavior and Personality, 8, 281-298.

    Locke, E. A., Alavi, M., & Wagner, J. A. III (1997). Participation in decision making: An information exchange perspective. Research in Personnel and Human Resources Management, 15, 293-331.

    Locke, E. A., & Latham, G. P. (1990). A theory of goal-setting and task performance. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall.

    Locke, E. A., & Latham, G. P. (2002). Building a practically useful theory of goal setting and task motivation: A 35-year odyssey. American Psychologist, 57, 705-717.

    Lockwood, P., & Kunda, Z. (1997). Superstars and me: Predicting the impact of role models on the self. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 73, 91-103.

    Lodewijkx, H. F. M., & Syroit, J. E. M. M. (1997). Severity of initiation revisited: Does severity of initiation increase attractiveness in real groups? European Journal of Social Psychology, 27, 275-300.

    Loehlin, J. C. (1997). A test of J. R. Harris's theory of peer influences on personality. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 1197-1201.

    Loewen, L. J., & Suedfeld, P. (1992). Cognitive and arousal effects of masking office noise. Environment and Behavior, 24, 381-395.

    Lofland, J. (1981). Collective behavior: The elementary forms. In M. Rosenberg & R. H. Turner (Eds.), Social psychology (pp. 411-446). New York: Basic Books.

    Lofland, L. H. (1995). Social interaction: Continuities and complexities in the study of nonintimate sociality. In K. S. Cook, G. A. Fine, & J. S. House (Eds.), Sociological perspectives on social psychology (pp. 176-202). Boston: Allyn & Bacon.

    Lois, J. (1999). Socialization to heroism: Individualism and collectivism in a voluntary search and rescue group. Social Psychology Quarterly, 62, 117-135.

    Long, C. R., Seburn, M., Averill, J. R., & More, T. A. (2003). Solitude experiences: Varieties, settings, and individual differences. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 29, 578-583.

    Long, S. (Ed.). (1988). Six group therapies. New York: Plenum.

    Longley, J., & Pruitt, D. G. (1980). Groupthink: A critique of Janis's theory. Review of personality and social psychology, 1, 74‑93.

    Lord, R. G. (1977). Functional leadership behavior: Measurement and relation to social power and leadership perceptions. Administrative Science Quarterly, 22, 114-133.

    Lord, R. G. (1985). An information processing approach to social perceptions, leadership, and behavioral measurement in organizations. Research in Organizational Behavior, 7, 87-128.

    Lord, R. G., & Alliger, G. M. (1985). A comparison of four information processing models of leadership and social perception. Human Relations, 38, 47-65.

    Lord, R. G., Binning, J. F., Rush, M. C., & Thomas, J. C. (1978). The effect of performance cues and leader behavior on questionnaire ratings of leadership behavior. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 21, 27-39.

    Lord, R. G., De Vader, C. L., & Alliger, G. M. (1986). A meta-analysis of the relation between personality traits and leadership perceptions: An application of validity generalization procedures. Journal of Applied Psychology, 71, 402-410.

    Lord, R. G., Foti, R. J., & De Vader, C. L. (1984). A test of leadership categorization theory: Internal structure, information processing, and leadership perceptions. Organization Behavior and Human Performance, 34, 343-378.

    Lord, R. G., & Maher, K. J. (1991). Leadership and information processing: Linking perceptions and performance. Boston: Unwin Hyman.

    Lorge, I., Fox, D., Davitz, J., & Brenner, M. (1958). A survey of studies contrasting quality of group performance and individual performance, 1920-1957. Psychological Bulletin, 55, 337-372.

    Lorge, I., & Solomon, H. (1955). Two models of group behavior in the solution of Eureka-type problems. Psychometrika, 20, 139-148.

    Lott, A. J., & Lott, B. E. (1965). Group cohesiveness as interpersonal attraction: A review of relationships with antecedent and consequent variables. Psychological Bulletin, 64, 259-309.

    Lott, B. (2002). Cognitive and behavioral distancing from the poor. American Psychologist, 57, 2, 100-110.

    Lovaglia, M. J., & Houser, J. A. (1996). Emotional reactions and status in groups. American Sociological Review, 61, 867-883.

    Lovell, J., & Kluger, J. (1994). Lost moon: The perilous journey of Apollo 13. New York: Houghton Mifflin.

    Lowe, K. B., Kroeck, K. G., Sivasubramaniam, N. (1996). Effectiveness correlates of transformation and transactional leadership: A meta-analytic review of the MLQ literature. Leadership Quarterly, 7, 385-425.

    Lucas, R. E., & Diener, E. (2001). Understanding extraverts' enjoyment of social situations: The importance of pleasantness. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81, 343-356.

    Lucas, R. E., Diener, E., Grob, A., Suh, E. M., & Shao, L. (2000). Cross-cultural evidence for the fundamental features of extraversion. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 79, 452-468.

    Lucas, R. E., & Fujita, F. (2000). Factors influencing the relation between extraversion and pleasant affect. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 79, 1039-1056.

    Luce, R. D., & Raiffa, H. (1957). Games and decisions. New York: Wiley.

    Lueder, D. C. (1985a). Don't be mislead by LEAD. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 21, 143-151.

    Lueder, D. C. (1985b). A rejoinder to Dr. Hersey. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 21, 154.

    Luft, J. (1984). Groups process: An introduction to group dynamics (3rd. ed.). Palo Alto, CA: Mayfield.

    Luhtanen, R., & Crocker, J. (1992). A collective self-esteem scale: Self-evaluation of one's social identity. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 18, 302-318.

    Luria, S. M. (1990). More about psychology and the military. American Psychologist, 45, 296-297.

    Lutsky, N. (1995). When is "obedience" obedience? Conceptual and historical commentary. Journal of Social Issues, 51(3), 55-65.

    Lyman, S. M., & Scott, M. B. (1967). Territoriality: A neglected sociological dimension. Social Problems, 15, 236-249.

    Maass, A., Ceccarelli, R., & Rudin, S. (1996). Linguistic intergroup bias: Evidence for in-group-protective motivation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 71, 512-526.

    Maass, A., Milesi, A., Zabbini, S., & Stahlberg, D. (1995). Linguistic intergroup bias: Differential expectancies or in-group protection? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 68, 116-126.

    Maass, A., West, S. G., & Cialdini, R. B. (1987). Minority influence and conversion. Review of Personality and Social Psychology, 8, 55-79).

    Maassen, G. H., Akkermans, W., & van der Linden, J. L. (1996). Two-dimensional sociometric status determination with rating scales. Small Group Research, 27, 56-78.

    Maccoby, E. E. (2002). Gender and group process: A developmental perspective. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 11, 54-58.

    MacCracken, M. J., & Stadulis, R. E. (1985). Social facilitation of young children's dynamic balance performance. Journal of Sport Psychology, 7, 150-165.

    MacKenzie, K. R. (1994). Group development. In A. Fuhriman & G. M. Burlingame (Eds.), Handbook of group psychotherapy (pp. 223-268). New York: Wiley.

    MacKenzie, K. R. (1997). Clinical application of group development ideas. Group Dynamics, 1, 275-287.

    Mackie, D. M. (1987). Systematic and nonsystematic processing of majority and minority persuasive communications. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 53, 41-52.

    Mackie, D. M., Devos, T., & Smith, E. R. (2000). Intergroup emotions: Explaining offensive action tendencies in an intergroup context. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 79, 602-616.

    MacKinnon, C. A. (2003). The social origin of sexual harassment. In M. Silberman (Ed.), Violence and society: A reader (pp. 251-258). Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall.

    MacNair-Semands, R. R. (2002). Predicting attendance and expectations for group therapy. Group Dynamics, 6, 219-228.

    MacNair-Semands, R. R., & Lese, K. P. (2000). Interpersonal problems and the perception of therapeutic factors in group therapy. Small Group Research, 31, 158-174.

    MacNeil, M. K., & Sherif, M. (1976). Norm change over subject generations as a function of arbitrariness of prescribed norm. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 34, 762-773.

    Macy, B. A., & Izumi, H. (1993). Organizational change, design, and work innovation: A meta-analysis of 131 North American field studies—1961-1991. Research in Organizational Change and Development, 7, 235-313.

    Maddux, J. E. (1999). The collective construction of collective efficacy: Comment on Paskevich, Brawley, Dorsch, and Widmeyer (1999). Group Dynamics, 3, 223-226.

    Magaro, P. A., & Ashbrook, R. M. (1985). The personality of societal groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 48, 1479-1489.

    Mai-Dalton, R. R. (1993). Managing cultural diversity on the individual, group, and organizational levels. In M. M. Chemers & R. Ayman (Eds.), Leadership theory and research: Perspectives and directions (pp. 189-215). San Diego: Academic Press.

    Maier, N. R. F., & Solem, A. R. (1952). The contribution of a discussion leader to the quality of group thinking: The effective use of minority opinions. Human Relations, 5, 277-288.

    Major, D. A., Kozlowski, S. W. J., Chao, G. T., & Gardner, P. D. (1995). A longitudinal investigation of newcomer expectations, early socialization outcomes, and the moderating effects of role development factors. Journal of Applied Psychology, 80, 418-431.

    Maki, J. E., Thorngate, W. B., & McClintock, C. G. (1979). Prediction and perception of social motives. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 37, 203-220.

    Malloy, T. E., & Janowski, C. L. (1992). Perceptions and metaperceptions of leadership: Components, accuracy, and dispositional correlates. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 18, 700-708.

    Manis, M., Cornell, S. D., & Moore, J. C. (1974). Transmission of attitude-relevant information through a communication chain. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 30, 81-94.

    Mann, F. C. (1965). Toward an understanding of the leadership role in formal organizations. In R. Dubin, G. C. Homans, F. C. Mann, & D. C. Miller (Eds.), Leadership and productivity. San Francisco: Chandler.

    Mann, J. H. (1959). A review of the relationships between personality and performance in small groups. Psychological Bulletin, 56, 241-270.

    Mann, L. (1969). Queue culture. The waiting line as a social system. American Journal of Sociology, 75, 340-354.

    Mann, L. (1970). The psychology of waiting lines. American Scientist, 58, 390-398.

    Mann, L. (1980). Cross-cultural studies of small groups. In H. C. Triandis & R. W. Brislin (Eds.), Handbook of cross-cultural psychology: Social psychology (Vol. 5, pp. 155-209). Boston: Allyn & Bacon.

    Mann, L. (1981). The baiting crowd in episodes of threatened suicide. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 41, 703-709.

    Mann, L. (1988). Cultural influence on group processes. In M. H. Bond (Ed.), The cross-cultural challenge to social psychology (pp. 182-195). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

    Mann, L., Newton, J. W., & Innes, J. M. (1982). A test between deindividuation and emergent norm theories of crowd aggression. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 42, 260-272.

    Mannix, E. A. (1993). Organizations as resource dilemmas: The effects of power balance on coalition formation in small groups. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 55, 1-22.

    Mantell, D. M., & Panzarella, R. (1976). Obedience and responsibility. British Journal of Social and Clinical Psychology, 15, 239-245.           

    Manz, C. C., & Sims, H. P., Jr. (1982). The potential for "groupthink" in autonomous work groups. Human Relations, 35, 773-784.

    Manz, C. C., & Sims, H. P., Jr. (2001). The new superleadership: Leading others to lead themselves. San Francisco: Berrett-Koehler.

    Marcus, D. K. (1998). Studying group dynamics with the social relations model. Group Dynamics, 2, 230-240.

    Marcus, D. K., & Wilson, J. R. (1996). Interpersonal perception of social anxiety: A social relations analysis. Journal of Social and Clinical Psychology, 15, 471-487.

    Marcus-Newhall, A., Miller, N., Holtz, R., & Brewer, M. B. (1993). Cross-cutting category membership with role assignment: A means of reducing intergroup bias. British Journal of Social Psychology, 32, 125-146.

    Markovitz, R. J., & Smith, J. E. (1983). Patients' perceptions of curative factors in short term group psychotherapy. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 33, 21-39.

    Markovsky, B., Smith, L. F. & Berger, J. (1984). Do status interventions persist? American Sociological Review, 49, 373-382.

    Markus, H. (1978). The effect of mere presence on social facilitation: An unobtrusive test. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 14, 389-397.

    Markus, H. (1980). The self in thought and memory. In D. M. Wegner & R. R. Valacher (Eds.), The self in social psychology (pp. 102-130). New York: Oxford University Press.

    Markus, H. R., Kitayma, S., & Heiman, R. J. (1996). Culture and "basic" psychological principles. In E. T. Higgins & A. W. Kruglanski (Eds.), Social psychology: Handbook of basic principles (pp. 857-913). New York: Guilford Press.

    Marmarosh, C. L., & Corazzini, J. G. (1997). Putting the group in your pocket: Using collective identity to enhance personal and collective self-esteem. Group Dynamics, 1, 65-74.

    Marques, J. M. (1990). The black sheep effect: Out-group homogeneity in social comparison settings. In D. Abrams & M. A. Hogg (Eds.), Social identity theory: Constructive and critical advances (pp. 131–151). New York: Springer-Verlag.

    Marques, J., Abrams, D., & Serôdio, R. G. (2001). Being better by being right: Subjective group dynamics and derogation of in-group deviants when generic norms are undermined. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81, 436-447.

    Marrow, A. J. (1969). The practical theorist: The life and work of Kurt Lewin. New York: Basic Books.

    Marsh, C. (2000). A science museum exhibit on Milgram's obedience research: History, description, and visitors' reactions. In T. Blass (Ed.). Obedience to authority: Current perspectives on the Milgram paradigm (pp. 145-159). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Marsh, P., & Morris, D. (1988). Tribes. Layton, UT: Gibbs Smith.

    Martens, R., & Landers, D. M. (1972). Evaluation potential as a determinant of coaction effects. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 8, 347-359.

    Martens, R., Landers, D. M., & Loy, J. (1972). Sports cohesiveness questionnaire. Reston, VA: American Association of Health, Physical Education, and Recreation.

    Martin, E. D. (1920). The behavior of crowds. New York: Harper.

    Martin, R., & Hewstone, M. (2001). Conformity and independence in groups: Majorities and minorities. In M. A. Hogg & R. S. Tindale (Eds.), Blackwell handbook of social psychology: Group processes (pp. 209-234). Malden, MA: Blackwell.

    Marx, K., & Engels, F. (1947). The German ideology. New York: International Publishers.

    Maslach, C. (1972). Social and personal bases of individuation. Proceedings of the 80th Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association, 7, 213-214.

    Maslach, C., Santee, R. T., & Wade, C. (1987). Individuation, gender role, and dissent: Personality mediators of situational forces. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 53, 1088-1093.

    Maslach, C., Stapp, J., & Santee, R. T. (1985). Individuation: Conceptual analysis and assessment. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 49, 729-738.

    Maslow, A. H. (1968). Toward a psychology of being. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold.

    Mason, C. M., & Griffin, M. A. (2002). Group Task Satisfaction: Applying the Construct of Job Satisfaction to Groups. Small Group Research, 33, 271-312.

    Mast, M. S. (2002). Female dominance hierarchies: Are they any different from males'? Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 29-39.

    Mathes, E. W., & Guest, T. A. (1976). Anonymity and group antisocial behavior. Journal of Social Psychology. 100, 257-262.

    Mathes, E. W., & Kahn, A. (1975). Diffusion of responsibility and extreme behavior. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 5, 881-886.

    Mathews, E., Canon, L. K, & Alexander, K. R. (1974). The influence of level of empathy and ambient noise on body buffer zone. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 1, 367-369.

    Mausner, B. (1954). The effect of one partner's success in a relevant task on the interaction of observer pairs. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 49, 557-560.

    Maxmen, J. (1973). Group therapy as viewed by hospitalized patients. Archives of General Psychiatry, 28, 404-408.

    Maxmen, J. (1978). An educative model for in-patient group therapy. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 28, 321-338.

    Mayadas, N., & Glasser, P. (1985). Termination: A neglected aspect of social group work. In M. Sundel, P. Glasser, R. Sarri, & R. Vinter (Eds.), Individual change through small groups (2nd ed., pp. 251-261). New York: The Free Press.

    Mayer, J. D., & Salovey, P. (1993). The intelligence of emotional intelligence. Intelligence, 17, 433-442.

    Mayer, T. (1975). Mathematical models of group structure. New York: Bobbs-Merrill.

    Mayo, E. (1933). The human problems of an industrial civilization. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

    Mayo, E. (1945). The social problems of an industrial civilization. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

    Mazur, A. (1973). Cross-species comparison of status in established small groups. American Sociological Review, 38, 513-529.

    Mazur, A., Rosa, E., Faupel, M., Heller, J., Leen, R., & Thurman, B. (1980). Physiological aspects of communication via mutual gaze. American Journal of Sociology, 86, 50-74.

    McAdam, D., McCarthy, J. D., & Zald, M. N. (1988). Social movements. In N. J. Smelser (Ed.), The handbook of sociology (pp. 695-737). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

    McAdams, D. P. (1982). Experiences of intimacy and power: Relationships between social motives and autobiographical memory. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 42, 292-301.

    McAdams, D. P. (1995). What do we know when we know a person? Journal of Personality, 63, 365-396.

    McAdams, D. P., & Constantian, C. A. (1983). Intimacy and affiliation motives in daily living: An experience sampling analysis. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 45, 851-861.

    McAdams, D. P., Healy, S., & Krause, S. (1984). Social motives and patterns of friendship. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 47, 828-838.

    McBurney, D. H., Levine, J. M., & Cavanaugh, P. H. (1977). Psychophysical and social ratings of human body odor. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 3, 135-138.

    McCallum, D. M., Harring, K., Gilmore, R., Drenan, S., Chase, J., Insko, C. A., & Thibaut, J. (1985). Competition between groups and between individuals. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 21, 301-320.

    McCallum, R., Rusbult, C. E., Hong, G. K., Walden, T., & Schopler, J. (1979). Effects of resource availability and importance of behavior on the experience of crowding. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 37, 1304-1313.

    McCammon, S. L., & Long, T. E. (1993). A post-tornado support group.: Survivors and professionals in concert. Journal of Social Behavior and Personality, 8, 131-148.

    McCauley, C. (1989). The nature of social influence in groupthink: Compliance and internalization. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 57, 250-260.

    McCauley, C. (1998). Groupthink dynamics in Janis's theory of groupthink: Backward and forward. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 73, 142-162.

    McClelland, D. (1975). Power: The inner experience. New York: Irvington.

     McClelland, D. C. (1975). Power: The inner experience. New York: Irvington.

    McClelland, D. C. (1985). How motives, skills, and values determine what people do. American Psychologist, 40, 812-825.

    McClelland, D. C., & Boyatzis, R. E. (1982). Leadership motive pattern and long-term success in management. Journal of Applied Psychology, 67, 737-743.

    McClintock, C. G., Stech, F. J., & Keil, L. J. (1983). The influence of communication on bargaining. In P. B. Paulus (Ed.), Basic group processes (pp. 205-233). New York: Springer-Verlag.

    McClure, B. A. (1998). Putting a new spin on groups: The science of chaos. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    McCoy, J. M. (2002). Work environments. In R. B. Bechtel & A. Churchman (Eds.), Handbook of environmental psychology (pp. 443-460). New York: Wiley. Retrieved July 29, 2004, from NetLibrary: http://www.netlibrary.com

    McDougall, W. (1908). An introduction to social psychology. London: Methuen.

    McGillicuddy, N. B., Pruitt, D. G., & Syna, H. (1984). Perceptions of firmness and strength in negotiation. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 10, 402-409.

    McGrath, J. E. (1964). Social psychology: A brief introduction. New York: Holt.

    McGrath, J. E. (1984). Groups: Interaction and performance. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall.

    McGrath, J. E. (1997). Small group research, that once and future field: An interpretation of the past with an eye to the future. Group Dynamics, 1, 7-27.

    McGrath, J. E., & Altermatt, T. W. (2001). Observation and analysis of group interaction over time: Some methodological and strategic choices. In M. A. Hogg & R. S. Tindale (Eds.), Blackwell handbook of social psychology: Group processes (pp. 525-556). Malden, MA: Blackwell.

    McGraw, K. M., & Bloomfield, J. (1987). Social influence on group moral decisions: The interactive effects of moral reasoning and sex role orientation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 53, 1080-1087.

    McGrew, J. F., Bilotta, J. G., & Deeney, J. M. (1999). Software team formation and decay: Extending the standard model for small groups. Small Group Research, 30, 209-234.

    McGuire, J. P., Leak, G. K. (1980). Prediction of self-disclosure from objective personality assessment techniques. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 36, 201-204.

    McGuire, T. W., Kiesler, S., & Siegel, J. (1987). Group and computer-mediated discussion effects in risk decision making. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 52, 917-930.

    McGuire, W. J., & McGuire, C. V. (1988). Content and process in the experience of self. Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 21, 97-144.

    McKenna, K. Y. A., & Green, A. S. (2002). Virtual group dynamics. Group Dynamics, 6, 116-127.

    McKersie, R. B., & Walton, R. E. (1992). A retrospective on the Behavioral Theory of Labor Negotiations. Special Issue: Conflict and negotiation in organizations: Historical and contemporary perspectives. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 13, 277-285.

    McLeod, P. L., Lobel, S. A., & Cox, T. H. (1996). Ethnic diversity and creativity in small groups. Small Group Research, 27, 248-264.

    McPhail, C. (1991). The myth of the madding crowd. Hawthorne, NY: Aldine de Gruyter.

    McPhail, C., & Wohlstein, R. R. (1983). Individual and collective behaviors within gatherings, demonstrations, and riots. Annual Review of Sociology, 9, 579-600.

    McPherson, M., Smith-Lovin, L., & Cook, J. M. (2001). Birds of a feather: Homophily in social networks [Electronic version].  Annual Review of Sociology, 27, 415-444.

    McRoberts, C., Burlingame, G. M., & Hoag, M. J. (1998). Comparative efficacy of individual and group psychotherapy: A meta-analytic perspective. Group Dynamics, 2, 101-117.

    Mead, M. (1935). Sex and temperament. Oxford, England: Morrow.

    Meadow, A., Parnes, S. J., & Reese, H. (1959). Influence of brainstorming instructions and problem sequence on a creative problem solving test. Journal of Applied Psychology, 43, 413-416.

    Medalia, N. Z., & Larsen, O. N. (1958). Diffusion and belief in a collective delusion: The Seattle windshield pitting epidemic. American Sociological Review, 23, 180-186.

    Meerloo, J. A. (1950). Patterns of panic. New York: International Universities Press.

    Meeus, W. H. J., & Raaijmakers, Q. A. W. (1995). Obedience in modern society: The Utrecht studies. Journal of Social Issues, 51(3), 155-175.

    Megargee, E. I. (1969). Influence of sex roles on the manifestation of leadership. Journal of Applied Psychology, 53, 377-382.

    Mehrabian, A. (1972). Nonverbal communication. Chicago: Aldine-Atherton.

    Mehrabian, A., & Diamond, S. G. (1971). Effects of furniture arrangement, props, and personality on social interaction. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 20, 18-30.

    Mehrabian, A., & Russell, J. A. (1974). A verbal measure of information rate for studies in environmental psychology. Environment and Behavior, 6, 233-252.

    Mehrabian, A., & Russell, J. A. (1975). The basic emotional impact of environments. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 38, 283-301.

    Meindl, J. R. (1995). The romance of leadership as a follower-centric theory: A social constructionist approach. Leadership Quarterly, 6, 329-341.

    Meindl, J. R., Ehrlich, S. B., & Dukerich, J. M. (1985). The romance of leadership and the evaluation of organizational performance. Academy of Management Journal, 30, 90-109.

    Melamed, B. G., & Wills, T. A. (2000). Comment on Turner (2000). Group Dynamics, 4, 150-156.

    Melucci, A. (1989). Nomads of the present: Social movements and individual needs in contemporary society (J. Keanne & P. Mier, Eds.). Philadelphia: Temple University Press.

    Mennecke, B. E., Hoffer, J. A., & Wynne, B. E. (1992). The implications of group development and history for group support system theory and practice. Small Group Research, 23, 524-572.

    Merei, F. (1958). Group leadership and institutionalization. In E. E. Maccoby, T. M. Newcomb, & E. L. Hartley (Eds.), Readings in social psychology (3rd ed.). New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.

    Merritt, A. C., & Helmreich, R. L. (1996). Human factors on the flight deck: The influence of national culture. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 27, 5-24.

    Messé, L.A., Hertel, G., Kerr, N. L., Lount, R. B. Jr., & Park, E. S. (2002). Knowledge of partner's ability as a moderator of group motivation gains: An exploration of the Koehler discrepancy effect. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 82, 935-946.

    Messé, L., & Sivacek, J. M. (1979). Predictions of others' responses in a mixed-motive game: Self-justification or false consensus? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 37, 602-607.

    Messé, L. A., Stollak, G. E., Larson, R. W., & Michaels, G. Y. (1979). Interpersonal consequences of person perception in two social contexts. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 37, 369-379.

    Messick, D. M. (1999). Dirty secrets: Strategic uses of ignorance and uncertainty. In L. L. Thompson, J. M. Levine, & D. M. Messick (Eds.), Shared cognition in organizations: The management of knowledge (pp. 71-87). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Messick D. M., & Brewer, M. B. (1983). Solving social dilemmas: A review. Review of Personality and Social Psychology, 4, 11-44.

    Meudell, P. R., Hitch, G. J., & Boyle, M. M. (1995). Collaboration in recall: Do pairs of people cross-cue each other to produce new memories? Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Experimental Psychology, 48 (A), 141-152.

    Meudell, P. R., Hitch, G. J., & Kirby, P. (1992). Are two heads better than one? Experimental investigations of the social facilitation of memory. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 6, 525-543.

    Meumann, E. (1904). Haus- und Schularbeit: Experimente an Kindern der Volkschule. Die Deutsche Schule, 8, 278-303, 337-359, 416-431.

    Meyer, J. P., & Pepper, S. (1977). Need compatibility and marital adjustment in young married couples. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 35, 331-342.

    Michaels, J. W., Blommel, J. M., Brocato, R. M., Linkous, R. A., & Rowe, J. S. (1982). Social facilitation and inhibition in a natural setting. Replications in Social Psychology, 2, 21-24.

    Michaelsen, L. K., Watson, W. E., & Black, R. H. (1989). A realistic test of individual versus group consensus decision making. Journal of Applied Psychology, 74, 834-839.

    Michels, R. (1959). Political parties: A sociological study of the oligarchical tendencies of modern democracy. New York: Dover. (Original work published in 1915)

    Michener, H. A., & Burt, M. R. (1975a). Components of "authority" as determinants of compliance. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 31, 606-614.)

    Michener, H. A., & Burt, M. R. (1975b). Use of social influence under varying conditions of legitimacy. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 32, 398-407.

    Michener, H. A., & Lawler, E. J. (1975). The endorsement of formal leaders: An integrative model. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 31, 216-223.

    Middlemist, R. D., Knowles, E. S., & Matter, C. F. (1976). Personal space invasions in the lavatory: Suggestive evidence for arousal. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 33, 541-546.

    Mikolic, J. M., Parker, J. C., & Pruitt, D. G. (1997). Escalation in response to persistent annoyance: Groups versus individuals and gender effects. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 151-163.

    Milanovich, D. M., Driskell, J. E., Stout, R. J., & Salas, E. (1998). Status and cockpit dynamics: A review and empirical study. Group Dynamics, 2, 155-167.

    Miles, R. H. (1976). A comparison of the relative impacts of role perceptions of ambiguity and conflict by role. Academy of Management Journal, 19, 25-35.

    Milgram, S. (1963). Behavioral study of obedience. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 67, 371-378.

    Milgram, S. (1974). Obedience to authority. New York: Harper & Row.

    Milgram, S. (1992). The individual in a social world: Essays and experiments (2nd ed.). New York: McGraw-Hill.

    Milgram, S., Bickman, L., & Berkowitz, L. (1969). Note on the drawing power of crowds of different size. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 13, 79-82.

    Milgram, S., Liberty, H. J., Toledo, R., & Wackenhut, J. (1986). Response to intrusion into waiting lines. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 51, 683-689.

    Milgram, S., & Toch, H. (1969). Collective behavior: Crowds and social movements. In G. Lindzey & E. Aronson (Eds.), The handbook of social psychology (Vol. 4, 2nd ed., pp. 507-610). Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

    Miller, A. G. (1995). Constructions of the obedience experiments: A focus upon domains of relevance. Journal of Social Issues, 51(3), 33-53.

    Miller, A. G., Collins, B. E., & Brief, D. E. (1995a). Perspectives on obedience to authority: The legacy of the Milgram experiments. Journal of Social Issues, 51(3), 1-19.

    Miller, A. G., Collins, B. E., & Brief, D. E. (Eds.). (1995b). Journal of Social Issues, 51(3).

    Miller, C. E., Jackson, P., Mueller, J., & Schersching, C. (1987). Some social psychological effects of group decision rules. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 52, 325-332.

    Miller, C. E., & Komorita, S. S. (1995). Reward allocation in task-performing groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 69, 80-90.

    Miller, D. L. (1985). Introduction to collective behavior. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

    Miller, D. T. (2001). Disrespect and the experience of injustice. Annual Review of Psychology, 52, 527-553.

    Miller, D. T., & Holmes, J. G. (1975). The role of situational restrictiveness on self-fulfilling prophecies: A theoretical and empirical extension of Kelley and Stahelski's triangle hypothesis. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 31, 661-673.

    Miller, D. T., & McFarland, C. (1991). When social comparison goes awry: The case of pluralistic ignorance. In J. Suls and T. A. Wills (Eds.), Social comparison: Contemporary theory and research (pp. 287-313). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Miller, D. T., & Prentice, D. A. (1996). The construction of social norms and standards. In E. T. Higgins & A. W. Kruglanski (Eds.), Social psychology: Handbook of basic principles (pp. 799-829). New York: Guilford Press.

    Miller, G. A., Galanter, E., & Pribram, K. H. (196). Plans and the structure of behavior. New York: Holt.

    Miller, James G. (1978). Living systems. New York: McGraw-Hill.

    Miller, Joan. G. (2002). Bringing culture to basic psychological theory—Beyond individualism and collectivism: Comment on Oyserman et al. (2002). Psychological Bulletin, 128, 97-109.

    Miller, J. K., & Gergen, K. J. (1998). Life on the line: The therapeutic potentials of computer-mediated conversation. Journal of Marital and Family Therapy, 24, 189-202.

    Miller, K. I., & Monge, P. R. (1986). Participation, satisfaction, and productivity: A meta-analytic review. Academy of Management Journal, 29, 727-753.

    Miller, N., & Brewer, M. B. (1986a). Categorization effects on ingroup and outgroup perception. In J. Dovidio & S. Gaertner (Eds.), Prejudice, discrimination, and racism: Theory and research (pp. 209-230). New York: Academic Press.

    Miller, N., & Brewer, M. B. (1986b). Social categorization theory and team learning procedures. In R. S. Feldman (Ed.), The social psychology of education (pp. 172-198). New York: Cambridge University Press.

    Miller, N., & Davidson-Podgorny, G. (1987). Theoretical models of intergroup relations and the use of cooperative teams as an intervention for desegregated settings. Review of Personality and Social Psychology, 9, 41-67.

    Miller, N., Urban, L. M., & Vanman, E. J. (1998). A theoretical analysis of crossed social categorization effects. In C. Sedikides, J. Schopler, & C. A. Insko (Eds.), Intergroup cognition and intergroup behavior (pp. 393-422). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Mills, J., Clark, M. S., Ford, T. E., & Johnson, M. (2004). Measurement of communal strength. Personal Relationships, 11, 213-230.

    Mills, T. M. (1962). A sleeper variable in small groups research: The experimenter. Pacific Sociological Review, 5, 21-28.

    Mills, T. M. (1979). Changing paradigms for studying human groups. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 15, 407-423.

    Minami, H., & Tanaka, K. (1995). Social and environmental psychology: Transaction between physical space and group-dynamic processes. Environment and Behavior, 27, 43-55.

    Mintz, A. (1951). Non-adaptive group behavior. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 46, 150-159.

    Mischel, W., & DeSmet, A. L. (2000). Self-regulation in the service of conflict resolution. M. Deutsch & P. T. Coleman (Eds.), The handbook of conflict resolution: Theory and practice (pp. 256-275). San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass.

    Misumi, J. (1985). The behavioral science of leadership. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press.

    Misumi, J. (1995). The development in Japan of the performance-maintenance (PM) theory of leadership. Journal of Social Issues, 51(1), 213-228.

    Mitchell, R. C., & Mitchell, R. R. (1984). Constructive management of conflict in groups. Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 9, 137-144.

    Mixon, D. (1977). Why pretend to deceive? Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 3, 647-653.

    Mobley, W. H., Griffeth, R. W., Hand, H. H., & Meglino, B. M. (1979). Review and conceptual analysis of employee turnover process. Psychological Bulletin, 86, 493-522.

    Modigliani, A., & Rochat, F. (1995). The role of interaction sequences and the timing of resistance in shaping obedience and defiance to authority. Journal of Social Issues, 51(3), 107-123.

    Moede, W. (1927). Die Richtlinien der Leistungs-Psychologie. Industrielle Psychotechnik, 4, 193-207.

    Moemeka, A. A. (1998). Communalism as a fundamental dimension of culture. Journal of Communication, 48, 118-141.

    Molm, L. D. (1986). Gender, power, and legitimation: A test of three theories. American Journal of Sociology, 91, 1156-1186.

    Molm, L. D. (1988). The structure and use of power: A comparison of reward and punishment power. Social Psychology Quarterly, 51, 108-122.

    Molm, L. D. (1994). Is punishment effective? Coercive strategies in social exchange. Social Psychology Quarterly, 57, 75-94.

    Moore, J. (1991). Going down in the barrio: Homeboys and homegirls in change. Philadelphia: Temple University Presss.

    Moore, L. E. (1973). The jury. Cincinnati, OH: Anderson.

    Moorhead, G., Ference, R., & Neck, C. P. (1991). Group decision fiascoes continue: Space shuttle Challenger and a revised groupthink framework. Human Relations, 44, 539-550.

    Moorhead, G., & Montanari, J. R. (1986). An empirical investigation of the groupthink phenomenon. Human Relations, 39, 399-410.

    Moorhead, G., Neck, C. P., & West, M.S. (1998). The tendency toward defective decision making within self-managing teams: The relevance of groupthink for the 21st century. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 73, 327-351.

    Moos, R. H., Insel, P. M., & Humphrey, B. (1974). Preliminary manual for Family Environment Scale, Work Environment Scale, and Group Environment Scale. Palo Alto, CA: Consulting Psychologists Press.

    Morasch, B., Groner, N., & Keating, J. (1979). Type of activity and failure as mediators of perceived crowding. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 5, 223-226.

    Moreland, R. L. (1985). Social categorization and the assimilation of "new" group members. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 48, 1173-1190.

    Moreland, R. L. (1987). The formation of small groups. Review of Personality and Social Psychology, 8, 80-110.

    Moreland, R. L. (1997). Leadership in small groups: Expanding our analytical horizons. Paper presented at the Interface of Leadership and Team Processes in Organizations: Implications for Understanding Work Effectiveness, Washington, DC: George Mason University.

    Moreland, R. L., Argote, L., & Krishnan, R. (1996). Socially shared cognition at work: Transactive memory and group performance. In J. L. Nye & A. M. Brower (Eds.), What's social about social cognition? Research on socially shared cognitions in small groups (pp. 57-84). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

    Moreland, R. L., & Levine, J. M. (1982). Socialization in small groups: Temporal changes in individual-group relations. Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 15, 137-192.

    Moreland, R. L., & Levine, J. M. (2002). Socialization and trust in work groups. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 5, 185-201.

    Moreland, R. L., Levine, J. M, & Cini, M. A. (1993). Group socialization: The role of commitment. In M. Hogg & D. Abrams (Eds.), Group motivation: Social psychological perspectives (pp. 105-129). London: Harvester Wheatsheaf.

    Moreland, R. L., Levine, J. M., & Wingert, M. L. (1996). Creating the ideal group: Composition effects at work. In E. H. Witte & J. H. Davis (Eds.), Understanding group behavior: Small group processes and interpersonal relations (Vol. 2, pp. 11-35). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Moreno, J. L. (1934). Who shall survive? A new approach to the problem of human interrelations. Washington, DC: Nervous and Mental Disease Publishing Co.

    Moreno, J. L. (Ed.). (1960). The sociometry reader. New York: The Free Press.

    Morgan, R. D., & Flora, D. B. (2002). Group psychotherapy with incarcerated offenders: A research synthesis. Group Dynamics, 6, 203-218.

    Mori, K. (1996). Effects of trust and communication on cooperative choice in a two-person prisoner's dilemma game. Japanese Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 35, 324-336.

    Morran, K. D., Stockton, R., Cline, R. J., & Teed, C. (1998). Facilitating feedback exchange in groups: Leader interventions. Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 23, 257-268.

    Morrill, C. (1995). The executive way. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

    Morris, W. N., & Miller, R. S. (1975). Impressions of dissenters and conformers: An attributional analysis. Sociometry, 38, 327-339.

    Morris, W. N., Worchel, S., Bois, J. L., Pearson, J. A., Rountree, C. A., Samaha, G. M., Wachtler, J., & Wright, S. L. (1976). Collective coping with stress: Group reactions to fear, anxiety, and ambiguity. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 33, 674-679.

    Moscovici, S. (1994). Three concepts: Minority, conflict, and behavioral styles. In S. Moscovici, A. Mucchi-Faina, & A. Maass (Eds.), Minority influence (pp. 233-251). Chicago: Nelson-Hall.

    Moscovici, S., Lage, E., & Naffrechoux, M. (1969). Influence of a consistent minority on the responses of a majority in a color perception task. Sociometry, 12, 365-380.

    Moscovici, S., & Personnaz, B. (1980). Studies in social influence. V. Minority influence and conversion behavior in a perceptual task. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 16, 270-282.

    Moscovici, S., & Zavalloni, M. (1969). The group as a polarizer of attitudes. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 12, 125-135.

    Moser, G., & Uzzell, D. L. (2003). Environmental psychology. In T. Millon, M. J. Lerner, I. B. Weiner (Eds.), Handbook of psychology: Personality and social psychology (Vol. 5, pp. 419-445). New York: Wiley. Retrieved July 15, 2004, from NetLibrary: http://www.netlibrary.com

    Moskowitz, G. B., & Chaiken, S. (2001). Mediators of minority social influence: Cognitive processing mechanisms revealed through a persuasion paradigm. In C. K. W. De Dreu, & N. K. De Vries (Eds.). Group consensus and minority influence: Implications for innovation (pp. 60-90). Malden, MA: Blackwell.

    Mowat, F. (1977). Ordeal by ice: The search for the Northwest Passage. Toronto: McClelland & Steward.

    Mowday, R. T., & Sutton, R. I. (1993). Organizational behavior: Linking individuals and groups to organizational contexts. Annual Review of Psychology, 44, 195-229.

    Moxley, R. L., & Moxley, N. F. (1974). Determining point centrality in uncontrived social networks. Sociometry, 37, 122-130.

    Mucchi-Faina, A. (1994). Theoretical perspectives on minority influence: Conversion versus divergence? In S. Moscovici, A. Mucchi-Faina, & A. Maass (Eds.), Minority influence (pp. 115-133). Chicago: Nelson-Hall.

    Mudrack, P. E. (1989). Defining group cohesiveness: A legacy of confusion? Small Group Behavior, 20, 37-49.

    Mudrack, P. E., & Farrell, G. M. (1995). An examination of functional role behavior and its consequences for individuals in group settings. Small Group Behavior, 26, 542-571.

    Mulder, M., & Stemerding, A. (1963). Threat, attraction to group, and need for strong leadership. Human Relations, 16, 317-334.

    Mullen, B. (1986). Atrocity as a function of lynch mob composition: A self-attention perspective. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 12, 187-197.

    Mullen, B. (1987). Self-attention theory: The effects of group composition on the individual. In B. Mullen & G. R. Goethals (Eds.), Theories of group behavior (pp. 125-146). New York: Springer-Verlag.

    Mullen, B., Anthony, T., Salas, E., & Driskell, J. E. (1994). Group cohesiveness and quality of decision making: An integration of tests of the groupthink hypothesis. Small Group Research, 25, 189-204.

    Mullen, B., & Baumeister, R. F. (1987). Group effects on self-attention and performance: social loafing, social facilitation, and social impairment. Review of Personality and Social Psychology, 9, 189-206.

    Mullen, B., Brown, R., & Smith, C. (1992). Ingroup bias as a function of salience, relevance, and status: An integration. European Journal of Social Psychology, 22, 103-122.

    Mullen, B., Bryant, B., & Driskell, J. E. (1997). Presence of others and arousal: An integration. Group Dynamics, 1, 52-64.

    Mullen, B., & Copper, C. (1994). The relation between group cohesiveness and performance: An integration. Psychological Bulletin, 115, 210-227.

    Mullen, B., Driskell, J. E., & Salas, E. (1998). Meta-analysis and the study of group dynamics. Group Dynamics, 2, 213-229.

    Mullen, B., & Hu, L. (1988). Social projection as a function of cognitive mechanisms: Two meta-analytic integrations. British Journal of Social Psychology, 27, 333-356.

    Mullen, B., Johnson, C. & Salas, E. (1991). Productivity loss in brainstorming groups: A meta-analytic review. Basic and Applied Social Psychology, 12, 3-23.

    Mullen, B., Rozell, D., & Johnson, C. (1996). The phenomenology of being in a group: Complexity approaches to operationalizing cognitive representation. In J. L. Nye & A. M. Brower (Eds.), What's social about social cognition? (pp. 205-229). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

    Mullen, B., Salas, E., & Driskell, J. (1989). Salience, motivation, and artifacts as contributors to the relationship between participation rate and leadership. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 25, 545-559.

    Mummendey, A. (1995). Positive distinctiveness and social discrimination: An old couple living in divorce. European Journal of Social Psychology, 25, 657-670.

    Murata, K. (1982). Attribution processes in a mixed-motive interaction: The role of active observer's behavior. Behaviormetrika, 12, 47-61.

    Murnighan, J. K. (1986). Organizational coalitions: Structural contingencies and the formation process. Research on Negotiation in Organizations, 1, 155-174.

    Murnighan, J. K., & Conlon, D. E. (1991). The dynamics of intense work groups: A study of British string quartets. Administrative Science Quarterly, 36, 165-186.

    Murphy, S. A., & Keating, J. P. (1995). Psychological assessment of postdisaster class action and personal injury litigants: A case study. Journal of Traumatic Stress, 8, 473-482.

    Murphy-Berman, V., & Berman, J. (1978). Importance of choice and sex invasions of personal space. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 4, 424-428.

    Murray, H. A. (1938). Explorations in personality. New York: Oxford University Press.

    Myers, A. E. (1962). Team competition, success, and the adjustment of group members. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 65, 325-332.

    Myers, D. G. (1978). The polarizing effects of social comparison. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 14, 554-563.

    Myers, D. G. (1982). Polarizing effects of social interaction. In H. Brandstätter, J. H. Davis, & G. Stocker-Kreichgauer (Eds.), Group decision making. New York: Academic Press.

    Myers, D. G. (2002). Social psychology. New York: McGraw-Hill.

    Myers, D. G., & Bishop, G. D. (1970). Discussion effects on racial attitudes. Science, 169, 778-789.

    Myers, D. G., & Lamm, H. (1976). The group polarization phenomenon. Psychological Bulletin, 83, 602-627.

    Myers, D. J. (1997). Racial rioting in the 1960s: An event history analysis of local conditions. American Sociological Review, 62, 94-112.

    Nagasundaram, M., & Dennis, A. R. (1993). When a group is not a group: The cognitive foundation of group idea generation. Small Group Research, 24, 463-489.

    Nahavandi, A. (2003). The art and science of leadership (3rd ed.). Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall.

    Nail, P. R., MacDonald, G., & Levy, D. A. (2000). Proposal of a four-dimensional model of social response. Psychological Bulletin, 126, 454-470.

    National Center for State Courts [NCSC]. (1976). Facets of the jury system: A survey. Denver, CO: Research and Information Service, NCSC.

    National Transportation Safety Board (1994). A review of flightcrew-involved, major accidents of U.S. air carriers, 1978 through 1990 (Safety Study NTSB/SS-94/01). Washington, DC: NTSB.

    Neck, C. P., & Moorhead, G. (1995). Groupthink remodeled: The importance of leadership, time pressure, and methodical decision-making procedures. Human Relations, 48, 537-557.

    Nemeth, C. J. (1986). Differential contributions of majority and minority influence. Psychological Review, 93, 23-32.

    Nemeth, C. J. (1994). The value of minority dissent. In S. Moscovici, A. Mucchi-Faina, & A. Maass (Eds.), Minority influence (pp. 3-15). Chicago: Nelson-Hall.

    Nemeth, C. J., Endicott, J., & Wachtler, J. (1976). From the '50s to the '70s: Women in jury deliberations. Sociometry, 39, 293-304.

    Nemeth, C. J., & Kwan, J. L. (1985). Originality of word associations as a function of majority vs. minority influence. Social Psychology Quarterly, 48, 277-282.

    Nemeth, C. J., & Kwan, J. L. (1987). Minority influence, divergent thinking, and detection of correct solutions. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 17, 788-799.

    Nemeth, C., Mayseless, O., Sherman, J., & Brown, Y. (1990). Exposure to dissent and recall of information. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 58, 429-437.

    Nemeth, C., Mosier, K., & Chiles, C. (1992). When convergent thought improves performance: Majority versus minority influence. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 18, 139-144.

    Nemeth, C. J., & Wachtler, J. (1974). Creating the perceptions of consistency and confidence: A necessary condition for minority influence. Sociometry, 37, 529-540.

    Nemeth, C. J., & Wachtler, J. (1983). Creative problem solving as a result of majority vs. minority influence. European Journal of Social Psychology, 13, 45-55.

    Newcomb, A. F., Bukowski, W. M., & Pattee, L. (1993). Children's peer relations: A meta-analytic review of popular, rejected, neglected, controversial, and average sociometric status. Psychological Bulletin, 113, 99-128.

    Newcomb, T. M. (1943). Personality and social change. New York: Dryden.

    Newcomb, T. M. (1960). Varieties of interpersonal attraction. In D. Cartwright & A. Zander (Eds.), Group dynamics: Research and theory (2nd ed., pp. 104-119). Evanston, IL: Row, Peterson.

    Newcomb, T. M. (1961). The acquaintance process. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.

    Newcomb, T. M. (1963). Stabilities underlying changes in interpersonal attraction. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 66, 376-386.

    Newcomb, T. M. (1979). Reciprocity of interpersonal attraction: A nonconfirmation of a plausible hypothesis. Social Psychology Quarterly, 42, 299-306.

    Newcomb, T. M. (1981). Heiderean balance as a group phenomenon. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 40, 862-867.

    Newman, O. (1972). Defensible space. New York: Macmillan.

    Newton, J. W., & Mann, L. (1980). Crowd size as a factor in the persuasion process: A study of religious crusade meetings. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 39, 874-883.

    Nicholls, J. R. (1985). A new approach to situational leadership. Leadership and Organization Development Journal, 6(4), 2-7.

    Nielsen, J. M. (1990). Sex and gender in society: Perspectives on stratification. Prospect Heights, IL: Waveland Press.

    Nielsen, M. E., & Miller, C. E. (1997). The transmission of norms regarding group decision rules. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 23, 516-525.

    Nier, J. A., Gaertner, S. L., Dovidio, J. F., Banker, B. S., Ward, C. M., & Rust, M. C. (2001). Changing interracial evaluations and behavior: The effects of a common group identity. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 4, 299-316.

    Nisbett, R. E. (1993). Violence and U.S. regional culture. American Psychologist, 48, 441-449.

    Nisbett, R. E., & Storms, M. D. (1974). Cognitive and social determinants of food intake. H. London & R.E. Nisbett (Eds.), Thought and feeling: Cognitive alteration of feeling states. Oxford, England: Aldine.

    Noel, J. G., Wann, D. L., & Branscombe, N. R. (1995). Peripheral ingroup membership status and public negativity toward outgroups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 68, 127-137.

    Nord, W. R. (1969). Social exchange theory: An integrative approach to social conformity. Psychological Bulletin, 71, 174-208.

    Norris, F. H., & Murrell, S. A. (1990). Social support, life events, and stress as modifiers of adjustment to bereavement by older adults. Psychology and Aging, 5, 429-436.

    Nosanchuk, T. A., & Lightstone, J. (1974). Canned laughter and public and private conformity. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 29, 153-156.

    Nowak, A., Szamrej, J., & Latané, B. (1990). From private attitude to public opinion: A dynamic theory of social impact. Psychological Review, 97, 362-376.

    Nowak, A., Vallacher, R. r., & Miller, M. E. (2003). Social influence and group dynamics. In T. Millon, M. J. Lerner, & I. B. Weiner (Eds.), Handbook of psychology: Social psychology (Vol. 5, pp. 383-418). New York: Wiley.

    Nutt, P. C. (2002). Why decisions fail: Avoiding the blunders and traps that lead to debacles. San Francisco: Berrett-Koehler.

    Nye, J. L. (1994). Discussion: The social perceiver as a social being. Special Issue: Social cognition in small groups. Small Group Research, 25, 316-322.

    Nye, J. L. (2002). The eye of the follower: Information processing effects on attributions regarding leaders of small groups. Small Group Research, 33, 337-360.

    Nye, J. L., & Forsyth, D. R. (1991). The effects of prototype-based biases on leadership appraisals: A test of leadership categorization theory. Small Group Research, 22, 360-379.

    Nyquist, L. V., & Spence, J. T. (1986). Effects of dispositional dominance and sex role expectations on leadership behaviors. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 50, 87-93.

    Nystrom, P. C. (1978). Managers and the Hi-Hi leader myth. Academy of Management Journal, 21, 325-331.

    O'Connell, P., Pepler, D., & Craig, W. (1999). Peer involvement in bullying: Insights and challenges for intervention. Journal of Adolescence, 22, 437-452.

    O'Connor, B. P., & Dyce, J. (1997). Interpersonal rigidity, hostility, and complementarity in musical bands. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 362-372.

    Offner, A. K., Kramer, T. J., & Winter, J. P. (1996). The effects of facilitation, recording, and pauses on group brainstorming. Small Group Research, 27, 283-298.

    Ogrodniczuk, J. S., & Piper, W. E. (2003). The effect of group climate on outcome in two forms of short-term group therapy. Group Dynamics, 7, 64-76.

    Ohbuchi, K., Chiba, S., & Fukushima, O. (1996). Mitigation of interpersonal conflicts: Politeness and time pressure. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 22, 1035-1042.

    Ohtsubo, Y., Masuchi, A., Nakanishi, D. (2002). Majority influence process in group judgment: Test of the social judgment scheme model in a group polarization context. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 5, 249-261.

    Olweus, D. (1997). Tackling peer victimization with a school-based intervention program. In D. P. Fry & K. Björkqvist (Eds.), Cultural variation in conflict resolution: Alternatives to violence (pp. 215-231). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Olweus, D. (2000). Bullying. In A. E. Kazdin (Ed.), Encyclopedia of psychology (Vol. 1, pp. 487-489). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association. Retrieved September 1, 2004, from the American Psychological Association PsychBooksWeb site: http://online.psycinfo.com/psycbooks.

    Ones, D. S., Mount, M. K., Barrick, M. R., & Hunter, J. E. (1994). Personality and job performance: A critique of the Tett, Jackson, and Rothstein (1991) meta-analysis. Personnel Psychology, 47, 147-156.

    Opotow, S. (2000). Aggression and violence. M. Deutsch & P. T. Coleman (Eds.), The handbook of conflict resolution: Theory and practice (pp. 403-427). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

    Orbell, J., Dawes, R., & van de Kragt, A. (1995). Cooperation under laissez faire and majority decision rules in group-level social dilemmas. In D. A. Schroeder (Ed.), Social dilemmas: Perspectives on individuals and groups (pp. 105-116). Westport, CT: Praeger.

    Orcutt, J. D. (1973). Societal reaction and the response to deviation in small groups. Social Forces, 52, 261-267.

    Ormont, L. R. (1984). The leader's role in dealing with aggression in groups. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 34, 553-572.

    Orne, M. T., & Holland, C. H. (1968). On the ecological validity of laboratory deceptions. International Journal of Psychiatry, 6, 282-293.

    Osborn, A. F. (1957). Applied imagination. New York: Scribner.

    Osgood, D. W., Wilson, J. K., O'Malley, P. M., Bachman, J. G., & Johnson, L. D. (1996). Routine activities and individual deviant behavior. American Sociological Review, 61, 635-655.

    Oskamp, S., & Hartry, A. (1968). A factor-analytic study of the double standard in attitudes toward U.S. and Russian actions. Behavioral Science, 13, 178-188.

    Ostrom, T.M., & Sedikides, C. (1992). Out-group homogeneity effects in natural and minimal groups. Psychological Bulletin, 112, 536-552.

    Overbeck, J. R., & Park, B. (2001). When power does not corrupt: Superior individuation processes among powerful perceivers. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81, 549-565.

    Oyserman, D., Coon, H. M., & Kemmelmeier, M. (2002). Rethinking individualism and collectivism: Evaluation of theoretical assumptions and meta-analyses. Psychological Bulletin, 128, 3-72.

    Oyserman, D., & Saltz, E. (1993). Competence, delinquency, and attempts to attain possible selves. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 65, 360-374.

    Packard, D. (1995). The HP Way: How Bill Hewlett and I built our company. New York: HarperCollins.

    Page, R. A., & Moss, M. K. (1976). Environmental influences on aggression: The effects of darkness and proximity of victim. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 6, 126-133.

    Page, R. C., Weiss, J. F., & Lietaer, G. (2002). Humanistic group psychotherapy. In J. D. Cain (Ed.), Humanistic psychotherapies: Handbook of research and practice (pp. 339-368). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

    Palinkas, L. A. (1991). Effects of physical and social environments on the health and well-being of Antarctic winter-over personnel. Environment and Behavior, 23, 782-799.

    Palmer, G. J., (1962). Task ability and effective leadership. Psychological Reports, 10, 863-866.

    Pandey, J., & Singh, P. (1987). Effects of machiavellianism, other-enhancement, and power-position on affect, power feeling, and evaluation of the ingratiator. Journal of Psychology, 121, 287-300.

    Paris, C. R., Salas, E., & Cannon-Bowers, J. A. (1999). Human performance in multi-operator systems. In P. A. Hancock (Ed.), Human performance and ergonomics (2nd ed., pp. 329-386). San Diego: Academic Press.

    Park, B., & Rothbart, M. (1982). Perception of out-group homogeneity and levels of social categorization: Memory for the subordinate attributes of in-group and out-group members. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 42, 1051-1068.

    Parker, K. C. (1988). Speaking turns in small group interaction: A context-sensitive event sequence model. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 54, 965-971.

    Parkinson, C. N. (1957). Parkinson's law and other studies in administration. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.

    Parks, C. D., Henager, R. F., & Scamahorn, S. D. (1996). Trust and reactions to messages of intent in social dilemmas. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 40, 134-151.

    Parks, C. D., & Komorita, S. S. (1997). Reciprocal strategies for large groups. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 1, 314-322.

    Parks, C. D., Sanna, L. J., & Posey, D. C. (2003). Retrospection in social dilemmas: How thinking about the past affects future cooperation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 84, 988-996.

    Parkum, K. H., & Parkum, V. C. (1980). Citizen participation in community planning and decision making. In D. H. Smith, J. Macaulay, & Associates (Eds.), Participation in social and political activities: A comprehensive analysis of political involvement, expressive leisure time, and helping behavior (pp. 153-167). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

    Parsons, H. M. (1976). Work environments. In I. Altman & J. Wohlwill (Eds.), Human behavior and environment (Vol. 1). New York: Plenum.

    Parsons, T., Bales, R. F., & Shils, E. (Eds.). (1953). Working papers in the theory of action. New York: The Free Press.

    Paskevich, D. M., Brawley, L. R., Dorsch, K. D., & Widmeyer, W. N. (1999). Relationship between collective efficacy and team cohesion: Conceptual and measurement issues. Group Dynamics, 3, 210-222.

    Patel, K. A., & Schlundt, D. G. (2001). Impact of moods and social context on eating behavior. Appetite, 36, 111-118.

    Patterson, M. L. (1975). Personal space--Time to burst the bubble? Man-Environment Systems, 5, 67.

    Patterson, M. L. (1991). A functional approach to nonverbal exchange. In R. S. Feldman & B. Rimé (Eds.), Fundamentals of nonverbal behavior (pp. 458-495). New York: Cambridge University Press.

    Patterson, M. L. (1996). Social behavior and social cognition: A parallel process approach. In J. L. Nye & A. M. Brower (Eds.), What's social about social cognition? Research on socially shared cognitions in small groups (pp. 87-105). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

    Patterson, M. L., Kelley, C. E., Kondracki, B. A., & Wulf, L. J. (1979). Effects of seating arrangement on small group behavior. Social Psychology Quarterly, 42, 180-185.

    Patterson, M. L., Roth, C. P., & Schenk, C. (1979). Seating arrangement, activity, and sex differences in small group crowding. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 5, 100-103.

    Patterson, M. L., & Sechrest, L. B. (1970). Interpersonal distance and impression formation. Journal of Personality, 38, 161-166.

    Paul, G. L. (1967). Strategy of outcome research in psychotherapy. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 31, 109-118.

    Paulus, P. B. (2000). Groups, teams, and creativity: The creative potential of idea-generating groups. Applied Psychology: An International Review, 49, 237-262.

    Paulus, P. B., Annis, A. B., Seta, J. J., Schkade, J. K., & Matthews, R. W. (1976). Density does affect task performance. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 34, 248-353.

    Paulus, P. B., & Dzindolet, M. T. (1993). Social influence processes in group brainstorm. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 64, 575-586.

    Paulus, P. B., Dzindolet, M. T., Poletes, G., & Camacho, L. M. (1993). Perception of performance in group brainstorming: The illusion of group productivity. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 19, 78-89.

    Paulus, P., & Putman, V. (1996, November). Demonstrating group brainstorming effects. Paper presented at the Annual Conference of the Society of Southeastern Social Psychologists, Virginia Beach, VA.

    Paulus, P. B., & Yang, H. (2000). Idea generation in groups: A basis for creativity in organizations. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 82, 76-87.

    Pavelshak, M. A., Moreland, R. L., & Levine, J. M. (1986). Effects of prior group memberships on subsequent reconnaissance activities. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 50, 56-66.

    Paxton, P., & Moody, J. (2003). Structure and sentiment: Explaining emotional attachment to group. Social Psychology Quarterly, 66, 34-47.

    Pearce, C. L., & Conger, J. A. (Eds.). (2003). Shared leadership: Reframing the hows and whys of leadership. Thousand Oaks: Sage.

    Pearce, C. L., & Sims, H. P. Jr. (2002). Vertical versus shared leadership as predictors of the effectiveness of change management teams: An examination of aversive, directive, transactional, transformational, and empowering leader behaviors. Group Dynamics, 6, 172-197.

    Pedersen, D. M. (1999). Model for types of privacy by privacy functions. Journal of Environmental Psychology, 19, 397-405.

    Pelled, L. H., Eisenhardt, K. M., & Xin, K. R. (1999). Exploring the black box: An analysis of work group diversity, conflict, and performance. Administrative Science Quarterly, 44, 1-28.

    Pelletier, L. G., & Vallerand, R. J. (1996). Supervisors' beliefs and subordinates' intrinsic motivation: A behavioral confirmation analysis. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 71, 331-340.

    Pelz, D. C. (1956). Some social factors related to performance in a research organization. Administrative Science Quarterly, 1, 310-325.

    Pelz, D. C. (1967). Creative tensions in the research and development climate. Science, 157, 160-165.

    Pemberton, M. B., Insko, C. A., & Schopler, J. (1996). Memory for and experience of differential competitive behavior of individuals and groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 71, 953-966.

    Pemberton, M. B., & Sedikides, C. (2001). When do individuals help close others improve? The role of information diagnosticity. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81, 234-246.

    Pennebaker, J. W. (1982). Social and perceptual factors affecting symptom reporting and mass psychogenic illness. In M. J. Colligan, J. W. Pennebaker, & L. R. Murphy (Eds.), Mass psychogenic illness: A social psychological analysis (pp. 139-153). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Pennebaker, J. W. (1997). Opening up: The healing power of expressing emotions (rev. ed.). New York: Guilford Press.

    Pennington, D. C. (2002). The social psychology of behavior in small groups. New York: Psychology Press.

    Pennington, N., & Hastie, R. (1986). Evidence evaluation in complex decision-making. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 51, 242-258.

    Pennington, N., & Hastie, R. (1992). Explaining the evidence: Tests of the Story Model for juror decision making. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 62, 189-206.

    Penrod, S., & Hastie, R. (1980). A computer simulation of jury decision making. Psychological Review, 87, 133-159.

    Penrod, S., & Heuer, L. (1998). Improving group performance: The case of the jury. In R. S. Tindale,L. Heath, J. Edwards, E. J. Posavac, F. B. Bryant, Y. Suarez-Balcazar, E. Henderson-King, & J. Myers (Eds.), Theory and research on small groups (pp. 127-152). New York: Plenum.

    Pepitone, A. (1981). Lessons from the history of social psychology. American Psychologist, 36, 972-985.

    Pepitone, A., & Reichling, G. (1955). Group cohesiveness and the expression of hostility. Human Relations, 8, 327-337.

    Pepitone, A., & Wilpinski, C. (1960). Some consequences of experimental rejection. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 60, 359-364.

    Pérez, J. A., & Mungy, G. (1996). The conflict elaboration theory of social influence. In E. Witte & J. Davis (Eds.), Understanding group behavior: Consensual action by small groups (Vol. 2, pp. 191-210). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Perls, F. (1969). Gestalt therapy verbatim. Lafayette, CA: Real People Press.

    Perls, F., Hefferline, R., & Goodman, P. (1951). Gestalt therapy: Excitement and growth in the human personality. New York: Julian Press.

    Perrin, S., & Spencer, C. P. (1980). The Asch effect--A child of its time? Bulletin of the British Psychological Society, 32, 405-406.

    Perrin, S., & Spencer, C. P. (1981). Independence or conformity in the Asch experiment as a reflection of cultural and situational factors. British Journal of Social Psychology, 20, 205-210.

    Pescosolido, A. T. (2001). Informal leaders and the development of group efficacy. Small Group Research, 32, 74-93.

    Pescosolido, A. T. (2003). group efficacy and group effectiveness: The effects of group efficacy over time on group performance and development. Small Group Research, 34, 20-42.

    Peterson, M. F., Smith, P. B., Akande, A., & Ayestaran, S. (1995). Role conflict, ambiguity, and overload: A 21-nation study. Academy of Management Journal, 38, 429-452.

    Peterson, R. S. (1997). A directive leadership style in group decision making can be both virtue and vice: Evidence from elite and experimental groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 72, 1107-1121.

    Peterson, R. S., & Nemeth, C. J. (1996). Focus versus flexibility: Majority and minority influence can both improve performance. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 22, 14-23.

    Peterson, R. S., Owens, P. D., Tetlock, P. E., Fan, E. T., & Martorana, P. (1998). Group dynamics in top management teams: Groupthink, vigilance, and alternative models of organizational failure and success. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 73, 272-305.

    Pettigrew, T. F. (1997). Generalized intergroup contact effects on prejudice. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 23, 173-185.

    Pettigrew, T. F. (2001). The ultimate attribution error: Extending Allport's cognitive analysis of prejudice. In M. A. Hogg & D. Abrams (Eds.), Intergroup relations: Essential readings (pp. 162-173). Philadelphia: Psychology Press.

    Pettigrew, T. F, & & Tropp, L. R. (2000). Does intergroup contact reduce prejudice: Recent meta-analytic findings. S. Oskamp (Ed.), Reducing prejudice and discrimination (pp. 93-114). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Retrieved June22, 2004, from NetLibrary: http://www.netlibrary.com

    Petty, R. E., & Cacioppo, J. T. (1986). The elaboration likelihood model of persuasion. Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 19, 124-205.

    Pfeffer, J. and Salancik, G. (1978) The external control of organizations. New York: Harper and Row.

    Phillips, J. S., & Lord, R. G. (1986). Notes on the practical and theoretical consequences of implicit leadership theories for the future of leadership measurement. Journal of Management, 12, 31-41.

    Phillips, K. W. (2003). The effects of categorically based expectations on minority influence: The importance of congruence. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 29, 3-13.

    Phinney, J. S. (1989). Stages of ethnic identity development in minority group adolescents. Journal of Early Adolescence, 9, 34-49.

    Phinney, J. S. (1996) When we talk about American ethnic groups, what do we mean? American Psychologist, 51, 918-927.

    Phoon, W. H. (1982). Outbreaks of mass hysteria at workplaces in Singapore: Some patterns and modes of presentation. In M. J. Colligan, J. W. Pennebaker, & L. R. Murphy (Eds.), Mass psychogenic illness: A social psychological analysis (pp. 21-31). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Pierro, A., Mannetti, L., De Grada, E., Livi, S., & Kruglanski, A. W. (2003). Autocracy bias in informal groups under need for closure. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 29, 405-417.

    Pigors, P. (1935). Leadership or domination. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.

    Pilisuk, M., Brandes, B., & van den Hove, D. (1976). Deceptive sounds: Illicit communication in the laboratory. Behavioral Science, 21, 515-523.

    Pillai, R. (1996). Crisis and the emergence of charismatic leadership in groups: An experimental investigation. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 26, 543-562.

    Pillutla, M. M., & Murnighan, J. K. (1996). Unfairness, anger, and spite: Emotional rejections of ultimatum offers. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 68, 208-224.

    Pinsonneault, A., Barki, H., Gallupe, R. B., & Hoppen, N. (1999). Electronic brainstorming: The illusion of productivity. Information Systems Research, 10, 110-133

    Pisano, G. P., Bohmer, R. M. J., & Edmondson, A. C. (2001). Organizational differences in rates of learning: Evidence from the adoption of minimally invasive cardiac surgery. Management Science, 47, 752-768.

    Pittard-Payne, B. (1980). Nonassociational religious participation. In D. H. Smith, J. Macaulay, & Associates (Eds.), Participation in social and political activities: A comprehensive analysis of political involvement, expressive leisure time, and helping behavior (pp. 214-243). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

    Platania, J., & Moran, G. P. (2001). Social facilitation as a function of mere presence of others. Journal of Social Psychology, 141, 190-197.

    Platow, M. J., Durante, M., Williams, N., Garrett, M., Walshe, J., Cincotta, S., Lianos, G., & Barutchu, A. (1999). The contribution of sport fan social identity to the production of prosocial behavior. Group Dynamics, 3, 161-169 

    Plous, S. (1993). The psychology of judgment and decision making. New York: McGraw-Hill.

    Podsakoff, P. M., & MacKenzie, S. B. (1997). Kerr and Jermier's substitutes for leadership model: Background, empirical assessment, and suggestions for future research. Leadership Quarterly, 8, 117-132.

    Podsakoff, P. M., MacKenzie, S. B., & Bommer, W. H. (1996). Meta-analysis of the relationships between Kerr and Jermier's substitutes for leadership and employee job attitudes, role perceptions, and performance. Journal of Applied Psychology, 81, 380-399.

    Polletta, F., & Jasper, J. M. (2001). Collective identity and social movements [Electronic version]. Annual Review of Sociology, 27, 283-305.

    Polley, R. B. (1989). On the dimensionality of interpersonal behavior: A reply to Lustig. Small Group Behavior, 20, 270-278.

    Polley, R. B., Hare, A. P., & Stone, P. J. (1988). (Eds.). The SYMLOG practitioner: Applications of small group research. New York: Praeger.

    Pollis, N. P., Montgomery, R. L., & Smith, T. G. (1975). Autokinetic paradigms: A reply to Alexander, Zucker, and Brody. Sociometry, 38, 358-373.

    Polzer, J. T. (1996). Intergroup negotiations: The effects of negotiating teams. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 40, 678-698.

    Polzer, J. T., Kramer, R. M., & Neale, M. A. (1997). Positive illusions about oneself and one's group. Small Group Research, 28, 243-266.

    Poppe, E. (2001). Effects of changes in GNP and perceived group characteristics on national and ethnic stereotypes in central and eastern Europe. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 31, 1689-1708.

    Porter, N., Geis, F. L., Cooper, E., & Newman, E. (1985). Androgyny and leadership in mixed-sex groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 49, 808-823.

    Postmes, T., & Spears, R. (1998). Deindividuation and antinormative behavior: A meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 123, 238-259.

    Postmes, T., & Spears, R. (2002). Behavior online: Does anonymous computer communication reduce gender inequality? Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 1073-1083.

    Postmes, T., Spears, R., & Cihangir, S. (2001). Quality of decision making and group norms. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 80, 918-930.

    Postmes, T., Spears, R., & Lea, M. (2000). The formation of group norms in computer-mediated communication. Human Communication Research, 26, 341-371.

    Poundstone, W. (1992). Prisoner's dilemma. New York: Doubleday.

    Prapavessis, H., & Carron, A. V. (1997). Sacrifice, cohesion, and conformity to norms in sport teams. Group Dynamics, 1, 231-240.

    Prapavessis, H., & Carron, A. V. (1997). Sacrifice, cohesion, and conformity to norms in sport teams. Group Dynamics, 1, 231-240.

    Pratt, J. H. (1922). The principle of class treatment and their application to various chronic diseases. Hospital Social Services, 6, 401-417.

    Preiss, J. J. (1968). Self and role in medical education. In C. Gordon & K. J. Gergen (Eds.), The self in social interaction (pp. 207-218). New York: Wiley.

    Prentice, D. A., & Miller, D. T. (1993). Pluralistic ignorance and alcohol use on campus: Some consequences of misperceiving the social norm. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 64, 243-254.

    Prentice-Dunn, S., & Rogers, R. W. (1980). Effects of deindividuating situation cues and aggressive models on subjective deindividuation and aggression. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 39, 104-113.

    Prentice-Dunn, S., & Rogers, R. W. (1982). Effects of public and private self-awareness on deindividuation and aggression. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 43, 503-513.

    Prentice-Dunn, S., & Rogers, R. W. (1983). Deindividuation and aggression. In R. G. Geen & E. I. Donnerstein (Eds.), Aggression: Theoretical and empirical reviews (Vol. 1). New York: Academic Press.

    Prentice-Dunn, S., & Spivey, R. W. (1986). Extreme deindividuation in the laboratory: Its magnitude and subjective components. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 12, 206-215.

    Prislin, R., Brewer, M., & Wilson, D. J. (2002). Changing majority and minority positions within a group versus an aggregate. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 640-647.

    Prislin, R., & Christensen, P. N. (2002). Group conversion versus group expansion as modes of change in majority and minority positions: All losses hurt but only some gains gratify. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83, 1095-1102.

    Prislin, R., Limbert, W. M., & Bauer, E. (2000). From majority to minority and vice versa: The asymmetrical effects of losing and gaining majority position within a group. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 79, 385-397.

    Probst, T., Carnevale, P. J., & Triandis, H. C. (1999). Cultural values in intergroup and single-group social dilemmas. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 77, 171-191.

    Propp, K. M. (1999). Collective information processing in groups. In L. Frey, D. S. Gouran, & M. S. Poole (Eds.), The handbook of group communication theory & research (pp. 225-250). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

    Pruitt, D. G. (1971). Choice shifts in group discussion: An introductory review. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 20, 339-360.

    Pruitt, D. G. (1983). Strategic choice in negotiation. American Behavioral Science, 27, 167-194.

    Pruitt, D. G. (1998). Social conflict. In D. T. Gilbert, S. T. Fiske, & G. Lindzey (Eds.), The handbook of social psychology (4th ed., Vol. 2, 470-503). New York: McGraw-Hill.

    Pruitt, D. G., & Carnevale, P. J. (1993). Negotiation in social conflict. Buckingham, England: Open University Press.

    Pruitt, D. G., & Rubin, J. Z. (1986). Social conflict: Escalation, stalemate, and settlement. New York: Random House.

    Quattrone, G. A. (1986). On the perception of a group's variability. In S. Worchel & W. G. Austin (Eds.), Psychology of intergroup relations (2nd ed., pp. 25-48). Chicago: Nelson-Hall.

    Quattrone, G. A., & Jones, E. E. (1980). The perception of variability within in-groups and out-groups: Implications for the law of small numbers. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 38, 141-152.

    Quinn, A., Schlenker, B. R. (2002). Can accountability produce independence? Goals as determinants of the impact of accountability on conformity. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 472-483.

    Quinn, R. E., & McGrath, M. R. (1982). Moving beyond the single solution perspective. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 18, 463-472.

    Rabbie, J. (1963). Differential preference for companionship under stress. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 67, 643-648.

    Radloff, R., & Helmreich, R. (1968). Groups under stress: Psychological research in SEALAB II. New York: Irvington.

    Ragone, G. (1981). Fashion, "crazes," and collective behavior. Communications, 7, 249-268.

    Raiffa, H. (1983). Mediation of conflicts. American Behavioral Science, 27, 195-210.

    Raiffa, H., Richardson, J., & Metcalfe, D. (2003). Negotiation analysis: The science and art of collaborative decision making. Harvard Books.

    Rail, G. (1987). Perceived role characteristics and executive satisfaction in voluntary sport associations. Journal of Sport Psychology, 9, 376-384.

    Ranie, L., & Kalsnes, B. (2001, October 10). The commons of the tragedy: How the internet was used by millions after the terror attacks to grieve, console, share news, and debate the country's response. Retrieved July 17, 2004, from the Pew Internet and American Life Project Web site: http://www.pewtrusts.com/pdf/vf_pew_internet_attack_aftermath.pdf

    Rantilla, A. K. (2000). Collective task responsibility allocation: Revisiting the group-serving bias. Small Group Research, 31, 739-766.

    Rapoport, A. (1985). Provision of public goods and the MCS experimental paradigm. American Political Science Review, 79, 148-155.

    Rapoport, A. (1988). Provision of step-level public goods: Effects of inequality in resources. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 54, 432-440.

    Ratner, R. K., & Miller, D. T. (2001). The norm of self-interest and its effects on social action. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81, 5-16.

    Raven, B. H. (1965). Social influence and power. In I. D. Steiner & M. Fishbein (Eds.), Current studies in social psychology (pp. 371-382). New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.

    Raven, B. H. (1992). A power/interaction model of interpersonal influence: French and Raven thirty years later. Journal of Social Behavior and Personality, 7, 217-244.

    Raven, B. H. (1998). Groupthink, Bay of Pigs, and Watergate reconsidered. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 73, 352-361.

    Raven, B. H. (1999). Influence, power, religion, and the mechanisms of social control. Journal of Social Issues, 55, 161-186.

    Raven, B. H., & Kruglanski, A. W. (1970). Conflict and power. In P. Swingle (Ed.), The structure of conflict. New York: Academic Press.

    Rawlinson, J. W. (2000). Does psychodrama work? A review of the literature. British Journal of Psychodrama and Sociometry, 15, 67-101.

    Rayner, S. R. (1996). Team traps. New York: Wiley.

    Read, K. E. (1986). Return to the high valley: Coming full circle. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

    Read, P. P. (1974). Alive. New York: Avon.

    Reddin, W. J. (1970). Managerial effectiveness. New York: McGraw-Hill.

    Redl, F. (1942). Group emotion and leaders. Psychiatry, 5, 573-596.

    Reeder, K., MacFadyen, L. P., Roche, J., & Chase, M. (2004). negotiating cultures in cyberspace: Participation patterns and problematics. Language Learning and Technology, 8, 88-105

    Rees, C. R., & Segal, M. W. (1984). Role differentiation in groups: The relationship between instrumental and expressive leadership. Small Group Behavior, 15, 109-123.

    Reicher, S. D. (1984). The St. Pauls riot: An explanation of the limits of crowd action in terms of a social identity model. European Journal of Social Psychology, 14, 1-21.

    Reicher, S. D. (1987). Crowd behavior as social action. In J. C. Turner, M. A. Hogg, P. J. Oakes, S. D. Reicher, & M. S. Wetherell (Eds.), Rediscovering the social group: A self-categorization theory (pp. 171-202). Oxford: Blackwell.

    Reicher, S. D. (1996). "The Battle of Westminster": Developing the social identity model of crowd behavior in order to explain the initiation and development of collective conflict. European Journal of Social Psychology, 26, 115-134.

    Reicher, S. D. (2001). The psychology of crowd dynamics. In M. A. Hogg & R. S. Tindale (Eds.), Blackwell handbook of social psychology: Group processes (pp. 182-208). Malden, MA: Blackwell.

    Reicher, S. D., & Levine, M. (1994). Deindividuation, power relations between groups and the expression of social identity: The effects of visibility to the out-group. British Journal of Social Psychology, 33, 145-163.

    Reicher, S. D., Spears, R., & Postmes, T. (1995). A social identity model of deindividuated phenomena. In W. Stroebe & M. Hewstone (Eds.), European review of social psychology, (Vol. 6, pp. 161-198). Chichester, England: Wiley.

    Reichl, A. J. (1997). Ingroup favoritism and outgroup favoritism in low status minimal groups: Differential responses to status-related and status-unrelated measures. European Journal of Social Psychology, 27, 617-633.

    Reid, A., & Deaux, K. (1996). Relationship between social and personal identities: Segregation or integration. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 71, 1084-1091.

    Reifman, A., Lee, L., & Apparala, M. (2004). Spreading popularity of two musical artists: A "Tipping Point" study. Poster presented at the 5th Annual Meeting of the Society for Personality and Social Psychology, Austin, Texas.

    Remland, M. S., Jones, T. S., & Brinkman, H. (1995). Interpersonal distance, body orientation, and touch: Effects of culture, gender, and age. Journal of Social Psychology, 135, 281-297.

    Rempel, J. K., Holmes, J. G., & Zanna, M. P. (1985). Trust in close relationships. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 49, 95-112.

    Reno, R. R., Cialdini, R. B., & Kallgren, C. A. (1993). The transsituational influence of social norms. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 64, 104-112.

    Rentsch, J. R., & Steel, R. P. (1998). Testing the durability of job characteristics as predictors of absenteeism over a six-year period. Personnel Psychology, 51, 165-190.

    Rhee, E., Uleman, J. S., Lee, H. K., & Roman, R. J. (1995). Spontaneous self-descriptions and ethnic identities in individualistic and collectivistic cultures. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 69, 142-152.

    Rheingold, H. (2002). Smart mobs: The next social revolution. Cambridge, MA: Perseus.

    Rice, O. K. (1978). The Hatfields and the McCoys. Lexington, KY: University Press of Kentucky.

    Rice, R. W. (1979). Reliability and validity of the LPC Scale: A reply. Academy of Management Review, 4, 291-294.

    Rice, R. W., Instone, D., & Adams, J. (1984). Leader sex, leader success, and leadership process: Two field studies. Journal of Applied Psychology, 69, 12-31.

    Ridgeway, C. L. (1982). Status in groups: The importance of motivation. American Sociological Review, 47, 76-88.

    Ridgeway, C. L. (1983). The dynamics of small groups. New York: St. Martin's Press.

    Ridgeway, C. L. (1989). Understanding legitimation in informal status orders. In J. Berger, M. Zelditch, Jr., & B. Anderson (Eds.), Sociological theories in progress: New formulations (pp. 131-159). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

    Ridgeway, C. L. (2001). Social status and group structure. In M. A. Hogg & R. S. Tindale (Eds.), Blackwell handbook of social psychology: Group processes (pp. 352-375). Malden, MA: Blackwell.

    Ridgeway, C. L., & Balkwell, J. W. (1997). Group processes and the diffusion of status beliefs. Social Psychology Quarterly, 60, 14-31.

    Ridgeway, C. L., & Walker, H. A. (1995). Status structures. In K. S. Cook, G. A. Fine, & J. S. House (Eds.), Sociological perspectives on social psychology (pp. 281-310). Boston: Allyn & Bacon.

    Riess, M. (1982). Seating preferences as impression management: A literature review and theoretical integration. Communication, 11, 85-113.

    Riess, M., & Rosenfeld, P. (1980). Seating preferences as nonverbal communication: A self-presentational analysis. Journal of Applied Communications Research, 8, 22-30.

    Rimé, B., Philippot, P., Boca, S., & Mesquita, B. (1992). Long-lasting cognitive and social consequences of emotion: Social sharing and rumination. European Review of Social Psychology, 3, 225-258.

    Ringelmann, M. (1913). Research on animate sources of power: The work of man. Annales de l'Institut National Agronomique, 2e serié--tome XII, 1-40.

    Riordan, C., & Riggiero, J. (1980). Producing equal-status interracial interaction: A replication. Social Psychology Quarterly, 43, 131-136.

    Rivera, A. N., & Tedeschi, J. T. (1976). Public versus private reactions to positive inequity. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 34, 895-900.

    Robak, R. W. (2001). Self-definition in psychotherapy: Is it time to revisit self-perception theory? North American Journal of Psychology, 3, 529-534.

    Robert, H. M. (1971). Robert's rules of order (Rev. ed.). New York: Morrow. (Originally published in 1915)

    Rodin, J. (1976). Crowding, perceived choice, and response to controllable and uncontrollable outcomes. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 12, 564-578.

    Rodin, J., & Baum, A. (1978). Crowding and helplessness: Potential consequences of density and loss of control. In A. Baum & Y. Epstein (Eds.), Human responses to crowding. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Rodin, J., Solomon, S. K., & Metcalf, J. (1978). Role of control in mediating perceptions of density. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 36, 988-999.

    Roethlisberger, F. J., & Dickson, W. J. (1939). Management and the worker. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

    Rofé, Y. (1984). Stress and affiliation: A utility theory. Psychological Review, 91, 235-250.

    Rogelberg, S. G., & O'Connor, M. S. (1998). Extending the stepladder technique: An examination of self-paced stepladder groups. Group Dynamics, 2, 82-91.

    Rogelberg, S. G., & Rumery, S. M. (1996). Gender diversity, team decision quality, time on task, and interpersonal cohesion. Small Group Research, 27, 79-90.

    Rogers, C. (1970). Encounter groups. New York: Harper & Row.

    Rogers, R. W., & Prentice-Dunn, S. (1981). Deindividuation and anger-mediated interracial aggression: Unmasking regressive racism. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 41, 63-73.

    Rohrbaugh, M., & Bartels, B. D. (1975). Participants' perceptions of curative factors in therapy and growth groups. Small Group Behavior, 6, 430-456.

    Roll, S., McClelland, G., & Abel, T. (1996). Differences in susceptibility to influence in Mexican American and Anglo females. Hispanic Journal of Behavioral Sciences, 18, 13-20.

    Rom, E., & Mikulincer, M. (2003). Attachment theory and group processes: The association between attachment style and group-related representations, goals, memories, and functioning. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 84, 1220-1235.

    Rook, K. S. (1984). Promoting social bonding: Strategies for helping the lonely and socially isolated. American Psychologist, 39, 1389-1407.

    Roos, P. D. (1968). Jurisdiction: An ecological concept. Human Relations, 21, 75-84.

    Rose, R. (1954). Twelve angry men. Chicago: Dramatic Publishing.

    Rosenbaum, M. E. (1986). The repulsion hypothesis: On the nondevelopment of relationships. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 51, 1156-1166.

    Rosnow, R. L. (1980). Psychology of rumor reconsidered. Psychological Bulletin, 87, 578-591.

    Rosnow, R. L., & Kimmel, A. J. (1979). Lives of a rumor. Psychology Today, 13(6), 88-92.

    Rosnow, R. L., & Rosenthal, R. (1997). People studying people: Artifacts and ethics in behavioral research. New York: Freeman.

    Rosnow, R. L., Yost, J. H., & Esposito, J. L. (1986). Belief in rumor and likelihood of rumor transmission. Language and Communication, 6, 189-194.

    Ross, L. (1977). The intuitive psychologist and his shortcomings: Distortions in the attribution process. Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 10, 173-220.

    Ross, L., Bierbrauer, G., & Hoffman, S. (1976). The role of attribution processes in conformity and dissent: Revisiting the Asch situation. American Psychologist, 31, 148-157.

    Ross, L., & Ward, A. (1995). Psychological barriers to dispute resolution. Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 27, 255-304.

    Ross, M., & Holmberg, D. (1992). Are wives' memories for events in relationships more vivid than their husbands' memories? Journal of Social & Personal Relationships, 9, 585-604.

    Ross, W. H., Brantmeier, C., & Ciriacks, T. (2002). The impact of hybrid dispute-resolution procedures on constituent fairness judgments. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 32, 1151-1188.

    Ross, W. H., & Conlon, D. E. (2000). Hybrid forms of dispute resolution: Theoretical implications of combining mediation and arbitration. Academy of Management Review, 25, 416-427.

    Roth, B. E. (1993). Freud: The group psychologist and group leader. In H. I. Kaplan & M. J. Sadock (Eds.), Comprehensive group psychotherapy (3rd. ed., pp. 10-21). Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.

    Rothbart, M., Sriram, N., & Davis-Stitt, C. (1996). The retrieval of typical and atypical category members. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 32, 309-336.

    Rothgerber, H. (1997). External intergroup threat as an antecedent to perceptions in in-group and out-group homogeneity. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 73, 1206-1212.

    Rothgerber, H., & Worchel, S. (1997). The view from below: Intergroup relations from the perspective of the disadvantaged group. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 73, 1191-1205.

    Rothman, A. L., & Weintraub, M. I. (1995). The sick building syndrome and mass hysteria. Neurologic Clinics, 13, 405-412.

    Rotton, J., & Cohn, E. G. (2002). Climate, weather, and crime. R. B. Bechtel & A. Churchman (Eds.), Handbook of environmental psychology (pp. 481-498). New York: Wiley. Retrieved July 30, 2004, from NetLibrary: http://www.netlibrary.com

    Rouhana, N. N., & Bar-Tal, D. (1998). Psychological dynamics of intractable ethnonational conflicts: The Israeli-Palestinian case. American Psychologist, 53, 761-770.

    Rouhana, N. N., & Kelman, H. C. (1994). Promoting joint thinking in international conflicts: An Israeli-Palestinian continuing workshop. Journal of Social Issues, 50(1), 157-178.

    Roy, D. F. (1973). "Banana time"—Job satisfaction and informal interaction. In W. G. Bennis, D. E. Berlew, E. H. Schein, & F. I. Steele (Eds.), Interpersonal dynamics (pp. 403-417). Homewood, IL: Dorsey.

    Roy, M. C., Gauvin, S., & Limayem, M. (1996). Electronic group brainstorming: The role of feedback and productivity. Small Group Research, 27, 214-247.

    Rozin, P., Lowery, L., Imada, S., & Haidt, J. (1999). The CAD triad hypothesis: A mapping between three moral emotions (contempt, anger, disgust) and three moral codes (community, autonomy, divinity). Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 76, 574-586.

    Ruback, R. B., Dabbs, J. M., Jr., & Hopper, C. H. (1984). The process of brainstorming: An analysis with individual and group vocal parameters. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 47, 558-567.

    Rubin, J. Z. (1980). Experimental research on third-party intervention in conflict: Toward some generalizations. Psychological Bulletin, 87, 379-391.

    Rubin, J. Z. (1986). Third parties within organizations: A responsive commentary. Research on Negotiation in Organizations, 1, 271-283.

    Rubin, J. Z. (1994). Models of conflict management. Journal of Social Issues, 50(1), 33-46.

    Rubin, J. Z., & Brown, B. R. (1975). The social psychology of bargaining and negotiation. New York: Academic Press.

    Rubin, J. Z., Pruitt, D. G., & Kim, S. H. (1994). Social conflict: Escalation, stalemate, and settlement (2nd ed.). New York: McGraw-Hill.

    Rubin, M., & Hewstone, M. (1998). Social identity theory's self-esteem hypothesis: A review and some suggestions for clarification. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 2, 40-62.

    Rubonis, A. V., & Bickman, L. (1991). Psychological impairment in the wake of disaster: The disaster-psychopathology relationship. Psychological Bulletin, 109, 384-399.

    Rudman, L. A., & Glick, P. (2001). Prescriptive gender stereotypes and backlash toward agentic women. Journal of Social Issues, 57, 743-762.

    Rugel, R. P., & Meyer, D. J. (1984). The Tavistock group: Empirical findings and implications for group therapy. Small Group Behavior, 15, 361-374.

    Runcimann, W. G. (1966). Relative deprivation and social justice. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.

    Rusbult, C. E. (1983). A longitudinal test of the investment model: The development (and deterioration) of satisfaction and commitment in heterosexual involvements. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 45, 101-117.

    Rusbult, C. E. (1987). Responses to dissatisfaction in close relationships: The exit-voice-loyalty-neglect model. In D. Perman & S. Duck (Eds.), Intimate relationships: Development, dynamics, and deterioration (pp. 209-237). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

    Rusbult, C. E., & Martz, J. M. (1995). Remaining in an abusive relationship: An investment model analysis of nonvoluntary dependence. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 21, 558-571.

    Rusbult, C. E., Zembrodt, I. M., & Gunn, L. K. (1982). Exit, voice, loyalty, and neglect: Responses to dissatisfaction in romantic involvements. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 43, 1230-1242.

    Ruscher, J. B., & Duval, L. L. (1998). Multiple communicators with unique target information transmit less stereotypical impressions. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 74, 329-344.

    Rush, M. C., Thomas, J. C., & Lord, R. G. (1977). Implicit leadership theory: A potential threat to the internal validity of the leader behavior questionnaires. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 20, 93-110.

    Rushton, J. P. (1989). Genetic similarity, human altruism, and group selection. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 12, 503-559.

    Russell, B. (1938). Power. London: Allen & Unwyn.

    Russell, G. W., & Arms, R. L. (1998). Toward a social psychological profile of would-be rioters. Aggressive Behavior, 24, 219-226.

    Russell, J. A., & Lanius, U. F. (1984). Adaptation levels and the affective appraisal of environments. Journal of Environmental Psychology, 4, 119-135.

    Russell, J. A., & Mehrabian, A. (1975). Task, setting, and personality variables affecting the desire to work. Journal of Applied Psychology, 60, 518-520.

    Ryen, A. H., & Kahn, A. (1975). The effects of intergroup orientation on group attitudes and proxemic behavior: A test of two models. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 31, 302-310.

    Sadler, M. S., & Judd, C. M. (2001). Overcoming dependent data: A guide to the analysis of group data. In M. A. Hogg & R. S. Tindale (Eds.), Blackwell handbook of social psychology: Group processes (pp. 497-524). Malden, MA: Blackwell.

    Sadler, P., & Woody, E. (2003). Is who you are who you're talking to? Interpersonal style and complementarily in mixed-sex interactions. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 84, 80-95.

    Saegert, S. (1978). High-density environments: Their personal and social consequences. In A. Baum & Y. M. Epstein (Eds.), Human response to crowding. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Sagar, H. A., & Schofield, J. W. (1980). Racial and behavioral cues in black and white children's perceptions of ambiguously aggressive acts. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 39, 590-598.

    Saks, M. J. (1977). Jury verdicts. Lexington, MA: Heath.

    Saks, M. J., & Hastie, R. (1978). Social psychology in court. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold.

    Saks, M. J., and Marti, M. W. (1997). A meta-analysis of the effects of jury size. Law and Human Behavior, 21, 451-467.

    Salas, E., & Cannon-Bowers, J. A. (2000). The science of training: A decade of progress. Annual Review of Psychology, 52, 471-499.

    Sampson, E. E. (1971). Social psychology and contemporary society. New York: Wiley.

    Sampson, E. E., & Brandon, A. C. (1964). The effects of role and opinion deviation on small group behavior. Sociometry, 27, 261-281.

    Sampson, R. V. (1965). Equality and power. London: Heinemann.

    Samuelson, C. D., & Allison, S. T. (1994). Cognitive factors affecting the use of social decision heuristics in resource-sharing tasks. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 58, 1-27.

    Samuelson, C. D., & Messick, D. M. (1995). When do people want to change the rules for allocating shared resources? In D. A. Schroeder (Ed.), Social dilemmas: Perspectives on individuals and groups (pp. 144-162). Westport, CT: Praeger.

    Sandal, G. M., Vaernes, R., Bergan, T., Warncke, M., & Ursin, H. (1996). Psychological reactions during polar expeditions and isolation in hyperbaric chambers. Aviation, Space, and Environmental Medicine, 67, 227-234.

    Sandelands, L., & St. Clair, L. (1993). Toward an empirical concept of group. Journal for the Theory of Social Behavior, 23, 423-458.

    Sanders, G. S. (1981). Driven by distraction: An integrative review of social facilitation theory and research. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 17, 227-251.

    Sanders, G. S., & Baron, R. S. (1977). Is social comparison irrelevant for producing choice shifts? Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 13, 303-314.

    Sanders, G. S., Baron, R. S., & Moore, D. L. (1978). Distraction and social comparison as mediators of social facilitation effects. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 14, 291-303.

    Sanders, W. B. (1994). Gangbangs and drive-bys: Grounded culture and juvenile gang violence. New York: Aldine de Gruyter.

    Sankowsky, D. (1995). Charismatic leader as narcissist: Understanding the abuse of power. Organizational Dynamics, 23(4), 57-71.

    Sanna, L. J. (1992). Self-efficacy theory: Implications for social facilitation and social loafing. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 62, 774-786.

    Sanna, L. J., & Parks, C. D. (1997). Group research trends in social and organizational psychology: Whatever happened to intragroup research? Psychological Science, 8, 261-267.

    Sanna, L. J., & Shotland, R. L. (1990). Valence of anticipated evaluation and social facilitation. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 26, 82-92.

    Santee, R. T., & Jackson, S. E. (1982). Sex differences in evaluative implications of conformity and dissent. Social Psychology Quarterly, 45, 121-125.

    Santee, R. T., & Maslach, C. (1982). To agree or not to agree: Personal dissent amid social pressure to conform. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 42, 690-700.

    Sapp, S. G., Harrod, W. J., & Zhao, L. (1996). Leadership emergence in task groups with egalitarian gender-role expectations. Sex Roles, 34, 65-83.

    Sarbin, T. R., & Allen, V. L. (1968). Increasing participation in a natural group setting: A preliminary report. Psychological Record, 18, 1-7.

    Sarri, R. C., & Galinsky, M. J. (1985). In M. Sundel, P. Glasser, R. Sarri, & R. Vinter (Eds.), Individual change through small groups (2nd ed., pp. 70-86). New York: The Free Press.

    Sasfy, J., & Okun, M. (1974). Form of evaluation and audience expertness as joint determinants of audience effects. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 10, 461-467.

    Sattler, D. N., & Kerr, N. L. (1991). Might versus morality explored: Motivational and cognitive bases for social motives. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 60, 756-765.

    Scandura, T. A., & Lankau, M. J. (1996). Developing diverse leaders: A leader-member exchange approach. Leadership Quarterly, 7, 243-263.

    Schachter, S. (1951). Deviation, rejection, and communication. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 46, 190-207.

    Schachter, S. (1959). The psychology of affiliation. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.

    Schachter, S., Ellertson, N., McBride, D., & Gregory, D. (1951). An experimental study of cohesiveness and productivity. Human Relations, 4, 229-238.

    Schafer, M., & Crichlow, S. (1996). Antecedents of groupthink: A quantitative study. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 40, 415-435.

    Schauer, A. H., Seymour, W. R., & Geen, R. G. (1985). Effects of observation and evaluation on anxiety in beginning counselors: A social facilitation analysis. Journal of Counseling and Development, 63, 279-285.

    Schein, E. H. (1961). Coercive persuasion. New York: Norton.

    Schein, E. H. (1971). Process consultation: Its role in organization development. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

    Schein, E. H. (1990). Organizational culture. American Psychologist, 45, 109-119.

    Schein, V. E. (2001). A global look at psychological barriers to women's progress in management. Journal of Social Issues, 57, 675-688.

    Scheuble, K. J., Dixon, K. N., Levy, A. B., & Kagan-Moore, L. (1987). Premature termination: A risk in eating disorder groups. Group, 11, 85-93.

    Schlenker, B. R. (1975). Liking for a group following an initiation: Impression management or dissonance reduction? Sociometry, 38, 99-118.

    Schlenker, B. R., & Bonoma, T. V. (1978). Fun and games: The validity of games for the study of conflict. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 22, 7-37.

    Schlenker, B. R., & Goldman, H. J. (1978). Cooperators and competitors in conflict: A test of the "triangle model." Journal of Conflict Resolution, 22, 393-410.

    Schlenker, B. R., Nacci, P., Helm, B., & Tedeschi, J. T. (1976). Reactions to coercive and reward power: The effects of switching influence modes on target compliance. Sociometry, 39, 316-323.

    Schlenker, B. R., Phillips, S. T., Boniecki, K. A., & Schlenker, D. R. (1995a). Championship pressures: Choking or triumphing in one's own territory. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 68, 632-643.

    Schlenker, B. R., Phillips, S. T., Boniecki, K. A., & Schlenker, D. R. (1995b). Where is the home choke? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 68, 649-652.

    Schlenker, B. R., Pontari, B. A., & Christopher, A. N. (2001). Excuses and character: Personal and social implications of excuses. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 5, 15-32.

    Schlesinger, A. M., Jr. (1965). A thousand days. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.

    Schmidt, D. E., & Keating, J. P. (1979). Human crowding and personal control: An integration of the research. Psychological Bulletin, 86, 680-700.

    Schmidt, N., & Sermat, V. (1983). Measuring loneliness in different relationships. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 44, 1038-1047.

    Schmitt, B. H., Dubé, L., & Leclerc, F. (1992). Intrusions into waiting lines: Does the queue constitute a social system? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 63, 806-815.

    Schmitt, B. H., Gilovich, T., Goore, N., & Joseph, L. (1986). Mere presence and social facilitation: One more time. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 22, 242-248.

    Schmitt, D. R. (1981). Performance under cooperation or competition. American Behavioral Scientist, 24, 649-679.

    Schmitt, M.T., Silvia, P.J., & Branscombe, N.R. (2000). The intersection of self-evaluation maintenance and social identity theories: Intragroup judgment in interpersonal and intergroup contexts. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 26, 1598-1606.

    Schneebaum, T. (1969). Keep the river on your right. New York: Grove Press.

    Schneider, D. J. (2004) The psychology of stereotyping. New York: Guilford.

    Schneider, J., & Cook, K. (1995). Status inconsistency and gender: Combining revisited. Special Issue: Extending interaction theory. Small Group Research, 26, 372-399.

    Schofield, J. W. (1978). School desegregation and intergroup relations. In D. Bar-Tal & L. Saxe (Eds.), The social psychology of education. Washington, DC: Halstead.

    Schofield, J. W., & Sagar, H. A. (1977). Peer interaction patterns in an integrated middle school. Sociometry, 40, 130-138.

    Schofield, J. W., & Whitley, B. E., Jr. (1983). Peer nomination vs. rating scale measurement of children's peer preferences. Social Psychology Quarterly, 46, 242-251.

    Schopler, J., & Insko, C. A. (1992). The discontinuity effect in interpersonal and intergroup relations: Generality and mediation. European Review of Social Psychology, 3, 121-151.

    Schopler, J., Insko, C. A., Currey, D., Smith, S., Brazil, D., Riggins, T., Gaertner, L., & Kilpatrick, S. (1994). The survival of a cooperative tradition in the intergroup discontinuity context. Motivation and Emotion, 18, 301-315.

    Schopler, J., Insko, C. A., Drigotas, S. M., Wieselquist, J., Pemberton, M., & Cox, C. (1995). The role of identifiability in the reduction of interindividual-intergroup discontinuity. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 31, 553-574.

    Schopler, J., Insko, C. A., Graetz, K. A., Drigotas, S. M., & Smith, V. A. (1991). The generality of the individual-group discontinuity effect: Variations in positivity-negativity of outcomes, players' relative power, and magnitude of outcomes. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 17, 612-624.

    Schopler, J., Insko, C. A., Graetz, K. A., Drigotas, S., Smith, V. A., & Dahl, K. (1993). Individual-group discontinuity: Further evidence for mediation by fear and greed. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 19, 419-431.

    Schopler, J., & Layton, B. D. (1972a). Attributions of interpersonal influence and power. Morristown, NJ: General Learning Press.

    Schopler, J., & Layton, B. D. (1972b). Determinants of the self-attribution of having influenced another person. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 22, 326-332.

    Schriesheim, C. A., Cogliser, C. C., & Neider, L. L. (1995). Is it "trustworthy"? A multiple-levels-of-analysis re-examination of an Ohio State leadership study, with implications for future research. Leadership Quarterly, 6, 111-145.

    Schriesheim, C. A., & Eisenbach, R. J. (1995). An exploratory and confirmatory factor-analytic investigation of item wording effects on the obtained factor structures of survey questionnaire measures. Journal of Management, 21, 1177-1193.

    Schubert, M. A., & Borkman, T. J. (1991). An organizational typology for self-help groups. American Journal of Community Psychology, 19, 769-787.

    Schultz, P. W., Shriver, C., Tabanico, J. J., & Khazian, A. M. (2004). Implicit connections with nature. Journal of Environmental Psychology, 24, 31-42.

    Schulz-Hardt, S., Frey, D., Luethgens, C., & Moscovici, S. (2000). Biased information search in group decision making. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 78, 655-669.

    Schulz-Hardt, S., Jochims, M., & Frey, D. (2002). Productive conflict in group decision making: Genuine and contrived dissent as strategies to counteract biased information seeking. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 88, 563-586.

    Schuster, B. (1996). Mobbing, bullying, and peer rejection. Psychological Science Agenda, 9(4), 12-13.

    Schuster, M. A., Stein, B. D., Jaycox, L. H., Collins, R. L., Marshall, G. N., Elliott, M. N., Zhou, A. J., Kanouse, D. E., Morrison, J. L., & Berry, S. H. (2001). A national survey of stress reactions after the September 11, 2001, terrorist attacks. New England Journal of Medicine, 345, 1507-1512.

    Schutte, N. S., Malouff, J. M., Bobik, C., Coston, T. D., Greeson, C., Jedlicka, C., Rhodes, E., & Wendorf, G. (2001). Emotional intelligence and interpersonal relations. Journal of Social Psychology, 141, 523-536.

    Schutz, W. C. (1958). FIRO: A three-dimensional theory of interpersonal behavior. New York: Rinehart.

    Schutz, W. C. (1992). Beyond FIRO-B. Three new theory-driven measures—lement B: behavior, Element F: feelings, Element S: self. Psychological Reports, 70, 915-937.

    Schwartz, B., & Barsky, S. F. (1977). The home advantage. Social Forces, 55, 641-661.

    Schwartz, H., & Jacobs, J. (1979). Qualitative sociology: A method to the madness. New York: Free Press.

    Schwartz, M. S., & Schwartz, C. G. (1955). Problems in participant observation. American Journal of Sociology, 60, 343-354.

    Schwartz, S. H. (1994). Are there universal aspects in the structure and contents of human values? Journal of Social Issues, 50(4), 19-45.

    Schwartz, S. H., & Gottlieb, A. (1976). Bystander reactions to a violent theft: Crime in Jerusalem. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 34, 1188-1199.

    Schwarz, E. D., & Kowalski, J. M. (1992). Malignant memories: Reluctance to utilize mental health services after a disaster. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 180, 767-772.

    Schwarz, N., Groves, R. M., & Schuman, H. (1998). Survey methods. In D. T. Gilbert, S. T. Fiske, & G. Lindzey (Eds.), The handbook of social psychology (4th ed., Vol. 1, pp. 143-179). New York: McGraw-Hill.

    Schwarzwald, J., Amir, Y., & Crain, R. L. (1992). Long-term effects of school desegregation experiences on interpersonal relations in the Israeli Defense Forces. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 18, 357-368.

    Scott, W. A., & Scott, R. (1981). Intercorrelations among structural properties of primary groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 41, 279-292.

    Sculley, J. (with J. A. Byme). (1987). Odyssey: Pepsi to Apple . . . A journey of adventure, ideas, and the future. New York: Harper & Row.

    Seal, D. W., Bogart, L. M., & Ehrhardt, A. A. (1998). Small group dynamics: The utility of focus group discussion as a research method. Group Dynamic, 2, 253-267.

    Seashore, S. E. (1954). Group cohesiveness in the industrial work group. Ann Arbor, MI: Institute for Social Research.

    Sedikides, C., Gaertner, L., & Toguchi, Y. (2003). Pancultural self-enhancement. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 84, 60-79.

    Sedikides, C., Schopler, J., & Insko, C. A. (Eds.). (1998). Intergroup cognition and intergroup behavior. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Seeger, J. A. (1983). No innate phases in group problem solving. Academy of Management Review, 8, 683-689.

    Seeman, A. A., & Hellman, P. (1975). Chief! New York: Avon.

    Seeman, M., Seeman, T., & Sayles, M. (1985). Social networks and health status: A longitudinal analysis. Social Psychology Quarterly, 48, 237-248.

    Seers, A., & Woodruff, S. (1997). Temporal pacing in task forces: Group development or deadline pressure? Journal of Management, 23, 169-187.

    Seers, A., Keller, T., & Wilkerson, J. M. (2003). Can team members share leadership? Foundations in research and theory. In C. L. Pearce & J. A. Conger (Eds.), Shared leadership: Reframing the hows and whys of leadership (pp. 77-102). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

    Segal, H. A. (1954). Initial psychiatric findings of recently repatriated prisoners of war. American Journal of Psychiatry, 111, 358-363.

    Segal, M. W. (1974). Alphabet and attraction: An unobtrusive measure of the effect of propinquity in a field setting. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 30, 654-657.

    Segal, M. W. (1979). Varieties of interpersonal attraction and their interrelationships in natural groups. Social Psychology Quarterly, 42, 253-261.

    Sekaquaptewa, D., & Thompson, M. (2002). The differential effects of solo status on members of high- and low-status groups. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 694-707.

    Sekaquaptewa, D., & Thompson, M. (2003). Solo status, stereotype threat, and performance expectancies: Their effects on women's performance. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 39, 68-74.

    Seligman, M. E. P. (1995). The effectiveness of psychotherapy: The Consumer Reports study. American Psychologist, 50, 965-974.

    Seligman, M. E. P. (1996). Science as an ally of practice. American Psychologist, 51, 1072-1079.

    Sell, J. (1997). Gender, strategies, and contributions to public goods. Social Psychology Quarterly, 60, 252-265.

    Sell, J., Griffith, W. I., & Wilson, R. K. (1993). Are women more cooperative than men in social dilemmas? Social Psychology Quarterly, 56, 211-222.

    Sell, J., Lovaglia, M. J., Mannix, E. A., Samuelson, C.D., & Wilson, R.K. (2004). Investigating conflict, power, and status within and among groups. Small Group Research, 35, 44-72.

    Sellers, R. M., Rowley, S. A. J., Chavous, T. M., Shelton, J. N., & Smith, M. A. (1997). Multidimensional Inventory of Black Identity: A preliminary investigation of reliability and constuct validity. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 73, 805-815.

    Semin, G. R., Gil de Montes, L., & Vlencia, J. F. (2003). Communication constraints on the linguistic intergroup bias. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 39, 142-148.

    Semin, G. R., & Rubini, M. (1990). Unfolding the concept of person by verbal abuse. European Journal of Social Psychology, 20, 463-474.

    Service, E. R. (1975). Origins of the state and civilization. New York: Norton.

    Seta, C. E., & Seta, J. J. (1995). When audience presence is enjoyable: The influences of audience awareness of prior success on performance and task interest. Basic and Applied Social Psychology, 16, 95-108.

    Seta, J. J., Crisson, J. E., Seta, C. E., & Wang, M. A. (1989). Task performance and perceptions of anxiety: Averaging and summation in an evaluative setting. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 56, 387-396.

    Seta, J. J., Seta, C. E., & Donaldson, S. (1991). The impact of comparison processes on coactors' frustration and willingness to expend effort. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 17, 560-568.

    Shackelford, S., Wood, W., & Worchel, S. (1996). Behavioral styles and the influence of women in mixed-sex groups. Social Psychology Quarterly, 59, 284-293.

    Shah, J. Y., Kruglanski, A. W., & Thompson, E. P. (1998). Membership has its (epistemic) rewards: Need for closure effects on in-group bias. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 75, 383-393.

    Shambaugh, P. W. (1978). The development of the small group. Human Relations, 31, 283-295.

    Shamir, B. (1992). Attribution of influence and charisma to the leader: The romance of leadership revisited. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 22, 386-407.

    Shaver, P., & Buhrmester, D. (1983). Loneliness, sex-role orientation, and group life: A social needs perspective. In P. B. Paulus (Ed.), Basic group processes (pp. 259-288). New York: Springer-Verlag.

    Shaver, P., Schwartz, J., Kirson, D., & O'Connor, C. (1987). Emotion knowledge: Further exploration of a prototype approach. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 52, 1061-1086.

    Shaw, J. I., & Condelli, L. (1986). Effects of compliance outcome and basis of power on the powerholder-target relationship. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 12, 236-246.

    Shaw, M. E. (1964). Communication networks. Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 1, 111-147.

    Shaw, M. E. (1978). Communication networks fourteen years later. In L. Berkowitz (Ed.), Group processes. New York: Academic Press.

    Shaw, M. E. (1981). Group dynamics: The psychology of small group behavior (3rd ed.). New York: McGraw-Hill.

    Shaw, M. E., & Breed, G. R. (1970). Effects of attribution of responsibility for negative events on behavior in small groups. Sociometry, 33, 382-393.

    Shaw, M. E., & Shaw, L. M. (1962). Some effects of sociometric grouping upon learning in a second grade classroom. Journal of Social Psychology, 57, 453-458.

    Shaw, Marjorie E. (1932). A comparison of individuals and small groups in the rational solution of complex problems. American Journal of Psychology, 44, 491-504.

    Sheatsley, P. B., & Feldman, J. J. (1964). The assassination of President Kennedy: A preliminary report on public attitudes and behavior. Public Opinion Quarterly, 28, 189-215.

    Shebilske, W. L., Jordon, J. A., Goettl, B. P., & Paulus, L. E. (1998). Observation versus hands-on practice of complex skills in dyadic, triadic, and tetradic training-teams. Human Factors, 40, 525-540.

    Shechtman, Z. (1994). The effect of group psychotherapy on close same-gender friendships among boys and girls. Sex Roles, 30, 829-834.

    Sheldon, K. M., Elliot, A. J., Kim, Y, & Kasser, T. (2001). What is satisfying about satisfying events? Testing 10 candidate psychological needs. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 80, 325-339.

    Shelly, R. K., Troyer, L., Munroe, P. T., & Burger, T. (1999). Social structure and the duration of social acts. Social Psychology Quarterly, 62, 83-95.

    Sheppard, B. H. (1983). Managers as inquisitors: Some lessons from the law. In H. Bazerman & R. J. Lewicki (Eds.), Negotiating in organizations (pp. 193-213). Beverly Hills, CA: Sage.

    Shepperd, J. A. (1993). Productivity loss in performance groups: A motivation analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 113, 67-81.

    Shepperd, J. A. (1995). Remedying motivation and productivity loss in collective settings. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 5, 131-133.

    Shepperd, J. A., & Wright, R. A. (1989). Individual contributions to a collective effort: An incentive analysis. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 15, 141-149.

    Sheridan, C. L., & King, R. G., Jr. (1972). Obedience to authority with an authentic victim. Proceedings of the 80th Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association, 7, 165-166.

    Sherif, M. (1936). The psychology of social norms. New York: Harper & Row.

    Sherif, M. (1966). In common predicament: Social psychology of intergroup conflict and cooperation. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.

    Sherif, M., Harvey, O. J., White, B. J., Hood, W. R., & Sherif, C. W. (1961). Intergroup conflict and cooperation. The Robbers Cave Experiment. Norman, OK: Institute of Group Relations.

    Sherif, M., & Sherif, C. W. (1953). Groups in harmony and tension. New York: Harper & Row.

    Sherif, M., & Sherif, C. W. (1956). An outline of social psychology (rev. ed.). New York: Harper & Row.

    Sherif, M., White, B. J., & Harvey, O. J. (1955). Status in experimentally produced groups. American Journal of Sociology, 60, 370-379.

    Sherman, J. D. (2002). Leader role inversion as a corollary to leader-member exchange. Group and Organization Management, 27, 245-271.

    Sherrod, D. R., & Cohen, S. (1979). Density, personal control, and design. In J. R. Aiello & A. Baum (Eds.), Residential crowding and design (pp. 217-227). New York: Plenum.

    Shiflett, S. (1979). Toward a general model of small group productivity. Psychological Bulletin, 86, 67-79.

    Shotola, R. W. (1992). Small groups. In E. F. Borgatta & M. L. Borgatta (Eds.), Encyclopedia of sociology (Vol. 4, pp. 1796-1806). New York: Macmillan.

    Shrauger, J. S. (1975). Responses to evaluation as a function of initial self-perceptions. Psychological Bulletin, 82, 581-596.

    Shure, G. H., & Meeker, J. R. (1967). A personality/attitude scale for use in experimental bargaining studies. Journal of Psychology, 65, 233-252.

    Shure, G. H., Rogers, M. S., Larsen, I. M., & Tassone, J. (1962). Group planning and task effectiveness. Sociometry, 25, 263-282.

    Sias, P. M., & Jablin, F. M. (1995). Differential superior-subordinate relations, perceptions of fairness, and coworker communication. Human Communication Research, 22, 5-38.

    Sidanius, J., & Pratto, F. (1999). Social dominance: An intergroup theory of social hierarchy and oppression. New York: Cambridge University Press.

    Silver, W. S., & Bufanio, K. A. (1996). The impact of group efficacy and group goals on group task performance. Small Group Research, 27, 347-349.

    Silver, W. S., & Bufanio, K. A. (1997). Reciprocal relationships, causal influences, and group efficacy: A reply to Kaplan. Small Group Research, 28, 559-562.

    Simmel, G. (1902). The number of members as determining the sociological form of the group. American Journal of Sociology, 8, 1-46, 158-196.

    Simmel, G. (1955). Conflict. New York: Free Press.

    Simmons, W. W. (2001, January). When it comes to choosing a boss, Americans still prefer men: Even women prefer a male boss by a two-to-one margin. Princeton, NJ: The Gallup Organization. Retrieved July 24, 2004 from the Gallup Poll Web site: http://www.gallup.com/poll/content/login.aspx?ci=2128

    Simon, B., Glässner-Bayerl, B., & Stratenwerth, I. (1991). Stereotyping and self-stereotyping in a natural intergroup context: The case of heterosexual and homosexual men. Social Psychology Quarterly, 54, 252-266.

    Simon, B., & Hamilton, D. L. (1994). Self-stereotyping and social context: The effects of relative ingroup size and ingroup status. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 66, 699-711.

    Simon, B., Pantaleo, G., & Mummendey, A. (1995). Unique individual or interchangeable group member? The accentuation of intragroup differences versus similarities as an indicator of the individual self versus the collective self. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 69, 106-119.

    Simon, R. J. (1980). The jury: Its role in American society. Lexington, MA: Heath.

    Simonson, I., & Nowlis, S. M. (2000). The role of explanations and need for uniqueness in consumer decision making: Unconventional choices based on reasons. Journal of Consumer Research, 27, 49-68.

    Simonton, D. K. (1980). Land battles, generals, and armies: Individual and social determinants of victory and casualties. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 38, 110-119.

    Simonton, D. K. (1985). Intelligence and personal influence in groups: Four nonlinear models. Psychological Review, 92, 532-547.

    Simonton, D. K. (1987). Why presidents succeed. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.

    Singer, E. (1990). Reference groups and social evaluations. In M. Rosenberg & R. H. Turner (Eds.), Social psychology: Sociological perspectives (pp. 66-93). New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Publishers.

    Singer, J. E., Baum, C. S. Baum, A., & Thew, B. D. (1982). Mass psychogenic illness: The case for social comparison. In M. J. Colligan, J. W. Pennebaker, & L. R. Murphy (Eds.), Mass psychogenic illness: A social psychological analysis (pp. 155-169). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Singer, J. E., Brush, C. A., & Lublin, S. C. (1965). Some aspects of deindividuation: Identification and conformity. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 1, 356-378.

    Skinner, B. F. (1971). Beyond freedom and dignity. New York: Knopf.

    Skinner, B.F. (1953). Science and human behavior. New York: Macmillan.

    Skinner, E. A., Edge, K., Altman, J., & Sherwood, H. (2003). Searching for the structure of coping: A review and critique of category systems for classifying ways of coping. Psychological Bulletin, 129, 216-269.

    Slater, P. E. (1955). Role differentiation in small groups. American Sociological Review, 20, 300-310.

    Slavson, S. R. (1950). Group psychotherapy. Scientific American, 183(6), 42-45.

    Smart, R. (1965). Social-group membership, leadership, and birth order. Journal of Social Psychology, 67, 221-225.

    Smeesters, D., Warlop, L., Van Avermaet, E., Corneille, O., & Yzerbyt, V. (2003). Do not prime hawks with doves: The interplay of construct activation and consistency of social value orientation on cooperative behavior. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 84, 972-987.

    Smelser, N. J. (1962). Theory of collective behavior. New York: The Free Press.

    Smith, D. H. (1980). Participation in outdoor recreation and sports. In D. H. Smith, J. Macaulay, & Associates (Eds.), Participation in social and political activities: A comprehensive analysis of political involvement, expressive leisure time, and helping behavior (pp. 177-201). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

    Smith, E. R., Murphy, J., & Coats, S. (1999). Attachment to groups: Theory and management. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 77, 94-110.

    Smith, M. B. (1972). Is experimental social psychology advancing? Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 8, 86-96.

    Smith, P. B. (1975). Controlled studies of the outcome of sensitivity training. Psychological Bulletin, 82, 597-622.

    Smith, P. B. (1980). The outcome of sensitivity training and encounter. In P. B. Smith (Ed.), Small groups and personal change (pp. 25-55). New York: Methuen.

    Smith, P. B., & Bond, M. H. (1993). Social psychology across cultures: Analysis and perspectives. Boston: Allyn & Bacon.

    Smith, P. B., Dugan, S., Peterson, M. F., & Leung, K. (1998). Individualism/collectivism and the handling of disagreement. A 23 country study. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 22, 351-367.

    Smoke, W. H., & Zajonc, R. B. (1962). On the reliability of group judgments and decisions. In J. H. Crisswell, H. Solomon, & P. Suppes (Eds.), Mathematical methods in small group processes (pp. 322-333). Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.

    Sniezek, J. A., & Buckley, T. (1993). Becoming more or less uncertain. N. J. Castellan (Ed.), Individual and group decision making: Current issues (pp. 87-108). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Snow, D. A., & Oliver, P. E. (1995). Social movements and collective behavior: Social psychological dimensions and considerations. In K. S. Cook, G. A. Fine, & J. S. House (Eds.), Sociological perspectives on social psychology (pp. 571-599). Needham Heights, MA: Allyn and Bacon.

    Snyder, C. R., & Fromkin, H. L. (1980). Uniqueness: The human pursuit of difference. New York: Plenum.

    Snyder, C. R., Higgins, R. L., & Stucky, R. J. (1983). Excuses: Masquerades in search of grace. New York: Wiley.

    Snyder, C. R., Ilardi, S., Michael, S. T., & Cheavens, J. (2000). Hope theory: Updating a common process for psychological change. C. R. Snyder & R. E. Ingram (Eds.), Handbook of psychological change: Psychotherapy processes & practices for the 21st century (pp. 128-153). New York: Wiley.

    Somech, A. (2003). Relationships of participative leadership with relational demography variables: A multi-level perspective. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 24, 1003-1018.

    Sommer, R. (1959). Studies in personal space. Sociometry, 22, 247-260.

    Sommer, R. (1967). Small group ecology. Psychological Bulletin, 67, 145-152.

    Sommer, R. (1969). Personal space. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall.

    Sommer, R. (2002). Personal space in a digital age. R. B. Bechtel & A. Churchman (Eds.), Handbook of environmental psychology (pp. 647-660). New York: Wiley. Retrieved July 29, 2004, from NetLibrary: http://www.netlibrary.com

    Sorokin, P. A., & Lundin, W. A. (1959). Power and morality: Who shall guard the guardians? Boston: Sargent.

    Sorrels, J. P., & Kelley, J. (1984). Conformity by omission. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 10, 302-305.

    Sorrentino, R. M., & Boutillier, R. G. (1975). The effect of quantity and quality of verbal interaction on ratings of leadership ability. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 11, 403-411.

    Sorrentino, R. M., & Field, N. (1986). Emergent leadership over time: The functional value of positive motivation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 50, 1091-1099.

    Spears, R., Doosje, B., & Ellemers, N. (1997). Self-stereotyping in the face of threats to group status and distinctiveness: The role of group identification. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 23, 538-553.

    Spears, R., Lea, M., & Lee, S. (1990). De-individuation and group polarization in computer-mediated communication. British Journal of Social Psychology, 29, 121-134.

    Spears, R., Postmes, T., Lea, M., & Wolbert, A. (2002). When are net effects gross products? The power of influence and the influence of power in computer-mediated communication. Journal of Social Issues, 58, 91-107.

    Spencer Stuart (2004). The 2004 Spencer Stuart route to the top: Our survey of Fortune 700 CEOs provides a snapshot of today’s CEOs and the major trends emerging. Retrieved June 29, 2004 from Spencer Stuart Web site: http://www.spencerstuart.com/

    Spencer, H. (1897). The principles of sociology. New York: Appleton.

    Spencer, R. W., Huston, J. H. (1993). Rational forecasts: On confirming ambiguity as the mother of conformity. Journal of Economic Psychology, 14, 697-709.

    Spira, J. L. (1997). Understanding and developing psychotherapy groups for medically ill patients. In J. L. Spira (Ed.), Group therapy for medically ill patients (pp. 3-52). New York: Guilford Press.

    Squire, S. (1983). The slender balance. New York: Pinnacle.

    Staats, H., & Hartig, T. (2004). Alone or with a friend: A social context for psychological restoration and environmental preferences. Journal of Environmental Psychology, 24, 199-211.

    Stafford, L., Dainton, M., & Haas, S. (2000). Measuring routine and strategic relational maintenance: Scale revision, sex versus gender roles, and the prediction of relational characteristics. Communication Monographs, 67, 306-323.

    Stager, S. F., Chassin, L., & Young, R. D. (1983). Determinants of self-esteem among labeled adolescents. Social Psychology Quarterly, 46, 3-10.

    Stangor, C., Jonas, K., Stroebe, W., & Hewstone, M. (1996). Influence of student exchange on national stereotypes, attitudes, and perceived group variability. European Journal of Social Psychology, 26, 663-675.

    Stasser, G. (1992a). Information salience and the discovery of hidden profiles by decision-making groups: A "thought experiment." Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 52, 156-181.

    Stasser, G. (1992b). Pooling of unshared information during group discussions. In S. Worchel, W. Wood, & J. A. Simpson (Eds.), Group process and productivity (pp. 48-67). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

     Stasser, G., & Dietz-Uhler, B. (2001). Collective choice, judgment, and problem solving. In M. A. Hogg & R. S. Tindale (Eds.), Blackwell handbook of social psychology: Group processes (pp. 31-55). Malden, MA: Blackwell.

    Stasser, G., Kerr, N. L., & Bray, R. M. (1982). The social psychology of jury deliberations: Structure, process, and product. In N. L. Kerr & R. M. Bray (Eds.), Psychology of the courtroom (pp. 221-256). New York: Academic Press.

    Stasser, G., & Stewart, D. (1992). Discovery of hidden profiles by decision-making groups: Solving a problem versus making a judgment. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 63, 426-434.

    Stasser, G., Taylor, L. A., & Hanna, C. (1989). Information sampling in structured and unstructured discussions of three- and six-person groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 57, 67-78.

    Stasser, G., & Titus, W. (1985). Pooling of unshared information in group decision making: Biased information sampling during discussion. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 48, 1467-1478.

    Stasser, G., & Titus, W. (1987). Effects of information load and percentage of shared information on the dissemination of unshared information during group discussion. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 53, 81-93.

    Stasson, M. F., & Bradshaw, S. D. (1995). Explanations of individual-group performance differences: What sort of "bonus" can be gained through group interaction? Small Group Research, 26, 296-308.

    Stasson, M. F., Kameda, T., & Davis, J. H. (1997). A model of agenda influences on group decisions. Group Dynamics, 1, 316-323.

    Staub, E. (1989). The roots of evil: The origins of genocide and other group violence. New York: Cambridge University Press.

    Staub, E. (1990). Moral exclusion, personal goal theory, and extreme destructiveness. Journal of Social Issues, 46(1), 47-64.

    Staub, E. (1996). Cultural-societal roots of violence: The examples of genocidal violence and of contemporary youth violence in the United States. American Psychologist, 51, 117-132.

    Staudacher, C. (1994). Time to grieve. San Francisco: HarperCollins.

    Staw, B. M., & Ross, J. (1987). Behavior in escalation situations: Antecedents, prototypes, and solutions. Research in Organizational Behavior, 9, 39-78.

    Steers, R. M., & Porter, L. W. (1991). Motivation and work behavior (4th ed.). New York: McGraw-Hill.

    Stein, R. T., & Heller, T. (1979). An empirical analysis of the correlations between leadership status and participation rates reported in the literature. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 37, 1993-2002.

    Stein, R. T., & Heller, T. (1983). The relationship of participation rates to leadership status: A meta-analysis. In H. H. Blumberg, A. P. Hare, V. Kent, & M. Davies (Eds.), Small groups and social interaction (Vol. 1, pp. 401-406). New York: Wiley.

    Steinel, W., & De Dreu, C. K. (2004). Social motives and strategic misrepresentation in social decision making. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 86, 419-434.

    Steiner, I. D. (1972). Group process and productivity. New York: Academic Press.

    Steiner, I. D. (1974). Whatever happened to the group in social psychology? Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 10, 94-108.

    Steiner, I. D. (1976). Task-performing groups. In J. W. Thibaut, J. T. Spence, & R. C. Carson (Eds.), Contemporary topics in social psychology (pp. 393-422). Morristown, NJ: General Learning Press.

    Steiner, I. D. (1983). What ever happened to the touted revival of the group? In H. Blumberg, A. Hare, V. Kent, & M. Davies (Eds.), Small groups and social interaction (Vol. 2, pp. 539-547). New York: Wiley.

    Steiner, I. D. (1986). Paradigms and groups. Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 19, 251-289.

    Steinzor, B. (1950). The spatial factor in face to face discussion groups. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 45, 552-555.

    Stempfle, J., Hübner, O., & Badke-Schaub, P. (2001). A functional theory of task role distribution in work groups. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 4, 138-159.

    Stephan, F. F., & Mishler, E. G. (1952). The distribution of participation in small groups: An exponential approximation. American Sociological Review, 17, 598-608.

    Stephan, W. G. (1987). The contact hypothesis in intergroup relations. Review of Personality and Social Psychology, 9, 13-40.

    Stephan, W. G., & Rosenfield, D. (1982). Racial and ethnic stereotypes. In A. G. Miller (Ed.), In the eye of the beholder: Contemporary issues in stereotyping. New York: Praeger.

    Stephan, W. G., & & Stephan, C. W. (2000). An integrated threat theory of prejudice. In Oskamp, S. (Ed.). Reducing prejudice and discrimination (pp. 23-45). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Retrieved June24, 2004, from NetLibrary: http://www.netlibrary.com

    Stern, E. K. (1997). Probing the plausibility of newgroup syndrome: Kennedy and the Bay of Pigs. In P. t' Hart, E. K., Stern, & B. Sundelius (Eds.), Beyond groupthink: Political group dynamics and foreign policy-making (pp. 153-189). Ann Arbor, MI: University of Michigan Press.

    Sternberg, R. J. (2003). A duplex theory of hate: Development and application to terrorism, massacres, and genocide. Review of General Psychology, 7, 299-328.

    Sternberg, R. J., & Dobson, D. M. (1987). Resolving interpersonal conflicts: An analysis of stylistic consistency. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 52, 794-812.

    Stevenson, R. J., & Repacholi, B. M. (2003). Age-related changes in children's hedonic response to male body odor. Developmental Psychology, 39, 670-679.

    Stevenson, W. B., Pearce, J. L., & Porter, L. W. (1985). The concept of "coalition" in organizational theory and research. Academy of Managment Review, 10, 256-267.

    Stewart, A. E., Stewart, E. A., & Gazda, G. M. (1997). Assessing the need for a new group journal. Group Dynamics, 1, 75-85.

    Stewart, D. D., & Stasser, G. (1998). The sampling of critical, unshared information in decision-making groups: The role of an informed minority. European Journal of Social Psychology, 28, 95-113.

    Stewart, G. L., & Manz, C. C. (1995). Leadership for self-managing work teams: A typology and integrative model. Human Relations, 48, 747-770.

    Stewart, P. A., & Moore, J. C. (1992). Wage disparities and performance expectations. Social Psychology Quarterly, 55, 78-85.

    Stiles, W. B., Lyall, L. M., Knight, D. P., Ickes, W., Waung, M., Hall, C. L., & Primeau, B. E. (1997). Gender differences in verbal presumptuousness and attentiveness. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 23, 759-772.

    Stiles, W. B., Shapiro, D. A., & Elliott, R. (1986). "Are all psychotherapies equivalent?" American Psychologist, 41, 165-180.

    Stogdill, R. M. (1948). Personal factors associated with leadership. Journal of Psychology, 23, 35-71.

    Stogdill, R. M. (1974). Handbook of leadership. New York: Free Press.

    Stokes, J. P. (1983). Components of group cohesion: Intermember attraction, instrumental value, and risk taking. Small Group Behavior, 14, 163-173.

    Stokes, J. P. (1985). The relation of social network and individual difference variables to loneliness. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 48, 981-990.

    Stokols, D. (1972). On the distinction between density and crowding: Some implications for future research. Psychological Review, 79, 275-278.

    Stokols, D. (1978). In defense of the crowding construct. In A. Baum, J. E. Singer, & S. Valins (Eds.), Advances in environmental psychology (Vol. 1, pp. 111-130). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Stokols, D., & Altman, I. (Eds.) (1987). Handbook of environmental psychology (Vols. 1 & 2). New York: Wiley.

    Stolte, J. F., Fine, G. A., & Cook, K. S. (2001). Sociological miniaturism: Seeing the big through the small in social psychology [Electronic version]. Annual Review of Sociology, 27, 387-413.

    Stoner, J. A. (1968). Risky and cautious shifts in group decisions: The influence of widely held values. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 4, 442-459.

    Stoner, J. A. F. (1961). A comparison of individual and group decisions involving risk. Unpublished master's thesis. Cambridge, MA: Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

    Stones, C. R. (1982). A community of Jesus people in South Africa. Small Group Behavior, 13, 264-272.

    Stoop, J. R. (1932). Is the judgment of the group better than that of the average member of the group? Journal of Experimental Psychology, 15, 550-562.

    Storms, M. D., & Thomas, G. C. (1977). Reactions to physical closeness. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 35, 319-328.

    Storr, A. (1988). Solitude: A return to the self. New York: The Free Press.

    Stout, R. J., Salas, E., & Fowlkes, J. E. (1997). Enhancing teamwork in complex environments through team training. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice, 1, 169-182.

    Stratham, A. (1987). The gender model revisited: Differences in the management styles of men and women. Sex Roles, 16, 409-429.

    Straus, S. G. (1997). Technology, group process, and group outcomes: Testing the connections in computer-mediated and face-to-face groups. Human-Computer Interaction, 12, 227-266.

    Strauss, A., & Corbin, J. (1998). Basics of qualitative research: Techniques and procedures for developing grounded theory (2nd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

    Strauss, A. L. (1944). The literature on panic. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 39, 317-328.

    Strauss, B. (2002). Social facilitation in motor tasks: A review of research and theory. Psychology of Sport & Exercise, 3, 237-256.

    Street, M. D. (1997). Groupthink: An examination of theoretical issues, implications, and future research suggestions. Small Group Research, 28, 72-93.

    Streufert, S., & Streufert, S. C. (1986). The development of international conflict. In S. Worchel & W. G. Austin (Eds.), Psychology of intergroup relations (2nd ed., pp. 134-152). Chicago: Nelson-Hall.

    Strickland, L. H. (1958). Surveillance and trust. Journal of Personality, 26, 206-215.

    Strickland, L. H., Barefoot, J. C., & Hockenstein, P. (1976). Monitoring behavior in the surveillance and trust paradigm. Representative Research in Social Psychology, 7, 51-57.

    Strodtbeck, F. L., & Hook, L. H. (1961). The social dimensions of a twelve-man jury table. Sociometry, 24, 397-415.

    Strodtbeck, F. L., James, R. M., & Hawkins, C. (1957). Social status in jury deliberations. American Sociological Review, 22, 713-719.

    Strodtbeck, F. L., & Lipinski, R. M. (1985). Becoming first among equals: Moral considerations in jury foreman selection. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 49, 927-936.

    Strodtbeck, F. L., & Mann, R. D. (1956). Sex role differentiation in jury deliberations. Sociometry, 19, 3-11.

    Stroebe, M. S. (1994). The broken heart phenomenon: An examination of the mortality of bereavement. Journal of Community and Applied Social Psychology, 4, 47-61.

    Stroebe, W., Diehl, M., & Abakoumkin, G. (1992). The illusion of group effectivity. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 18, 643-650.

    Stroebe, W., Diehl, M., & Abakoumkin, G. (1996). Social compensation and the Köhler effect: Toward a theoretical explanation of motivation gains in group productivity. In E. Witte & J. Davis (Eds.), Understanding group behavior: Consensual action by small groups (Vol. 2., pp. 37-65). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Stroebe, W., Stroebe, M. S., Abakoumkin, G., & Schut, H. (1996). The role of loneliness and social support in adjustment to loss: A test of attachment versus stress theory. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 70, 1241-1249.

    Strong, S. R., Hills, H. I., Kilmartin, C. T., DeVries, H., Lanier, K., Nelson, B. N., Strickland, D., & Meyer, C. W., III. (1988). The dynamic relations among interpersonal behaviors: A test of complementarity and anticomplementarity. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 54, 798-810.

    Stryker, S., & Burke, P. J. (2000). The past, present, and future of an identity theory. Social Psychology Quarterly, 63, 284-297.

    Stryker, S., & Statham, A. (1985). Symbolic interaction and role theory. In G. Lindzey & E. Aronson (Eds.), The handbook of social psychology (3rd ed., Vol. 1, pp. 311-378). New York: Random House.

    Stuster, J. (1996). Bold endeavors: Lessons from polar and space exploration. Annapolis, MD: Naval Institute Press.

    Suedfeld, (1987). Extreme and unusual environments. In D. Stokols & I. Altman (Eds.), Handbook of environmental psychology (Vol. 1, pp. 863-887). New York: Wiley.

    Suedfeld, P. (1997). The social psychology of "invictus": Conceptual and methodological approaches to indomitability. In C. McGarty & S. A. Haslam (Eds.), The message of social psychology: Perspectives on mind in society (pp. 329-341). Malden, MA: Blackwell.

    Suedfeld, P., & Steel, G. D. (2000). The environmental psychology of capsule habitats Annual Review of Psychology, 51, 227-253.

    Sugisawa, H., Liang, J., Liu, X. (1994). Social networks, social support, and mortality among older people in Japan. Journals of Gerontology, 49, S3-S13.

    Suh, E. J., Moskowitz, D. S., Fournier, M. A., & Zuroff, D. C. (2004). Gender and relationships: Influences on agentic and communal behaviors. Personal Relationships, 11, 41-59.

    Sulloway, F. J. (1996). Born to rebel: Birth order, family dynamics, and creative lives. New York: Pantheon Books.

    Suls, J., Martin, R., & David, J. P. (1998). Person-environment fit and its limits: Agreeableness, neuroticism, and emotional reactivity to interpersonal conflict. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 24, 88-98.

    Suls, J., & Wheeler, L. (Eds.). (2000). Handbook of social comparison: Theory and research. New York: Kluwer Academic.

    Sumner, W. G. (1906). Folkways. New York: Ginn.

    Sundstrom, E. (1975). An experimental study of crowding: Effects of room size, intrusion, and goal-blocking on nonverbal behavior, self-disclosure, and self-reported stress. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 32, 645-654.

    Sundstrom, E. (1987). Work environments: Offices and factories. In D. Stokols & I. Altman (Eds.), Handbook of environmental psychology (Vol. 1, pp. 733-782). New York: Wiley.

    Sundstrom, E. & Altman, I. (1974). Field study of dominance and territorial behavior. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 30, 115-125.

    Sundstrom, E., Bell, P. A., Busby, P. L., & Asmus, C. (1996). Environmental psychology: 1989-1994. Annual Review of Psychology, 47, 485-512.

    Sundstrom, E., De Meuse, K. P., & Futrell, D. (1990). Work teams: Applications and effectiveness. American Psychologist, 45, 120-133.

    Sundstrom, E., McIntyre, M., Halfhill, T., & Richards, H. (2000). Work groups: From the Hawthorne studies to work teams of the 1990s and beyond. Group Dynamics, 4, 44-67.

    Sunwolf. (2002). Getting to "GroupAha!": Provoking creative processes in task groups. In L. R. Frey (Ed.), New directions in group communication (pp. 203-217). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

    Swap, W. C., & Rubin, J. Z. (1983). Measurement of interpersonal orientation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 44, 208-219.

    't Hart, P. (1991). Irving L. Janis' Victims of Groupthink. Political Psychology, 12, 247-278.

    't Hart, P. (1998). Preventing groupthink revisited: Evaluating and reforming groups in government. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 73, 306-326.

    Tajfel, H. (1981). Human groups and social categories: Studies in social psychology. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

    Tajfel, H., & Turner, J. C. (1979). An integrative theory of intergroup conflict. In W. G. Austin & S. Worchel (Eds.), The social psychology of intergroup relations (pp. 33-47). Monterey, CA: Brooks/Cole.

    Tajfel, H., & Turner, J. C. (1986). The social identity theory of intergroup behavior. In S. Worchel & W. G. Austin (Eds.), Psychology of intergroup relations (2nd ed., pp. 7-24). Chicago: Nelson-Hall.

    Tanford, S., & Penrod, S. (1983). Computer modeling of influence in the jury: the role of the consistent juror. Social Psychology Quarterly, 46, 200-212.

    Tanford, S., & Penrod, S. (1984). Social influence model: A formal integration of research on majority and minority influence processes. Psychological Bulletin, 95, 189-225.

    Tang, J. (1997). The Model Minority thesis revisited: (Counter)evidence from the science and engineering fields. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 33, 291-314.

    Tarde, G. (1903). The laws of imitation. New York: Holt.

    Tarnow, E. (2000). Self-destructive obedience in the airplane cockpit and the concept of obedience optimization. In T. Blass (Ed.). Obedience to authority: Current perspectives on the Milgram paradigm (pp. 111-123). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Tata, J., Anthony, T., Hung-yu, L., Newman, B., Tang, S., Millson, M., & Sivakumar, K. (1996). Proportionate group size and rejection of the deviate: A meta-analytic integration. Journal of Social Behavior and Personality, 11, 739-752.

    Tate, D. F., & Zabinski, M. F. (2004). Computer and Internet Applications for Psychological Treatment: Update for Clinicians. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 60, 209-220.

    Taub, S. (2001, December 5). Enron blame game: Accountants take the offensive. Retrieved March, 3 2002 from CFO.com: Tools and Resources for Financial Executives Web site: http://www.cfo.com/

    Tauer, J. M., & Harackiewicz, J. M. (2004). The effects of cooperation and competition on intrinsic motivation and performance. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 86, 849-861.

    Taylor, D. M., & Moghaddam, F. M. (1994). Theories of intergroup relations (2nd ed.). Westport, CT: Praeger.

    Taylor, F. W. (1923). The principles of scientific management. New York: Harper.

    Taylor, H. F. (1970). Balance in small groups. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold.

    Taylor, R. B., & Lanni, J. C. (1981). Territorial dominance: The influence of the resident advantage in triadic decision making. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 41, 909-915.

    Taylor, S. E., Klein, L. C., Lewis, B. P., Gruenewald, T. L., Gurung, R. A. R., & Updegraff, J. A. (2000). Biobehavioral responses to stress in females: Tend-and-befriend, not fight-or-flight. Psychological Review, 107, 411-429.

    Taylor, S. E., & Lobel, M. (1989). Social comparison activity under threat: Downward evaluation and upward contacts. Psychological Review, 96, 569-575.

    Tedeschi, J. T., Gaes, G. G., & Rivera, A. N. (1977). Aggression and the use of coercive power. Journal of Social Issues, 33(1), 101-125.

    Tedeschi, J. T., Smith, R. B., III, & Brown, R. C. (1974). A reinterpretation of research on aggression. Psychological Bulletin, 81, 540-563.

    Teger, A. (1980). Too much invested to quit. New York: Pergamon.

    Tennen, H., McKee, T. E., & Affleck, G. (2000). Social comparison processes in health and illness. J. Suls & L. Wheeler (Eds.), Handbook of social comparison: Theory and research (pp. 443-483). Dordrecht, Netherlands: Kluwer Academic.

    Terkel, S. (1980). American dreams, lost and found. New York: Ballantine.

    Terry, D. J., & Hogg, M. A. (1996). Group norms and the attitude-behavior relationship: A role for group identification. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 22, 776-793.

    Tesser, A. (1988). Toward a self-evaluation maintenance model of social behavior. Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 21, 181-227.

    Tesser, A. (1991). Emotion in social comparison and reflection processes. In J. Suls & T. A. Wills (Eds.), Social comparison: Contemporary theory and research (pp. 117-148). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Tesser, A., Campbell, J., & Smith, M. (1984). Friendship choice and performance: Self-evaluation maintenance in children. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 46, 561-574.

    Tetlock, P. E. (1979). Identifying victims of groupthink from public statements of decision makers. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 37, 1314-1324.

    Tetlock, P. E., Peterson, R. S., McGuire, C., Chang, S., & Feld, P. (1992). Assessing political group dynamics: A test of the groupthink model. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 63, 403-425.

    “The Who,” the what, but why? (1979, December 5). Richmond News Leader, p. A19.

    Thibaut, J. W., & Coules, J. (1952). The role of communication in the reduction of interpersonal hostility. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 47, 770-777.

    Thibaut, J. W., & Kelley, H. H. (1959). The social psychology of groups. New York: Wiley.

    Thoits, P. A. (1992). Identity structures and psychological well-being: Gender and marital status comparisons. Social Psychology Quarterly, 55, 236-256.

    Thomas, E. J., & Fink, C. F. (1961). Models of group problem solving. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 63, 53-63.

    Thomas, K. W. (1992). Conflict and negotiation processes in organizations. In M. D. Dunnette & L. M. Hough (Eds.), Handbook of industrial and organizational psychology (2nd ed., Vol. 3, pp. 651-717). Palo Alto, CA: Consulting Psychologists Press.

    Thomas, W. I. (1928). The child in America. New York: Knopf.

    Thompson, L. (1990). Negotiation behavior and outcomes: Empirical evidence and theoretical issues. Psychological Bulletin, 108, 515-532.

    Thompson, L. (1991). Information exchange in negotiation. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 27, 161-179.

    Thompson, L.  (2004). Making the team: A guide for managers (2nd ed.). Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

    Thompson, L., & Hrebec, D. (1996). Lose-lose agreements in interdependent decision making. Psychological Bulletin, 120, 396-409.

    Thompson, L., & Nadler, J. (2000). Judgmental biases in conflict resolution and how to overcome them. M. Deutsch & P. T. Coleman (Eds.), The handbook of conflict resolution: Theory and practice (pp. 213-235). San Francisco. Jossey-Bass.

    Thoreau, H. D. (1962). Walden and other writings. New York: Bantam.

    Thorndike, E.L. (1920). Intelligence and its uses. Harper's Magazine, 140, 227-235.

    Thorne, B. (1993) Gender play. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press.

    Thrasher, F. M. (1927). The gang. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

    Thye, S. R. (2000). A status value theory of power in exchange relations. American Sociological Review, 65, 407-432.

    Tiedens, L. Z. (2001). Anger and advancement versus sadness and subjugation: The effect of negative emotion expressions on social status conferral. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 80, 86-94.

    Tiedens, L. Z., Ellsworth, P. C., & Mesquita, B. (2000). Stereotypes about sentiments and status: Emotional expectations for high- and low-status group members. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 26, 560-574.

    Tiedens, L. Z., & Fragale, A. R. (2003). Power moves: Complementarity in dominant and submissive nonverbal behavior. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 84, 558-568.

    Tindale, R. S. (1993). Decision errors made by individuals and groups. In N. J. Castellan (Ed.), Individual and group decision making (pp. 109-124). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Tindale, R. S., Meisenhelder, H. M., Dykema-Engblade, A. A., & Hogg, M. A. (2001). Shared cognitions in small groups. M. A. Hogg & R. S. Tindale (Eds.), Blackwell handbook in social psychology: Group processes 1-30 Oxford, Blackwell Publishers.

    Tindale, R. S., Smith, C. M., Thomas, L. S., Filkins, J., & Sheffey, S. (1996). Shared representations and asymmetric social influence processes in small groups. In E. Witte & J. Davis (Eds.), Understanding group behavior: Consensual action by small groups (Vol. 1, pp. 81-103). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Tjosvold, D. (1986). Working together to get things done. Lexington, MA: Lexington Books.

    Tjosvold, D. (1995). Cooperation theory, constructive controversy, and effectiveness: Learning from crisis. In R. A. Guzzo, E. Salas, & Associates, Team effectiveness and decision making in organizations (pp. 79-112). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

    Toch, H. (1969). Violent men. Chicago: Aldine.

    Toennies, F. (1963). Community and society [Gemeinscheaft and Gesellschaft]. New York: Harper & Row. (Original work published in 1887)

    Tolnay, S. E., & Beck, E. M. (1996). Vicarious violence: Spatial effects on southern lynchings, 1890-1919. American Journal of Sociology, 102, 788-815.

    Tolstoy, L. (1869/1952). War and peace. Chicago: Encyclopedia Britannica.

    Torrance, E. P. (1954). The behavior of small groups under the stress conditions of "survival." American Sociological Review, 19, 751-755.

    Torrance, E. P. (1957). Group decision-making and disagreement. Social Forces, 35, 314-318.

    Tracey, T. J., Ryan, J. M., & Jaschik-Herman, B. (2001). Complementarity of interpersonal circumplex traits. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 27, 786-797.

    Trafimow, D., Triandis, H. C., & Goto, S. G. (1991). Some tests of the distinction between the private self and the collective self. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 60, 649-655.

    Travis, L. E. (1928). The influence of the group upon the stutterer's speed in free association. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 23, 45-51.

    Triandis, H. C. (1995). Individualism and collectivism. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

    Triandis, H. C. (1996). The psychological measurement of cultural syndromes. American Psychologist, 51, 407-415.

    Triandis, H. C., Carnevale, P. J., Gelfand, M., Robert, C., Wasti, A., Probst, T. M., Kashima, E. S., Dragonas, T., Chan, D., Chen, X. P., Kim, U., Kim, K., de Dreu, C., van de Vliert, E., Iwao, S., Ohbuchi, K., & Schmitz, P. (2001). Culture, personality, and deception in intercultural management negotiations. International Journal of Cross-Cultural Management, 1, 73-90.

    Triandis, H. C., McCusker, C., & Hui, C. H. (1990). Multimethod probes of individualism and collectivism. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 59, 1006-1013.

    Triandis, H. C., & Suh, E. M. (2002). Cultural influences on personality. Annual Review of Psychology, 53, 133-160.

    Triplett, N. (1898). The dynamogenic factors in pacemaking and competition. American Journal of Psychology, 9, 507-533.

    Tropp, L. R., & Wright, S. C. (2001). Ingroup identification as the inclusion of ingroup in the self. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 27, 585-600.

    Trost, M. R., Maass, A., & Kenrick, D. T. (1992). Minority influence: Personal relevance biases cognitive processes and reverses private acceptance. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 28, 234-254.

    Trujillo, N. (1986). Toward a taxonomy of small group interaction coding systems. Small Group Behavior, 17, 371-394.

    Tsui, A. S. (1984). A role-set analysis of managerial reputation. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 34, 64-96.

    Tubbs, S. L. (2001). A systems approach to small group interaction (7th ed.). New York: McGraw-Hill.

    Tubre, T. C., Collins, J. M. (2000). Jackson and Schuler (1985) revisited: A meta-analysis of the relationships between role ambiguity, role conflict, and job performance. Journal of Management, 26, 155-169.

    Tucker, C. W., Schweingruber, D., & McPhail, C. (1999). Simulating arcs and rings in gatherings [Electronic version]. International Journal of Human-Computer Studies, 50, 581-588.

    Tuckman, B. W. (1965). Developmental sequences in small groups. Psychological Bulletin, 63, 384-399.

    Tuckman, B. W., & Jensen, M. A. C. (1977). Stages of small group development revisited. Group and Organizational Studies, 2, 419-427.

    Turner, A. L. (2000). Group treatment of trauma survivors following a fatal bus accident: Integrating theory and practice. Group Dynamics, 4, 139-149.

    Turner, J. C. (1982). Towards a cognitive redefinition of the social group. In H. Tajfel (Ed.), Social identity and intergroup relations (pp. 15-40). Cambridge, England: Cambridge University Press.

    Turner, J. C., Hogg, M. A., Oakes, P. J., Reicher, S. D., & Wetherell, M. S. (1987). Rediscovering the social group: A self-categorization theory. Malden, MA: Blackwell.

    Turner, J. C., & Onorato, R. S. (1999). Social identity, personality, and the self-concept: A self-categorization perspective. In T. R. Tyler, R. M. Kramer, & O. P. John (Eds.), The psychology of the social self (pp. 11-46). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.  

    Turner, M. E., & Pratkanis, A. R. (Eds.). (1998). Theoretical perspectives on groupthink: A twenty-fifth anniversary appraisal. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 73(2-3).

    Turner, M. E., Pratkanis, A. R., Probasco, P., & Leve, C. (1992). Threat, cohesion, and group effectiveness: Testing a social identity maintenance perspective on groupthink. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 63, 781-796.

    Turner, R. H. (1964). Collective behavior. In R. E. L. Faris (Ed.), Handbook of modern sociology. Chicago: Rand McNally.

    Turner, R. H., & Colomy, P. (1988). Role differentiation: Orienting principles. Advances in Group Processes, 5, 1-27.

    Turner, R. H., & Killian, L. M. (1972). Collective behavior (2nd ed.). Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall.

    Turner, R. H., & Killian, L. M. (1987). Collective behavior (3rd. ed.). Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall.

    Twenge, J. M. (2001). Changes in women's assertiveness in response to status and roles: A cross-temporal meta-analysis, 1931-1993. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81, 133-145.

    Twenge, J. M., Baumeister, R. F., Tice, D. M., & Stucke, T. S. (2001). If you can't join them, beat them: Effects of social exclusion on aggressive behavior. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81, 1058-1069.

    Twenge, J. M., Catanese, K. R., & Baumeister, R. F. (2002). Social exclusion causes self-defeating behavior. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83, 606-615.

    Twenge, J. M., & Crocker, J. (2002). Race and self-esteem: Meta-analyses comparing Whites, Blacks, Hispanics, Asians, and American Indians and comment on Gray-Little and Hafdahl (2000). Psychological Bulletin, 128, 371-408.

    Tyerman, A., & Spencer, C. (1983). A critical test of the Sherifs' Robber's Cave Experiments: Intergroup competition and cooperation between groups of well-acquainted individuals. Small Group Behavior, 14, 515-531.

    U.S. Senate Select Committee on Intelligence (2004). Report on the U.S. Intelligence Community's Prewar Intelligence Asessments on Iraq: Conclusions. Retrieved July 13, 2004, from the United States Senate Select Committee on Intelligence website. http://intelligence.senate.gov/

    Uchino, B. N., Cacioppo, J. T., & Kiecolt-Glaser, J. K. (1996). The relationship between social support and physiological processes: A review with emphasis on underlying mechanisms and implications for health. Psychological Bulletin, 119, 488-531.

    Ulbig, S.G., & Funk, C. L. (1999). Conflict avoidance and political participation. Political Behavior, 21, 265-282.

    Umberson, D., Chen, M. D., House, J. S., Hopkins, K., & Slaten, E. (1996). The effect of social relationships on psychological well-being: Are men and women really so different? American Sociological Review, 61, 837-857.

    Uris, A. (1978). Executive dissent: How to say no and win. New York: AMACOM.

    Utman, C. H. (1997). Performance effects of motivational state: A meta-analysis. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 1, 170-182.

    Utz, S., & Sassenberg, K. (2002). Distributive justice in common-bond and common-identity groups. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 5, 151-162.

    Van de Ven, A. H. (1974). Group decision-making effectiveness. Kent, OH: Kent State University Center for Business and Economic Research Press.

    Van de Ven, A. H., & Delbecq, A. L. (1971). Nominal versus interacting group process for committee decision making effectiveness. Academy of Management Journal, 14, 203-212.

    van de Vliert, E., & Euwema, M. C. (1994). Agreeableness and activeness as components of conflict behaviors. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 66, 674-687.

    Van de Vliert, E., & Janssen, O. (2001). Description, explanation, and prescription of intragroup conflict behaviors. M. E. Turner (Ed.), Groups at work: Theory and research (pp. 267-297). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Retrieved May 18, 2004, from NetLibrary: http://www.netlibrary.com

    van den Bos, K., Wilke, H., & Lind, E. A. (1998). When do we need procedural fairness? The role of trust in authority. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 75, 1449-1458.

    van Engen, M. L.(2001). Gender and leadership: A contextual perspective. Unpublished doctoral dissertation. Tilburg, Netherlands: Tilburg University.

    Van Hiel, A., & Franssen, V. (2003). Information acquisition bias during the preparation of group discussion: A comparison of prospective minority and majority members. Small Group Research, 34, 557-574.

    Van Kleef, G. A., & De Dreu, C. K. (2002). Social value orientation and impression formation: A test of two competing hypotheses about information search in negotiation. International Journal of Conflict Management, 13, 59-77.

    van Kleef, G. A., De Dreu, C. K., & Manstead, A. S. (2004). The Interpersonal Effects of Anger and Happiness in Negotiations. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 86, 57-76.

    Van Lange, P. A. M. (1999). The pursuit of joint outcomes and equality in outcomes: An integrative model of social value orientation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 77, 337-349.

    Van Lange, P. A. M. (2000). Cooperation and competition. In A. E. Kazdin (Ed.), Encyclopedia of psychology (Vol. 2, pp. 296-300). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association. Retrieved September 19, 2004, from the American Psychological Association PsychBooksWeb site: http://online.psycinfo.com/psycbooks

    Van Lange, P. A. M., De Bruin, E. M. N., Otten, W., & Joireman, J. A. (1997). Development of prosocial, individualistic, and competitive orientations: Theory and preliminary evidence. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 73, 733-746.

    Van Lange, P. A. M., Ouwerkerk, J. W., & Tazelaar, M. J. (2002). How to overcome the detrimental effects of noise in social interaction: The benefits of generosity. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 82, 768-780.

    van Oostrum, J., & Rabbie, J. M. (1995). Intergroup competition and cooperation within autocratic and democratic management regimes. Small Group Research, 26, 269-295.

    Van Sell, M., Brief, A. P., & Schuler, R. S. (1981). Role conflict and role ambiguity: Integration of the literature and directions for future research. Human Relations, 34, 43-71.

    Van Vugt, M., & Hart, C. M. (2004). Social identity as social glue: The origins of group loyalty. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 86, 585-598.

    Van Zelst, R. H. (1952). Sociometrically selected work teams increase production. Personnel Psychology, 5, 175-185.

    Vandello, J. A., & Cohen, D. (1999). Patterns of individualism and collectivism across the United States. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 77, 279-292.

    Vandello, J. A., & Cohen, D. (2003). Male honor and female fidelity: Implicit cultural scripts that perpetuate domestic violence. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 84, 997-1010.

    Vandello, J. A., & Cohen, D. (2004). When believing is seeing: Sustaining norms of violence in cultures of honor. In M. Schaller & C. S. Crandall (Eds.), The psychological foundations of culture (pp. 281-304). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Varela, J. A. (1971). Psychological solutions to social problems. New York: Academic Press.

    Varma, A., & Stroh, L. K. (2001). Different perspectives on selection for international assignments: The impact of LMX and gender. Cross Cultural Management, 8, 85-97.

    Vecchio, R. P. (1987). Situational leadership theory: An examination of a prescriptive theory. Journal of Applied Psychology, 72, 444-451.

    Vecchio, R. P., & Boatwright, K. J. (2002). Preferences for idealized styles of supervision [Electronic version]. Leadership Quarterly, 13, 327-342.

    Veitch, J. A. (1990). Office noise and illumination effects on reading comprehension. Journal of Environmental Psychology, 10, 209-217.

    Vertue, F. M. (2003). From adaptive emotion to dysfunction: An attachment perspective on social anxiety disorder. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 7, 170-191.

    Vider, S. (2004). Rethinking crowd violence: Self-categorization theory and the Woodstock 1999 riot. Journal for the Theory of Social Behaviour, 34, 141-166.

    Villaseñor, V. (1977). Jury: The people vs. Juan Corona. Boston: Little, Brown.

    Vinacke, W. E. (1971). Negotiations and decisions in a politics game. In B. Lieberman (Ed.), Social choice. New York: Gordon & Breach.

    Vinokur, A., & Burnstein, E. (1974). The effects of partially shared persuasive arguments on group-induced shifts: A group-problem-solving approach. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 29, 305-315.

    Vinokur, A., & Burnstein, E. (1978). Depolarization of attitudes in groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 36, 872-885.

    Vinokur, A., Burnstein, E., Sechrest, L., & Wortman, P. M. (1985). Group decision making by experts: Field study of panels evaluating medical technologies. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 49, 70-84.

    Vinsel, A., Brown, B. B., Altman, I., & Foss, C. (1980). Privacy regulation, territorial displays, and effectiveness of individual functioning. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 39, 1104-1115.

    Vorauer, J. D., Miller, D. T. (1997). Failure to recognize the effect of implicit social influence on the presentation of self. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 73, 281-295.

    Vroom, V. H. (1973). A new look at managerial decision making. Organizational Dynamics, 1, 66-80.

    Vroom, V. H. (1974). Decision making and the leadership process. Journal of Contemporary Business, 3, 47-64.

    Vroom, V. H. (1976). Leadership. In M. D. Dunnette (Ed.), Handbook of industrial and organizational psychology. Chicago: Rand McNally.

    Vroom, V. H., & Jago, A. G. (1978). On the validity of the Vroom/Yetton model. Journal of Applied Psychology, 63, 151-162.

    Vroom, V. H., & Jago, A. G. (1988). The new leadership: Managing participation in organizations. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice-Hall, Inc.

    Vroom, V. H., & Mann, F. C. (1960). Leader authoritarianism and employee attitudes. Personnel Psychology, 13, 125-140.

    Vroom, V. H., & Yetton, P. W. (1973). Leadership and decision making. Pittsburgh, PA: University of Pittsburgh Press.

    Wageman, R. (1999). Task design, outcome interdependence, and individual differences: Their joint effects on effort in task-performing teams. Group Dynamics, 3, 132-137.

    Wageman, R. (2001). The meaning of interdependence. In M. E. Turner (Ed.), Groups at work: Theory and research (pp. 197-217). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Retrieved May 18, 2004, from NetLibrary: http://www.netlibrary.com

    Wagner, D. G., & Berger, J. (1993). Status characteristics theory: The growth of a program. In J. Berger & M. Zelditch, Jr. (Eds.), Theoretical research programs: Studies in the growth of theory (pp. 24-63). Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.

    Wagner, J. A. (1994). Participation effects on performance and satisfaction: A reconsideration of research evidence. Academy of Management Review, 19, 312-330.

    Waldman, D. A., Bass, B. M., & Yammarino, F. J. (1990). Adding to contingent-reward behavior: The augmenting effect of charismatic leadership. Group and Organization Studies, 15, 381-394.

    Walker, C. J., & Berkerle, C. A. (1987). The effect of state anxiety on rumor transmission. Journal of Social Behavior and Personality, 2, 353-360.

    Walker, H. A., Ilardi, B. C. McMahon, A. M., & Fennell, M. L. (1996). Gender, interaction, and leadership. Social Psychology Quarterly, 59, 255-272.

    Walker, M. B., & Andrade, M. G. (1996). Conformity in the Asch task as a function of age. Journal of Social Psychology, 136, 367-372.

    Wall, J. A., & Callister, R. R. (1995). Conflict and its management. Journal of Management, 21, 515-558.

    Wall, V. D., Jr., & Nolan, L. L. (1987). Small group conflict: A look at equity, satisfaction, and styles of conflict management. Small Group Behavior, 18, 188-211.

    Wallach, M. A., Kogan, N., & Bem, D. J. (1962). Group influence on individual risk taking. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 65, 75-86.

    Walsh, D. (2003). Classroom sociometrics. Retrieved August 23, 2004 from Walsh’s classroom sociometrics website. http://www.classroomsociometrics.com/

    Walsh, Y., Russell, R. J. H., & Wells, P. A. (1995). The personality of ex-cult members. Personality and Individual Differences, 19, 339-344.

    Walther, E., Bless, H., Strack, F., Rackstraw, P., Wagner, D., & Werth, L. (2002). Conformity effects in memory as a function of group size, dissenters and uncertainty. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 16, 793-810.

    Wang, A. Y., Newlin, M. H., & Tucker, T. L. (2001). A discourse analysis of online classroom chats: Predictors of cyber-student performance. Teaching of Psychology, 28, 222-226.

    Wann, D. L., Dolan, T. J., McGeorge, K. K., & Allison, J. A. (1994). Relationships between spectator identification and spectators' perceptions of influence, spectators' emotions, and competition outcome. Journal of Sport and Exercise Psychology, 16, 347-364.

    Ward, R. E. Jr. (2002). Fan violence: Social problem or moral panic? Aggression and Violent Behavior, 7, 453-475.

    Ware, R., Barr, J. E., & Boone, M. (1982). Subjective changes in small group processes: An experimental investigation. Small Group Behavior, 13, 395-401.

    Warfield-Coppock, N. (1995). Toward a theory of Afrocentric organizations. Journal of Black Psychology, 21, 30-48.

    Warner HBO (Production Company). (2001). Do you believe in miracles? The story of the 1980 U.S. Hockey Team [Videotape]. New York: HBO Studios.

    Warr, M. (2002). Companions in crime: The social aspects of criminal conduct. New York: Cambridge University Press.

    Wasserman, S., & Faust, K. (1994). Social network analysis: Methods and applications. New York: Cambridge University Press.

    Watson, C., & Hoffman, L. R. (1996). Managers as negotiators: A test of power versus gender as predictors of feelings, behavior, and outcomes. Leadership Quarterly, 7, 63-85.

    Watson, C. B., Chemers, M. M., & Preiser, N. (2001). Collective efficacy: A multilevel analysis. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 27, 1057-1068.

    Watson, D., & Clark, L. A. (1997). Extraversion and its positive emotional core. In R. Hogan & J. A. Johnson (Eds.), Handbook of personality psychology (pp. 767-793). San Diego, CA: Academic Press.

    Watson, R. I., Jr. (1973). Investigation into deindividuation using a cross-cultural survey technique. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 25, 342-345.

    Watson, W. E., Kumar, K., & Michaelsen, L. K. (1993). Cultural diversity's impact on interaction process and performance: Comparing homogeneous and diverse task groups. Academy of Management Journal, 36, 590-602.

    Webb, N. M., Troper, J. D., & Fall, R. (1995). Constructive activity and learning in collaborative small groups. Journal of Educational Psychology, 87, 406-423.

    Weber, M. (1946). The sociology of charismatic authority. In H. H. Gert, & C. W. Mills (Trans. & Eds.), From Max Weber: Essay in sociology (pp. 245-252). New York: Oxford University Press. (Originally published in 1921)

    Webster, D.M., & Kruglanski, A.W. (1998). Cognitive and social consequences of the need for cognitive closure. European Review of Social Psychology, 8, 133-173.

    Webster, M. Jr., & Hysom, S. J. (1998). Creating status characteristics. American Sociological Review, 63, 351-378.

    Webster, M., Jr., & Driskell, J. E., Jr. (1983). Processes of status generalization. In H. H. Blumberg, A. P. Hare, V. Kent, & M. F. Davies (Eds.), Small groups and social interaction (Vol. 1, pp. 57-67). New York: Wiley.

    Wech, B. A., Mossholder, K. W., Steel, R. P., & Bennett, N. (1998). Does work group cohesiveness affect individuals' performance and organizational commitment? A cross-level examination. Small Group Research, 29, 472-494.

    Wegner, D. M. (1987). Transactive memory: A contemporary analysis of the group mind. In B. Mullen & G. R. Goethals (Eds.), Theories of group behavior (pp. 185-208). New York: Springer-Verlag.

    Wegner, D. M., Giuliano, T., & Hertel, P. T. (1985). Cognitive interdependence in close relationships. In W. Ickes (Ed.), Compatible and incompatible relationships (pp. 253-276). New York: Springer-Verlag.

     Weick, K. E. (1985). Systematic observational methods. In G. Lindzey & E. Aronson (Eds.), The handbook of social psychology (Vol. 1, 3rd ed., pp. 567-634). New York: Random House.

    Weick, K. E. (1990). The vulnerable system: An analysis of the Tenerife air disaster. Journal of Management, 16, 571-593.

    Weigold, M. F., & Schlenker, B. R. (1991). Accountability and risk taking. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 17, 25-29.

    Weiner, N., & Mahoney, T. (1981). A model of corporate performance as a function of environmental, organizational and leadership influences. Academy of Management Journal, 24, 453-70.

    Weingart. L. R. (1997). How did they do that? The ways and means of studying group process. Research in Organizational Behavior, 19, 189-239.

    Weingart, L. R., Thompson, L. L., Bazerman, M. H., & Carroll, J. S. (1990). Tactical behavior and negotiation outcomes. The International Journal of Conflict Management, 1, 7-31.

    Weingart, L. R., & Weldon, E. (1991). Processes that mediate the relationship between a group goal and group member performance. Human Performance, 4, 33-54.

    Weiss, R. F., & Miller, F. G. (1971). The drive theory of social facilitation. Psychological Review, 78, 44-57.

    Wekselberg, V., Goggin, W. C., & Collings, T. J. (1997). A multifaceted concept of group maturity and its measurement and relationship to group performance. Small Group Research, 28, 3-28.

    Weldon, E., Jehn, K. A., & Pradhan, P. (1991). Processes that mediate the relationship between a group goal and improved group performance. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 61, 555-569.

    Weldon, E., & Weingart, L. R. (1993). Group goals and group performance. British Journal of Social Psychology, 32, 307-334.

    Weldon, M. S., & Bellinger, K. D. (1997). Collective memory: Collaborative and individual processes in remembering. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 23, 1160-1175.

    Weldon, M. S., Blair, C., & Huebsch, D. (2000). Group remembering: Does social loafing underlie collaborative inhibition? Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 26, 1568-1577.

    Welsh, D. A. (1989). Crisis decision making reconsidered. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 33, 430-445.

    Werner, C. M., Brown, B. B., & Altman, I. (2002). Transactionally oriented research: Examples and strategies. R. Bechtel & A. Churchman (Eds.), Handbook of environmental psychology (pp. 203-221). New York: Wiley. Retrieved July 30, 2004, from NetLibrary: http://www.netlibrary.com

    Werner, P. (1978). Personality and attitude-activism correspondence. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 36, 1375-1390.

    West, S. G., Gunn, S. P., & Chernicky, P. (1975). Ubiquitous Watergate: An attributional analysis. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 23, 55-65.

    Weybrew, B. B. (1963). Psychological problems of prolonged marine submergence. In J. N. Burns, R. Chambers, & E. Hendler (Eds.), Unusual environments and human behavior. New York: Macmillan.

    Wheelan, S. A. (1994). Group process: A developmental perspective. Boston: Allyn & Bacon.

    Wheelan, S. A., Davidson, B., & Tilin, F. (2003). Group development across time: reality or illusion? Small Group Research, 34, 223-245.

    Wheelan, S. A., & Hochberger, J. M. (1996). Validation studies of the group development questionnaire. Small Group Research, 27, 143-170.

    Wheelan, S. A., & McKeage, R. L. (1993). Developmental patterns in small and large groups. Small Group Research, 24, 60-83.

    Wheeler, D. D., & Janis, I. L. (1980). A practical guide for making decisions. New York: Free Press.

    Wheeler, L. (1966). Toward a theory of behavioral contagion. Psychological Review, 73, 179-192.

    Wheeler, L., & Miyake, K. (1992). Social comparison in everyday life. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 62, 760-773.

    White, H. C., & White, C. A. (1993). Canvases and careers: Institutional change in the French painting world. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

    White, R. K. (1965). Images in the context of international conflict. In H. Kelman (Ed.), International behavior behavior: A social-psychological analysis. New York: Holt, Rinehart, & Winston.

    White, R. K. (1966). Misperception and the Vietnam war. Journal of Social Issues, 22(3), 1-156.

    White, R. K. (1969). Three not-so-obvious contributions of psychology to peace. Journal of Social Issues, 25(4), 23-29.

    White, R. K. (1977). Misperception in the Arab-Israeli conflict. Journal of Social Issues, 33(1), 190-221.

    White, R. K. (1990). Democracy in the research team. In S. A. Wheelan, E. A. Pepiton, & V. Abt (Eds.), Advances in field theory (pp. 19-22). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

    White, R. K. (1992). A personal assessment of Lewin's major contributions. Journal of Social Issues, 48(2), 45-50.

    White, R. K. (1998). American acts of force: Results and misperceptions. Peace & Conflict: Journal of Peace Psychology, 4, 93-128.

    White, R. K., & Lippitt, R. (1960). Autocracy and democracy. New York: Harper & Row.

    White, R. K., & Lippitt, R. (1968). Leader behavior and member reaction in three "social climates." In D. Cartwright and A. Zander (Eds.), Group dynamics: Research and theory (3rd ed., pp. 318-335). New York: Harper & Row.

    Whitehead, T. N. (1938). The industrial worker. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

    Whitley, B. E. Jr. (1999). Right-wing authoritarianism, social dominance orientation, and prejudice. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 77, 126-134.

    Whitley, B. E., Jr. (2002). Principles of research in behavioral science (2nd ed.). New York: McGraw-Hill.

    Whitney, I., & Smith, P. K. (1993). A survey of the nature and extent of bullying in junior/middle and secondary schools. Educational Research, 35, 3-25.

    Whitney, K., & Sagrestano, L. M., & Maslach, C. (1994). Establishing the social impact of individuation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 66, 1140-1153.

    Whittal, M. L., & McLean, P. D. (2002). Group cognitive behavioral therapy for obsessive compulsive disorder. R. O. Frost & G. Steketee (Eds.), Cognitive approaches to obsessions and compulsions: Theory, assessment, and treatment (pp. 417-433). Amsterdam, Netherlands: Pergamon/Elsevier Science Inc.

    Whyte, G. (1993). Escalating commitment in individual and group decision making: A prospect theory approach. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 54, 430-455.

    Whyte, G. (1998). Recasting Janis's groupthink model: The key role of collective efficacy in decision fiascoes. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 73, 185-209.

    Whyte, W. F. (1943). Street corner society. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

    Whyte, W. F. (1991). Participatory action research. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

    Wicker, A. W. (1979). An introduction to ecological psychology. Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole.

    Wicker, A. W. (1987). Behavior settings reconsidered: Temporal stages, resources, internal dynamics, context. In D. Stokols & I. Altman (Eds.), Handbook of environmental psychology (Vol. 1, pp. 613-653). New York: Wiley.

    Wicker, A. W. (2002). Ecological psychology: Historical contexts, current conception, prospective directions. R. Bechtel, & A. Churchman (Eds.), Handbook of environmental psychology (pp. 114-126). New York: Wiley. Retrieved July 30, 2004, from NetLibrary: http://www.netlibrary.com

    Wicker, A. W., & August, R. A. (1995). How far should we generalize? The case of a workload model. Psychological Science, 6, 39-44.

    Wicker, A. W., Kirmeyer, S. L., Hanson, L., & Alexander, D. (1976). Effects of manning levels on subjective experiences, performance, and verbal interaction in groups. Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 17, 251-274.

    Widmeyer, W. N. (1990). Group composition in sport. Special Issue: The group in sport and physical activity. International Journal of Sport Psychology, 21, 264-285.

    Widmeyer, W. N., Brawley, L. R., & Carron, A. V. (1992). Group dynamics in sports. In T. S. Horn (Ed.), Advances in sport psychology (pp. 163-180). Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics Publishers.

    Wilder, D. A. (1977). Perception of groups, size of opposition, and social influence. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 13, 253-268.

    Wilder, D. A. (1986a). Cognitive factors affecting the success of intergroup contact. In S. Worchel & W. G. Austin (Eds.), Psychology of intergroup relations (2nd ed., pp. 49-66). Chicago: Nelson-Hall.

    Wilder, D. A. (1986b). Social categorization: Implications for creation and reduction of intergroup bias. Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 19, 293-355.

    Wilder, D., & Simon, A. F. (1998). Categorical and dynamic groups: Implications for social perception and interpersonal behavior. In C. Sedikides, J. Schopler, & C. A. Insko (Eds.), Intergroup cognition and intergroup behavior (pp. 27-44). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Wilder, D. A., Simon, A. F., & Faith, M. (1996). Enhancing the impact of counterstereotypic information: Dispositional attributions for deviance. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 71, 276-287.

    Wilder, D. A., & Thompson, J. E. (1980). Intergroup contact with independent manipulations of in-group and out-group interaction. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 38, 589-603.

    Wildschut, T., Lodewijkx, H. F., & Insko, C. A. (2001). Toward a reconciliation of diverging perspectives on interindividual-group discontinuity: The role of procedural interdependence. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 37, 273-285.

    Wildschut, T., Pinter, B., Vevea, J. L., Insko, C. A., & Schopler, J. (2003). Beyond the group mind: A quantitative review of the interindividual-intergroup discontinuity effect. Psychological Bulletin, 129, 698-722.

    Wilke, H. A. M. (1996). Status congruence in small groups. In E. Witte & J. H. Davis (Eds.), Understanding group behavior: Small group processes and interpersonal relations (Vol. 2, pp. 67-91). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Williams v. Florida, 399 U.S. 78 (1970).

    Williams, J. E., & Best, D. L. (1990). Measuring sex stereotypes: A multination study. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

    Williams, K. D. (2001). Ostracism: The power of silence. New York: Guilford Press.

    Williams, K. D., Cheung, C. K. T., & Choi, W. (2000). Cyberostracism: Effects of being ignored over the Internet. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 79, 748-762.

    Williams, K. D., Govan, C. L., Croker, V., Tynan, D., Cruickshank, & M., Lam, A. (2002). Investigations into differences between social- and cyber-ostracism. Group Dynamics, 6, 65-77.

    Williams, K. D., Harkins, S., & Latané, B. (1981). Identifiability as a deterrent to social loafing: Two cheering experiments. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 40, 303-311.

    Williams, K. D., Jackson, J. M., & Karau, S. J. (1995). Collective hedonism: A social loafing analysis of social dilemmas. In D. A. Schroeder (Ed.), Social dilemmas: Perspectives on individuals and groups (pp. 117-141). Westport, CT: Praeger.

    Williams, K. D., & Karau, S. J. (1991). Social loafing and social compensation: The effects of expectations of co-worker performance. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 61, 570-581.

    Williams, K. D., Shore, W. J., & Grahe, J. E. (1998). The silent treatment: Perceptions of its behaviors and associated feelings. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 1, 117-141.

    Williams, K. D., & Sommer, K. L. (1997). Social ostracism by coworkers: Does rejection lead to loafing or compensation? Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 23, 693-706.

    Williams, K. Y., & O'Reilly C. A. (1998). Demography and diversity in organizations: A review of 40 years of research. Research in Organizational Behavior, 20, 77-140.

    Willis, F. N. (1966). Initial speaking distance as a function of the speakers' relationship. Psychonomic Science, 5, 221-222.

    Wills, T. A., & Cleary, S. D. (1996). How are social support effects mediated? A test with parental support and adolescent substance use. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 71, 937-952.

    Wills, T. A., & DePaulo, B. M. (1991). Interpersonal analysis of the help-seeking process. In C. R. Snyder & D. R. Forsyth (Eds.), Handbook of social and clinical psychology: The health perspective (pp. 350-375). New York: Pergamon.

    Wills, T. A., & Filer, M. (2000). Social networks and social support. In A. Baum & T. Revenson (Eds.), Handbook of health psychology (pp. 209-232).Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Willsie, D. A., & Riemer, J. W. (1980). The campus bar as a "bastard" institution. Mid-American Review of Sociology, 5, 61-79.

    Wilson, E. O. (1975). Sociobiology: The new synthesis. Cambridge, MA: Belknap Press.

    Wilson, M. S. (2003). Social dominance and ethical ideology: The end justifies the means? Journal of Social Psychology, 143, 549-558.

    Wilson, M. S., & Liu, J. H. (2003). Social dominance orientation and gender: The moderating role of gender identity. British Journal of Social Psychology, 42, 187-198.

    Wilson, R. K., & Sell, J. (1997). "Liar, Liar . . .": Cheap talk and reputation in repeated public goods settings. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 41, 695-717.

    Wilson, S. R. (1992). Face and facework in negotiation. In L. L. Putnam & M. E. Roloff (Eds.), Communication and negotiation. (pp. 176-205). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

    Winquist, J. R., & Larson, J. R., Jr. (1998). Information pooling: When it impacts group decision making. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 74, 371-377.

    Winstead, B. (1986). Sex differences in same sex friendships. In V. J. Derlaga & B. Winstead (Eds.), Friendship and social interaction. New York: Springer-Verlag.

    Winter, D. G. (1973). The power motive. New York: The Free Press.

    Wisman, A., & Koole, S. L. (2003). Hiding in the crowd: Can mortality salience promote affiliation with others who oppose one's worldviews? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 84, 511-526.

    Witteman, H. (1991). Group member satisfaction: A conflict-related account. Small Group Research, 22, 24-58.

    Wittenbaum, G. M. (1998). Information sampling in decision-making groups: The impact of members' task-relevant status. Small Group Research, 29, 57-84

    Wittenbaum, G. M., Hollingshead, A. B., Paulus, P. B., Hirokawa, R. Y., Ancona, D. G., Peterson, R. S., Jehn, K. A., & Yoon, K. (2004). The functional perspective as a lens for understanding groups. Small Group Research, 35, 17-43.

    Wittenbaum, G. M., Hubbell, A. P., & Zuckerman, C. (1999). Mutual enhancement: Toward an understanding of the collective preference for shared information. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 77, 967-978.

    Wittenbaum, G. M., & Stasser, G. (1996). Management of information in small groups. In J. L. Nye & A. M. Brower (Eds.), What's social about social cognition? Research on socially shared cognitions in small groups (pp. 3-28). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

    Wittenbaum, G. M., Stasser, G., & Merry, C. J. (1996). Tacit coordination in anticipation of small group task completion. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 32, 129-152.

    Wolf, S. (1987). Majority and minority influence: A social impact analysis. In M. P. Zanna, J. M. Olson, & C. P. Herman (Eds.), Social influences: The Ontario Symposium (Vol. 5, pp. 207-235). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Wolff, S. B., Pescosolido, A. T., & Druskat, V. U. (2002). Emotional intelligence as the basis of leadership emergence in self-managing teams [Electronic version]. Leadership Quarterly, 13, 505-522.

    Wood, J. V. (1989). Theory and reserch concerning social comparisons of personal attributes. Psychological Bulletin, 106, 231-248.

    Wood, J.V. (1996). What is social comparison and how should we study it? Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 22, 520-537.

    Wood, W. (1987). A meta-analytic review of sex differences in group performance. Psychological Bulletin, 102, 53-71.

    Wood, W., & Eagly, A. H. (2002). A cross-cultural analysis of the behavior of women and men: Implications for the origins of sex differences. Psychological Bulletin, 128, 699-727.

    Wood, W., Lundgren, S., Ouellette, J. A., Busceme, S., & Blackstone, T. (1994). Minority influence: A meta-analytic review of social influence processes. Psychological Bulletin, 115, 323-345.

    Wood, W., Polek, D., & Aiken, C. (1985). Sex differences in group task performance. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 48, 63-71.

    Wood, W., Pool, G. J., Leck, K., & Purvis, D. (1996). Self-definition, defensive processing, and influence: The normative impact of majority and minority groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 71, 1181-1193.

    Woodman, R. W., & Sherwood, J. J. (1980). The role of team development in organizational effectiveness: A critical review. Psychological Bulletin, 88, 166-186.

    Worchel, S. (1986). The role of cooperation in reducing intergroup conflict. In S. Worchel & W. G. Austin (Eds.), Psychology of intergroup relations (2nd ed., pp. 288-304). Chicago: Nelson-Hall.

    Worchel, S., & Brehm, J. W. (1971). Direct and implied social restoration of freedom. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 18, 294-304.

    Worchel, S., Lind, E., & Kaufman, K. (1975). Evaluations of group products as a function of expectations of group longevity, outcome of competition, and publicity of evaluations. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 31, 1089-1097.

    Worchel, S., Rothgerber, H., Day, E. A., Hart, D., & Butemeyer, J. (1998). Social identity and individual productivity within groups. British Journal of Social Psychology, 37, 389-413.

    Worchel, S., & Teddlie, C. (1976). The experience of crowding: A two-factor theory. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 34, 30-40.

    Worchel, S., & Yohai, S. (1979). The role of attribution in the experience of crowding. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 15, 91-104.

    Worringham, C. J., & Messick, D. M. (1983). Social facilitation of running: An unobtrusive study. Journal of Social Psychology, 121, 23-29.

    Worthington, E. L., Jr., Hight, T. L., Ripley, J. S., Perrone, K. M., Kurusu, T. A., & Jones, D. R. (1997). Strategic hope-focused relationship-enrichment counseling with individual couples. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 44, 381-389.

    Wright, J. C., Giammarino, M., & Parad, H. W. (1986). Social status in small groups: Individual-group similarity and the social "misfit." Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 50, 523-536.

    Wright, S. C., Aron, A., McLaughlin-Volpe, T., & Ropp, S. A. (1997). The extended contact effect: Knowledge of cross-group friendships and prejudice. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 73, 73-90.

    Wright, S. S., & Forsyth, D. R. (1997). Group membership and collective identity: Consequences for self-esteem. Journal of Social and Clinical Psychology, 16, 43-56.

    Wright, T. L., Ingraham, L. J., & Blackmer, D. R. (1984). Simultaneous study of individual differences and relationship effects in attraction. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 47, 1059-1062.

    Wrightsman, L. S., Nietzel, M. T., & Fortune, W. H. (1998). Psychology and the legal system (4th ed.). Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole.

    Wrightsman, L. S., O'Connor, J., & Baker, N. J. (Eds.). (1972). Cooperation and competition: Readings on mixed-motive games. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

    Wrong, D. (1979). Power: Its forms, bases, and uses. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

    Wu, J. Z., & Axelrod, R. (1995). How to cope with noise in the iterated prisoner's dilemma. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 39,183-189.

    Wyden, P. H. (1979). Bay of Pigs: The untold story. New Yrok: Simon & Schuster.

    Yablonsky, L. (1959). The delinquent gang as a near group. Social Problems, 7, 108-117.

    Yablonsky, L. (1962). The violent gang. New York: Macmillan.

    Yalom, I. D. (1995). The theory and practice of group psychotherapy (4th ed). New York: Basic Books.

    Yalom, V. J., & Vinogradov, S. (1993). Interpersonal group psychotherapy. In H. I. Kaplan & M. J. Sadock (Eds.), Comprehensive group psychotherapy (3rd. ed., pp. 185-195). Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.

    Yamagishi, K. (1994). Social dilemmas. In K. S. Cook, G. A. Fine, & J. S. House (Eds.), Sociological perspectives on social psychology (pp. 311-334). Boston: Allyn & Bacon.

    Yamagishi, T. (1986). The provision of a sanctioning system as a public good. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 51, 110-116.

    Yammarino, F. J., & Bass, B. M. (1990). Long-term forecasting of transformational leadership and its effects among naval officers: Some preliminary findings. In K. E. Clark & M. B. Clark (Eds.), Measure of leadership (pp. 151-169). West Orange, NJ: Leadership Library of America.

    Yammarino, F. J., & Bass, B. M. (1991). Personal and situation views of leadership: A multiple levels of analysis approach. Leadership Quarterly, 2, 121-139.

    Yang, J., Mossholder, K. W. (2004). Decoupling task and relationship conflict: The role of intragroup emotional processing. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 25, 589-605.

    Yang, K., & Bond, M. H. (1990). Exploring implicit personality theories with indigenous or imported constructs: The Chinese case. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 58, 1087-1095.

    Yao, R. (1987). An introduction to fundamentalists anonymous. New York: Fundamentalists Anonymous.

    Yin, R. K. (1993). Applications of case study research. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

    Yin, R. K. (1994). Case study research: Design and methods (2nd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

    Youngs, G. A., Jr. (1986). Patterns of threat and punishment reciprocity in a conflict setting. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 51, 541-546.

    Yrle, A. C., Hartman, S., & Galle, W. P. (2002). An investigation of relationships between communication style and leader-member exchange. Journal of Communication Management, 6, 257-268.

    Yukelson, D., Weinberg, R., & Jackson, A. (1984). A multidimensional group cohesion instrument for intercollegiate basketball teams. Journal of Sport Psychology, 6, 103-117.

    Yukl, G. (2002). Leadership in organizations. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

    Yukl, G., Kim, H., & Falbe, C. (1996). Antecedents of influence outcomes. Journal of Applied Psychology, 81, 309-317.

    Zaccaro, S. J. (1984). Social loafing: The role of task attractiveness. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 10, 99-106.

    Zaccaro, S. J. (1995). Leader resources and the nature of organizational problems. Applied Psychology: An International Review, 44, 32-36.

    Zaccaro, S. J., & Banks, D. J. (2001). Leadership, vision, and organizational effectiveness. S. J. Zaccaro & R. J. Klimoski (Eds.), The nature of organizational leadership: Understanding the performance imperatives confronting today's leaders (pp. 181-218). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

    Zaccaro, S. J., Blair, V., Peterson, C., & Zazanis, M. (1995). Collective efficacy. J. E. Maddux (Ed.), Self-efficacy, adaptation, and adjustment: Theory, research, and application (pp. 305-328). New York: Plenum.  

    Zaccaro, S. J., Foti, R. J., & Kenny, D. A. (1991). Self-monitoring and trait-based variance in leadership: An investigation of leader flexibility across multiple group situations. Journal of Applied Psychology, 76, 308-315.

    Zaccaro, S. J., Gilbert, J. A., Thor, K. K., & Mumford, M. D. (1991). Leadership and social intelligence: Linking social perspectives and behavioral flexibility to leader effectiveness. Leadership Quarterly, 2, 317-342.

    Zaccaro, S. J., Gualtieri, J., & Minionis, D. (1995). Task cohesion as a facilitator of team decision making under temporal urgency. Military Psychology, 7, 77-93.

    Zajac, E. J., & Westphal, J. D. (1996). Who shall succeed? How CEO/board preferences and power affect the choice of new CEOs. Academy of Management Journal, 39, 64-90.

    Zajonc, R. B. (1965). Social facilitation. Science, 149, 269-274.

    Zajonc, R. B. (1980). Compresence. In P. B. Paulus (Ed.), Psychology of group influence (pp. 35-60). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Zajonc, R. B., Heingartner, A., & Herman, E. M. (1969). Social enhancement and impairment of performance in the cockroach. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 13, 83-92.

    Zald, M., & Ash, R. (1966). Social movement organizations: Growth, decay, and change. Social Forces, 44, 327-341.

    Zamarripa, P. O., & Krueger, D. L. (1983). Implicit contracts regulating small group leadership. Small Group Behavior, 14, 187-210.

    Zander, 1987

    Zander, A. (1977). Groups at work. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

    Zander, A. (1979). The psychology of group processes. Annual Review of Psychology, 30, 417-451.

    Zander, A. (1982). Making groups effective. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

    Zander, A. (1985). The purposes of groups and organizations. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

    Zander, A. (1996). Motives and goals in groups. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Publishers. (originally published in 1971)

    Zander, A., Cohen, A. R., & Stotland, E. (1959). Power and relations among the professions. In D. Cartwright (Ed.), Studies in social power. Ann Arbor, MI: Institute for Social Research.

    Zander, A., Stotland, E., & Wolfe, D. (1960). Unity of group, identification with group, and self-esteem of members. Journal of Personality, 28, 463-478.

    Zartman, I. W., & Rubin, J. Z. (Eds.).(2000). Power and negotiation. Ann Arbor, MI: University of Michigan Press.

    Zelditch, M., Jr., & Walker, H. A. (1984). Legitimacy and the stability of authority. Advances in Group Processes, 1, 1-25.

    Zimbardo, P. G. (1969). The human choice: Individuation, reason, and order versus deindividuation, impulse, and chaos. Nebraska Symposium on Motivation, 17, 237-307.

    Zimbardo, P. G. (1975). Transforming experimental research into advocacy for social change. In M. Deutsch & H. A. Hornstein (Eds.), Applying social psychology (pp. 33-66). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Zimbardo, P. G. (1977). Psychology and life. Glenview, IL: Scott, Foresman.

    Zimbardo, P. G. (1977). Shyness: What it is and what to do about it. New York: Jones.

    Zimbardo, P. G., Butler, L. D., & Wolfe, V. A. (2003). Cooperative college examinations: More gain, less pain when students share information and grades. Journal of Experimental Education, 71, 101-125.

    Zimbardo, P. G., Maslach, C., & Haney, C. (2000). Reflections on the Stanford Prison Experiment: Genesis, transformations, consequences. In T. Blass (Ed.). Obedience to authority: Current perspectives on the Milgram paradigm. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

    Zubek, J. P. (1973). Behavioral and physiological effects of prlonged sensory and perceptual deprivation: A review. In J. E. Rasmussen (Ed.), Man in isolation and confinement. Chicago: Aldine.

    Zuber, J. A., Crott, H. W., & Werner, J. (1992). Choice shift and group polarization: An analysis of the status of arguments and social decision schemes. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 62, 50-61.

    Zurcher, L. A., Jr. (1969). Stages of development in poverty program neighborhood action committees. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 15, 223-258.

    Zyzniewski, L. E. (2002). Strategic linguistic bias in intergroup processes. Unpublished doctoral dissertation. Richmond, VA: Virginia Commonwealth University.